Contact Information WRITE Office of Admissions Pacific 2043 Way Forest Grove, OR 97116

CALL 503-352-2218 or toll-free 800-677-6712

VISIT has made every effort to ensure www.pacificu.edu that the information is accurate at the time of publication, but reserves the right to change the provisions in this catalog. This includes the right E-MAIL to discontinue courses, change requirements for admission and graduation, adjust fees or change [email protected] any other regulation or policy in this catalog. The information and policies in this catalog are for informational purposes only and do not constitute an agreement or contract between Pacific University and students, staff, or faculty.

NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY It is the policy of Pacific University not to discrimi- nate on the basis of sex, physical or mental disability, race, color, national origin, sexual orientation, age, religious preference or disabled veteran or Vietnam Era status in admission and access to, or treatment in employment, educa- tional programs or activities as required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimina- tion Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or any other classification protected under state or federal law, or city ordinance. Questions or complaints may be directed to the Vice Presi- dent of Academic Affairs or , 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, 97116, 503-352-2215.

Periodical Postage Paid at Forest Grove, Oregon

© 2003 Pacific University. All rights reserved.

2 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACCREDITATIONS & MEMBERSHIPS ■ Accreditations & Memberships

ACCREDITATIONS MEMBERSHIPS Pacific University is accredited by the Pacific is a member of the National Associa- Commission on of the Northwest tion of Independent Colleges and Association of Schools and Colleges. In , the Oregon Independent addition, selected programs have received Colleges Foundation, the Oregon specialized accreditation from: Independent Colleges Association, the Optometry American Association of University Accreditation Council on Women, the Council for Higher Education of the , the College Optometric Education Scholarship Service, the Northwest Music Conference of Independent Colleges, the National Association of National Collegiate Athletics Association Schools of Music and the Association of Independent Physical Therapy Liberal Arts Colleges for Teacher Education. Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association, Inc. Occupational Therapy Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education of the American Occupational Therapy Association, Inc. Professional Psychology Clinical (Psy.D.): Committee on Accreditation of the American Psychological Association Counseling (M.A.): Oregon Board of Counselors and Therapists meeting educational standards for becoming a Licensed Professional Counselor Education Teacher Standards and Practices Commission of the State of Oregon Physician Assistant Studies Accreditation Review Committee on Education for the Physician Assistant, Inc.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 3 University Officers & Trustees

Senior Officers of Administration Senior Officers of the Board of Trustees Phillip D. Creighton Tim Schauermann President Chairman Willard M. Kniep Mindy Cameron Provost and Vice President for Vice Chair Academic Affairs Michael E. Henningsen, Jr. Len Hightower Secretary Vice President for Enrollment Management Interim Vice President for Finance and Administration Eva C. Krebs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students Timothy O’Malley Vice President for University Relations Interim Program Director, School of Physical Therapy John W. Hayes Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Leland W. Carr Dean, College of Optometry Lee M. Colaw Chief Information Officer John White Program Director, School of Occupational Therapy Ben Wakashige University Librarian Michel Hersen Dean, School of Professional Psychology Guy E. Mills Dean, College of Education Christine F. Legler Program Director, School of Physician Assistant Studies

4 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 OFFICERS & TRUSTEES ■

Pacific University Board of Trustees Senior Trustees Alan R. Abbott James H. Berglund Steven C. Boone David Boersema Doris Burlingham George W. Burlingham Robert E. Epler Mindy Cameron Max K. Evans Eleanore A. Chong Ron Fraedrick Phillip D. Creighton Robert E. Gillis Elizabeth Goldblatt Tom F. Hartung Ronald L. Greenman Thomas J. Holce Lawrence W. Harris III Roy Lieuallen Michael E. Henningsen, Jr. James G. Reynolds Mark Hollinger Steven R. Rogel Laura Hoskins Thomas J. Sloan Yvonne Katz Leslie F. Stevens John G. King Jean B. Tate Eric Knutson Benjamin R. Whiteley Joel Lampert Dean M. Wilcox Kenneth Lewis Kenneth C. McGill Honorary Trustees John Medeiros Evona M. Brim John R. Meyer Roy B. Clunes Paul V. Phillips Louis B. Perry Dwight A. Sangrey Newton K. Wesley Tim Schauermann Enedelia Schofield Bryce Seidl Sherry H. Smith William H. Stoller Milan Stoyanov Douglas C. Strain Sheila Manus Vortman

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 5 Table of Contents

Accreditations and Memberships ...... 3 University Officers and Trustees ...... 4 Introduction to the University ...... 8 Entering the University ...... 13 Tuition and Fees ...... 15 Financial Aid ...... 19 Degree Requirements ...... 22 Academic Programs ...... 28 Anthropology, Sociology and ...... 159 French ...... 167 Applied Science ...... 29 German ...... 168 Art ...... 30 Geology (Earth Sciences) ...... 60 Astronomy (Earth Sciences) ...... 60 History ...... 92 Athletics ...... 36 Humanities ...... 100 Bioinformatics ...... 37 Integrated Media ...... 115 Biology ...... 39 International Programs ...... 102 Business and Economics ...... 45 International Studies ...... 103 Chemistry ...... 52 Japanese ...... 168 Chinese Studies ...... 167 Journalism ...... 115 Computer Science ...... 106 Mathematics and Computer Science ...... 106 Creative Writing (English) ...... 69 Media Arts ...... 114 Dance ...... 56 Music ...... 120 Disability Studies ...... 58 Pre-Occupational Therapy ...... 128 Earth Sciences ...... 60 Pre-Optometry and Visual Science ...... 130 Economics, Business and ...... 45 Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 133 Education ...... 60 Philosophy ...... 135 Engineering ...... 68 Pre-Physical Therapy ...... 139 English ...... 69 Pre-Physician Assistant Studies ...... 142 Environmental Studies Program ...... 76 Physics ...... 144 Exercise Science ...... 84 Politics and Government ...... 149 Feminist Studies ...... 90 Pre-Medical Studies ...... 154 Film and Video Major ...... 115 Psychology ...... 155

6 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS ■

Social Work ...... 159 Study Abroad ...... 166 Sociology and Anthropology ...... 159 Theatre (see Dramatic Arts) ...... 170 Spanish ...... 169 Video Major ...... 115 Sports Medicine ...... 85 World Languages and Literatures ...... 172

Academic Policiey Administration ...... 184 Academic Conduct Policies ...... 192 University Services and Resources ...... 196 Faculty of Arts & Sciences ...... 205 Faculty of Library ...... 210 Faculty Emeriti ...... 211 Telephone Directory ...... 214 Academic Calendar ...... 215 Index ...... 217 Map ...... 222

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 7 and values as those we fully embrace in all of our programs and initiatives. Introduction Pacific University offers exceptional academic value. Independent analyses of the university’s educational quality, cost and the ready availability of financial aid have determined that Pacific is among the MISSION OF PACIFIC UNIVERSITY best educational values in the nation. The mission of Pacific University is to provide an Emphasizing quality, keeping costs in check and offering additional opportunities for education of exceptional quality in liberal arts and financial assistance are top priorities. sciences, and in selected professional programs Pacific provides a caring community where to prepare students for service to a changing friendships are a priority and faculty are community, nation and world. committed to helping students succeed. The In addition to our mission, Pacific University values university is small enough that opportunities abound for students to get involved, but big •A community of faculty, staff, and students enough that students working together can dedicated to high academic standards, integrity, have a meaningful impact. lifelong learning, and service to the community The 55-acre Forest Grove campus contains and the integration of liberal arts and 18 major buildings in a picturesque setting professional education; of green lawns and tall shade trees. Archi- tecture at Pacific is a pleasant blend of the •A community that embraces creativity, old and new, represented at one end of the flexibility and change and that honors diversity spectrum by historic Old College Hall of viewpoints; (1850), the first permanent structure of •A community that respects our traditions, our envir- Pacific University, and at the other by onment and our relationships beyond the campus. the University’s new science, music and professional buildings. It also includes the PACIFIC: AN OVERVIEW 90,000 square foot Pacific Athletic Center and the Tom Reynolds Soccer Field. Pacific University, founded in 1849, is an In addition to its Forest Grove campus, the independent, comprehensive university University has a satellite campus located recognized nationally for its exemplary in Eugene that serves the needs of the programs and as one of the best values in College of Education, and operates facilities higher education west of the Mississippi. in Portland that support the academic and With an enrollment of more than 2,200, clinical programs of the College of Optometry Pacific has pioneered new developments and the School of Professional Psychology. in the delivery of higher education and has created a dynamic, new learning community A HISTORY OF PACIFIC UNIVERSITY that will prepare our students for competi- tive and compassionate professional lives. Pacific University was established by the Pacific’s curriculum is a distinct model of Legislative Assembly of the Territory of education that links theory with practice. Oregon in 1849, but traces its beginnings to Our undergraduate liberal arts programs an orphan school established in 1842 by the connect classroom education with profes- Reverend and Mrs. Harvey Clarke, Congre- sional preparation through internships, gational missionaries who came to the practica and research programs. Our graduate Northwest from Chester, Vermont. With the programs in education and the health and help of Alvin T. Smith, they built a log cabin human service professions emphasize for a school on a the corner of what are now the principles of liberal learning. Pacific’s 15th and Elm Streets in Forest Grove, Oregon. history is richly steeped in a tradition of In 1847, Mrs. Tabitha Moffett Brown community service. To build upon our reached Oregon by wagon train and visited legacy, we have identified the above mission the Clarkes. She became interested in their

8 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INTRODUCTION ■ work and assisted in teaching the children. Pacific’s base in the liberal arts is clearly Inspired by her assistance, Rev. Clarke and reflected in the more than 25 different Mr. Smith made arrangements for the children programs in the College of Arts and Sciences. to be taught in a log church that they built on This College is the largest unit and the core what is now the campus of Pacific University. of the University. As such, it provides a In the summer of 1848, Reverend George broad spectrum of opportunities to match H. Atkinson arrived in Oregon. Reverend individual interests and career plans. Atkinson was commissioned by the Home The College of Arts and Sciences has a Missionary Society of Boston to “found an curriculum that affirms in practice that a academy that shall grow into a college.” broad educational experience is both an end Reverend Clarke and several others drew in itself and a means to set personal and up plans for the new institution. professional directions. Within the divisions On September 26, 1849, the Territorial of Arts, Humanities, Natural Sciences, Legislature granted a charter establishing and Social Sciences, the College offers a Tuality Academy, and in 1854, a new charter carefully constructed range of courses with was issued granting full privileges to breadth and depth. Student studies are “ and Pacific University.” supported by a strong advising program, Thirty acres of land were donated as a which covers academic development building site by Reverend Clarke and through career counseling and placement. Elkanah Walker. Dr. Atkinson secured The The College provides the kind of living and Reverend Sidney Harper Marsh of Union learning experiences that one expects to Theological Seminary of New York to serve as find at a quality liberal arts college. the first president of the new school. Mr. Marsh In a world that increasingly asks not what you was the son of the president of the University know but how quickly can you learn, Pacific of Vermot, and grandson of the first president prepares its students to communicate clearly, of Dartmouth College. Sidney Harper Marsh to analyze problems, to synthesize information served as president from 1853 to 1879. and to understand people, systems and cultures. Pacific University has evolved into a com- The College has traditionally encouraged off- prehensive, independent University that campus learning. Pacific undergraduates may provides both undergraduate and profes- study abroad, pursue off-campus independent sional graduate programs. At the heart of research projects, and undertake career the University is the College of Arts and internships that earn credit toward graduation. Sciences, offering a broad curriculum in the The College offers Bachelor of Arts and liberal arts and sciences. Surrounding the Bachelor of Science degrees. In addition to College are the College of Education and the regular program, the College offers the College of Optometry, and the College a variety of classes in three intensive, of Health Professions that includes the four-week summer terms. Summer Session Schools of Occupational Therapy, Physical provides an affordable option for earning Therapy, Physician Assistant Studies, and additional credits or accelerating degree Professional Psychology. completion. The Summer Session catalog is available in mid-March and may be COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES obtained from the Registrar’s Office. Mission COLLEGE OF EDUCATION The College of Arts and Sciences, through For over ninety years teacher education has effective teaching built on close faculty/student been an integral part of Pacific University. relationships, provides, in a residential setting, a Today the College of Education continues broad liberal arts education with a strong emphasis this long tradition with comprehensive and on service and application of knowledge that innovative programs designed to meet produces graduates with the intellectual the needs of those seeking professional capabilities and personal qualities that enable education coursework, at both the under- them to participate in rewarding careers and to graduate and graduate level. At campuses contribute to their communities. in Forest Grove and Eugene, courses of www.pacificu.edu ❖ 9 study include undergraduate and graduate fully-staffed clinics in the Portland area degree programs leading to initial licensure and a low vision clinic at the Washington for teachers in general and special educa- State School for the Blind in Vancouver, tion classrooms and for school counselors. Washington. Students regularly complete In addition, the College offers a continuing professional precep-torships in a variety of teaching license program for in-service clinical settings through- out the United teachers, and a special masters program for States and at selected locations in Canada, optometrists. Non-degree programs for Germany, Korea, and Australia. teachers who wish to add endorsements The Masters of Science in Clinical Optometry and/or authorizations are also offered. degree program is designed to prepare in- An outstanding faculty is the key to dividuals for careers in optometric educa- the excellence of Pacific’s educational tion, research and specialty practice. It usually programs. Representing a wide range requires a minimum of 21 months to complete. of teaching and academic expertise, the Residency programs leading to a certificate majority of the faculty hold earned doctorates in Primary Eye Care Optometry, Geriatric and have had significant experience teaching Optometry, Refractive and Surgical in public school classrooms. Pacific’s faculty Co-Management, Ocular Disease/Refractive members demonstrate a commitment to and Ocular Surgery, or Cornea and Contact education as a lifelong process. Lenses are available through the College. As a complement to providing an educa- The Cornea and Contact Lens residency is tional environment that fosters the devel- provided directly by Pacific University. The opment of intellectual independence and Ocular Disease/Refractive and Ocular high ethical standards, the College of Surgery residency is provided through a Education has a strong relationship with joint program with Eye Care Associates of surrounding school districts and commu- Nevada. Other programs are provided nities. This allows students to fulfill the through affiliations with the Veterans field-based components of their programs Administration Medical Centers. in a variety of settings, which serve as laboratories for all aspects of the teacher COLLEGE OF THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS: education program. School of Occupational Therapy A final factor critical to the success of College The School of Occupational Therapy at of Education programs is the quality of Pacific University offers a 29 month entry- its students. The student population is a level Masters of Occupational Therapy (MOT) balance of traditional students in their early degree to educate and prepare future occu- twenties and of older students seeking new pational therapists to address the chal- careers. Those students accepted to our lenges to healthful living that face society. programs have demonstrated superior academic, professional, and interpersonal Occupational Therapy focuses on day-to-day abilities. As graduates of the College of activities (occupations) in which people Education, they are well prepared for service engage on a daily basis. Through successful to a changing community, nation, and world. engagement in meaningful and valued daily occupations, an individual experiences COLLEGE OF OPTOMETRY: a sense of competency, self-fulfillment and subsequent health and well-being. The College of Optometry offers a four-year The School of Occupational Therapy holds Doctor of Optometry degree, and a Masters firmly to the founding philosophy of the of Science in Clinical Optometry degree. profession: engagement in meaningful and Offering quality learning opportunities purposeful day-to-day activities (occupations) within a supportive environment is of leads to health and well-being. Fieldwork, highest priority at Pacific. Its Optometry involving partnerships with community programs are distinctive, and they emphasize occupational therapy practitioners and service to both profession and community. organizations, is integrated throughout the In addition to maintaining a full service curriculum. Fieldwork experiences provide clinic on campus, the College operates four students the opportunity to study and engage 10 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INTRODUCTION ■ in a variety of settings where people across School of Physician Assistant Studies the age span maintain, promote or regain The School of Physician Assistant Studies occupational function, health, and well-being. strives to prepare students to provide care The Occupational Therapy curriculum for a diverse population in a changing focuses on the study of occupational function healthcare environment through an educa- /dysfunction and its impact on health. This tion based in primary care medicine with a emphasis, along with a commitment to focus on critical thinking. The 28-month educate critical thinkers and problem solvers, master’s degree curriculum is designed to prepares graduates for a future in traditional provide the student with the didactic and settings as well as community based practices. clinical skills needed to assist in the practice Consistent with the philosophy of Pacific of medicine while stressing the importance University, the School of Occupational of understanding and valuing the diversity Therapy seeks to promote values of leader- of cultures, peoples and lifestyles. Students ship, quality and service. Graduating are provided a foundation of medical therapists from Pacific University’s School knowledge from which to begin lifelong of Occupational Therapy are well qualified learning to meet the needs and challenges to utilize occupation as a powerful medium of a changing healthcare system. for facilitating health in our communities. The Faculty of the School of Physician School of Physical Therapy Assistant Studies includes physicians, physician assistants, psychologists, phar- The School of Physical Therapy grants a macists, nurses, physical therapists, other three-year Doctor of Physical Therapy health care providers along with basic degree as preparation for entry into the in anatomy and physiology. physical therapy profession. Pacific Through this team approach to education, University’s location in Forest Grove, the physician assistant student learns to Oregon offers physical therapy students value the roles of other members of the team. the values associated with a small town environment, as well as some of the excite- The program is proud to acknowledge the ment of a larger city-Portland. The campus active participation of the medical community itself has many cultural, sports, and social in all aspects of the program. Community events and opportunities. The students of providers are involved in the advisory and the School of Physical Therapy are bright, admissions committees and serve as lecturers enthusiastic and committed to the profession and preceptors. The program has affiliations which results in a very high retention rate. with hospitals, managed care organizations, Over the years, graduates have made many medical groups, community clinics, nursing important contributions to the health care homes and private practice physicians of Oregon and the surrounding states. The throughout Oregon and surrounding states. School of Physical Therapy has a strong and The Physician Assistant (PA) is a respected caring faculty dedicated to providing a member of the health care team who works quality educational experience to its interdependently with his or her supervising students. Special faculty strengths are in physician to provide diagnostic and thera- geriatrics, motor control, stroke treatment, peutic patient care in a variety of medical biomechanics, research and orthopedic settings. The physician assistant is ranked physical therapy. Many of the faculty have as one of the top careers in growth potential gained regional or national recognition by the U.S. Department of Labor. Positions for their clinical skills and research contri- are available in both primary and specialty butions. In addition to the professional care at a variety of practice settings such program, the School of Physical Therapy as community clinics, private practice, offers a Doctor of Physical Therapy degree medical groups, hospitals, managed care for practicing physical therapists and organizations, prisons and other government several continuing education programs for agencies. In addition to clinical practice, the professional community annually. physician assistants may advance into These programs are staffed by the School’s positions in research, academics, public faculty and by other authorities in the field. health and health care administration.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 11 School of Professional Psychology foreign students learning English. The ELI The School of Professional Psychology has in residence students from Asia, Europe (SPP) at Pacific University offers the Doctor and Latin America. ELI students live with of Psychology (Psy.D.) degree, with an American roommates in the residence halls emphasis on preparing research-informed and may take regular university classes graduates for service careers as professional as soon as their English skills allow. The psychologists. SPP also offers a separate ELI also provides special summer study Master’s in Counseling Psychology (M.A.) programs. The ELI is part of International degree, with two specialty tracks: Behavior Programs. Analysis and Organizational Behavior. The M.A. program is situated in downtown Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library Portland. Graduates of the M.A. in Coun- Named after the first graduate of Pacific seling Psychology degree meet Oregon University, the Harvey W. Scott Memorial educational requirements to become Library offers students, faculty, and staff a Licensed Professional Counselors. Graduates diverse, carefully selected collection of of both programs are doing exceedingly nearly 250,000 volumes, over 1,000 current well in a variety of community and profes- journal subscriptions, 21,000 online jour- sional settings in their chosen professions. nals, and Internet access to information and Overall, SPP provides a comprehensive documents from around the world. The educational experience that fosters clinical Library also houses a select collection of competence based on the existing body of United States government documents, research literature. The program fosters an some dating back to the early 1800s. The appreciation of human functioning as it Margaret McChesney Scott Music Library occurs in natural settings, including the is home to an extensive collection of music awareness of personal, interpersonal, and scores, LPs, and CDs. Pacific’s membership socio-cultural influences operating within in the gives students, such settings. Faculty have been carefully faculty, and staff easy access to more than selected to provide students with a cutting 22 million volumes in over 27 academic edge education that will prepare them for libraries in Washington and Oregon. The all professional eventualities. Library’s catalog is easily accessible through the Internet. Access to the 150 plus In addition to numerous clinical and coun- research databases are available with seling practicum settings for both the Psy.D. appropriate authentication. There are a and M.A. programs in the Portland com- number of networked public access terminals munity and throughout the State of Oregon available for use in the Library as well as a and Southern Washington, SPP maintains wireless environment for personal laptops. its own Psychological Service Center (PSC) in Downtown Portland. This clinic provides A highly qualified staff of librarians and extensive psychological services to the support personnel work regularly with community at large. The PSC, under super- students and faculty to assist them in vision of licensed psychologists, affords stu- locating, evaluating, and using today’s dents an excellent training ground to per- world of information. Course-related fect their craft. Finally, at the PSC the School instruction is available to help students has its own Psychology Internship Training learn search strategies and to develop their Program, which affords doctoral students academic information literacy skills to the opportunity to complete national and prepare them for their professional careers. state requirements for their internships. Librarians are available at the Reference Desk and by appointment to help students with their research needs. For additional OTHER ACADEMIC PROGRAMS information about the Library and its AND RESOURCES services, please visit the Library’s website at http://library.pacificu.edu/ English Language Institute Pacific’s English Language Institute offers an intensive language study program for 12 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENTERING THE UNIVERSITY ■ Entering the University

ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN accredited institutions may receive full or partial credit for arts and sciences courses We seek to admit students who demon- at the baccalaureate level. These courses strate the necessary skills to be successful must be completed with a grade of “C-” or in a rigorous academic environment. In higher. Academic departments decide selecting students for the freshman class, which transfer courses satisfy requirements Pacific gives primary consideration to for majors and minors at Pacific. Students academic preparation and potential should consult the department chair in their for successful study at the college level. major field. Students who transfer from an Preparation is assessed by evaluating unaccredited college or university must the high school transcript of college successfully complete 30 hours of work preparatory work, counselor recommenda- at Pacific before consideration will be tion, standardized test scores, a written given to granting credit for course work essay and other information submitted by completed at the previous institution. In the applicant. computing transfer credit, 1.5 quarter hours Pacific will not consider an individual for is equal to 1 semester hour. admission unless one of the following three criteria has been achieved: 1) a high school diploma or its equivalent 2) a passing grade APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR on the General Education Development FRESHMEN AND TRANSFER STUDENTS (GED) examination, or 3) a passing score on an independently administered, feder- 1. Forward completed application form ally approved ability to benefit test. and the nonrefundable $30 application fee to the Admissions Office. Applications may be obtained by writing the Office of Admissions, Pacific University, 2. Give recommendation form to counselor 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, Oregon or appropriate faculty member to 97116-1797, or by calling 503-352-2218 be completed and returned to Pacific or 800-677-6712. Applications are also University Admissions Office. available online at www.pacificu.edu. 3. Request that official transcripts for all Preferred application deadline is February academic work be forwarded to the 15. Notification of decision will be made Admissions Office. Transfer students on a rolling basis beginning November 15. with less than 30 semester or 45 quarter hours of transferable credits should submit their final high school transcript, ADMISSION AS A standardized test scores and all college TRANSFER STUDENT transcripts. 4. Submit SAT I or ACT scores. Transfer Pacific considers transfer applicants based students are waived from this require- on their academic record and level of ment if 30 semester hours or 45 quarter preparation, as well as academic recom- hours have been completed by the time mendations. Based upon evaluation by the of application. Registrar’s Office, transfer students from

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 13 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS charges for the first semester. New students may receive a refund of the $200 deposit if Pacific University welcomes international requested before May 1. It is not refundable students. Admission is based on academic after that date. preparation and proficiency in English. International students must submit: 1. An Application Form, available from the CAMPUS VISITS Admissions Office. A visit to campus is the best way to learn 2. The application fee of $30. about Pacific. Students are encouraged 3. Complete official academic records (with to make arrangements through the official English translation) covering all Admissions Office to attend classes, meet work taken at the secondary and university with students and faculty, talk with an level (such as secondary school records, admission counselor, tour the campus, dine certificates of education, final government in the university commons, and spend an examinations, college, university, and evening in one of our residence halls. technical school records) Accommodations for overnight visits are available Sunday through Thursday. 4. Certification of Finances Form stating Priority will be given to high school seniors. that sufficient financial resources exist to pay for all educational and personal expenses. (e.g., letter from bank, etc.) READMISSION 5. An official score report of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) To apply for readmission after an absence for those students for whom English is of one semester or more, a student must a second language. Results must come complete a brief Application for Readmission directly from the Educational Testing form, and submit official transcripts from Service. No student copies will be accepted. all colleges attended during a student’s absence from Pacific to the Dean of the To enroll as an undergraduate student, an College of Arts and Sciences. applicant must earn a TOEFL score of 550 or higher. Students whose academic quali- fications are sufficient but who need further COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION language training can be given provisional admission to the College of Arts and PROGRAM (CLEP) Sciences. Full admission and the right to Each department or school will decide enroll in a full load of College of Arts and whether a specific CLEP examination may Sciences courses will be granted upon substitute for a specific course or entrance reaching a 550 TOEFL score through requirement. Credit may be granted for attendance in the English Language both subject and general CLEP examinations. Instituite. All students who enter the United States on a student visa are required to carry at least 12 semester hours of course work LIMITED ENROLLMENT FOR HIGH in each semester. SCHOOL STUDENTS Academically talented high school students DEPOSIT POLICY may enroll as non-admitted students through the registrar’s office for one course All degree seeking students who are admitted per semester with approval of the high by the Admissions Office are required school principal and the Pacific University to post a $200 deposit no later than the course instructor. These students may Uniform Candidate Reply Date of May 1, apply for admission upon meeting to secure their place in the incoming class requirements for degree seeking students. on a space-available basis. The deposit will be credited to the student’s tuition payment

14 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 TUITION & FEES ■

Organ practice rental per semester ..... $50 Tuition Study Abroad Semester ...... $250 * Overloads: There is a credit plateau from & Fees 12-18 hours where tuition charges remain at the 12-credit level. Students enrolled for more than 18 credit hours are charged full- time tuition, plus the part-time semester SCHEDULE OF FEES AND COSTS FOR hour charge for each credit hour above 18 hours. ACADEMIC YEAR 2004/2005 ** Applies to all students enrolled in 6 or more credits for the term. For summer session, the Tuition technology fee applies to all students enrolled in 3 or more credits. Annual (two 14-week terms)* Tuition for students for the Note: Students whose accounts are in academic year ...... $20,104 delinquent status will not be eligible to Semester (one 14-week term)* register for the following semester. Tuition for students for the semester ...... $10,052 2004/2005 ROOM/BOARD Part-time, per semester hour (1 through 11 credit hours) ...... $ 838 Winter Term (January) Room and Summer, per semester hour...... $390 Board Information Audit, per semester hour ...... $310 Room rates are billed two times per year, Fall Semester and Spring Semester. Residents Fees who live in University housing for the Student Government/Activities** duration of both terms, may enjoy the Winter Term at no additional charge. However, Annual...... $170 those who choose to vacate housing prior Semester ...... $85 to the end of the Spring Semester or those who are not housed during the Fall Semester, Health service ** will be charged the standard weekly rate Annual...... $140 on a prorated basis for the month of January. Fall or Spring Semester ...... $70 All changes in housing status must be reported to the Housing Office for approval. Technology ** Meal plans are billed three times per year, Fall or Spring Semester ...... $100 Fall Semester, Winter Term and Spring Summer Term...... $35 Semester. All boarding students are auto- Annual (Fall, Spring & Summer)...... $235 matically billed for the Winter Term meal plan based on the meal plan they had Recreational ** Fall Semester. Meal plan changes are not Annual...... $50 accepted for the Winter Term. Only students Semester ...... $25 enrolled in Winter Term courses which meet on campus are required to have meal plans. Medical insurance ** Once enrollment for Winter Term has been August 20, 2004 to August 19, 2005 verified, the automatic charges to students not (U.S. citizen) ...... $ 583 enrolled for January courses will be removed. August 20, 2004 to August 19, 2005 If one arrives late to the Winter Term, leaves (International) ...... $650 early or is residing in on-campus housing, Music but is not enrolled in a course, the Housing Office must be notified. No meal plan Private Lessons: refunds will be issued if notification is not (12 half-hour lessons, 0.5 credits) ...... $220 received by the end of February. (12 one-hour lessons, 1.0 credits)...... $440 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 15 Room Rates Level D

ROOM RATES ACADEMIC YEAR SEMESTER $625 dining dollars per semester; $130 dining dollars for Winter term Double, Triple or Quad ...... $2,788...... $1,394 Students may change their meal plan level Single ...... $3,180...... $1,590 before the end of the second week of the Double Suite/Quad Suite ...... $3,308...... $1,654 fall and spring semesters. The account balance will be carried over from fall semester Double/Single (Double Room-one occupant) or Quad w/2 persons ...... $3,556..... $ 1,778 to winter term, and then to spring semester, but not transferred to the next year’s fall Single Suite ...... $3,674...... $1,837 semester. There is no refund of dining Vandervelden Four bedroom units ...... dollars at the end of the spring semester...... $ 3,852..... $ 1,926 However, bulk buying of food items will be available for students to use up any Vandervelden Two bedroom unit (one available) remaining declining balance at the end of ...... $ 4,168..... $ 2,084 the spring semester. Vandervelden Studio (one available) ...... $ 4,488..... $ 2,244 TUITION AND FEE PAYMENT OPTION Board Rates I. Semester Plan LEVEL A LEVEL B LEVEL C LEVEL D This plan allows you to pay “in full” before Semester ...... $1,190 .. $1,348.... $1,504 ... $1,657 the beginning of each semester. Due dates Winter Term ... $ 243 .... $ 280...... $ 316 ..... $ 354 for the 2004-2005 Academic Year are: Annual ...... $2,623 .. $2,976.... $3,324 ... $3,668 SEMESTER TOTAL PAYMENT DUE DATE The meal plan is a combination of a Fall/Winter...... August 15, 2004 traditional board plan and “dining dollars.” Winter ...... January 5, 2005* The traditional board plan includes all (for students entering Winter Term) dinners and the weekend brunches (nine meals per week) in an all-you-can-eat style. Spring ...... January 15, 2005 “Dining Dollars” can then be utilized for Summer ...... May 15, 2005 weekday breakfasts and lunches with an ala carte pricing. This allows students to pay *Students entering the University during the for only what they want for the breakfasts Winter Term will pay the tuition and fees and lunches. prior to registration. If the student is enrolled full-time during the Spring Semester, the Level A spring invoice will reflect a credit in the amount of the Winter Term tuition and fees. $250 dining dollars per semester; If you do not make the payment according to $40 dining dollars for Winter term schedule, a late fee of $50 will be assessed to your account for each month that the payment Level B is past due. The University will assess a return check charge in the amount of $25 for checks $375 dining dollars per semester; returned to the University for non-payment. $70 dining dollars for Winter term II. Monthly Payment Plan Level C This plan allows you to pay tuition and fees $500 dining dollars per semester; in four installments each semester. For the $100 dining dollars for Winter term fall term, payments begin on August 15, 2004 with additional payments due the 15th of each month. For spring term, payments begin on December 15, 2004; for summer

16 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 TUITION & FEES ■ term, April 15, 2005. There is an annual set-up BUSINESS POLICIES ON TUITION fee of $55 for choosing this option. If you AND FEES sign up for this payment option after the first payment due date, it will be necessary The University strives to maintain high to make up the payments from the previous educational standards at the lowest reason- months in order to become current on the able cost. Contributions from individual payment plan. If you do not make the pay- alumni, parents and friends of the University, ment according to schedule, a late fee of and support from foundations and corpo- $50 will be assessed to your account for rations help to reduce costs to students and each month that the payment is past due. their families through the University’s The University will assess a charge of $25 development and fund raising programs. for checks returned to the University for The Board of Trustees reserves the right to non-payment. adjust costs after giving students due

MONTHLY PAYMENT DUE DATES notice. The University reserves the right to modify or terminate the academic program Fall/Winter ...... August 15, September in which the student is enrolled. 15, October 15, and November 15, 2004 Students should make the necessary Spring ...... December 15, 2004, arrangements for the payment of all fees January 15, February 15, and March 15, 2005 and charges in accordance with one of Summer ...... April 15, May 15, the University’s payment options. All June 15, and July 15, 2005 payments must be made in United States funds. Note: (the following information is applicable to both the Semester Payment Plan and the Monthly Payment Plan) Admissions Expenses When a student applies for admission to the Disbursement of Federal Direct Stafford University, an “application fee” as deter- Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal mined by the College must accompany the Perkins Loan and Health Profession application. Student Loan cannot occur until the borrower completes a promissory note When a student is admitted to the Univer- and entrance interview. Disbursement of sity, a non-refundable advance payment Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate deposit is required to complete the admission Students and alternative loans such as process. The deposit will reserve the CitiAssist occur only after credit approval student’s place in the incoming class on a of the loan application. space available basis and will be credited to the student’s tuition payment charges for Anticipated disbursements of accepted and the first semester. approved loans may be considered when calculating payment of student accounts. General Deposit Student employment (Federal Work-study and Pacific Work-study) earnings are A general deposit of $100 is charged to all paid directly to the student and should not new students and transfer students enrolled be considered in determining student in the College of Arts & Sciences. This deposit account payment. remains with the University until the student either graduates or leaves the institution. All checks to be credited to the student’s Upon leaving, the deposit is refunded in account, including outside scholarship full within a reasonable timeline unless checks, Pacific University checks, and all outstanding charges exist on the account. other sources of payment must be endorsed and credited to the student’s account in advance of the semester or as soon as they are available or received for the semester in order to avoid late fees.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 17 Business Office Policies Group medical coverage is available both Students enrolling at Pacific University for dependents of insured students and have a Business Office account opened in during summer vacation. Contact the local their name. Timely payment of the account insurance agent, Waltz Sheridan Crawford, is the responsibility of the student. A at 503-357-3154 for premium rates and student’s registration in a new semester will applications. not be complete until the previous Personal property insurance is recom- semester’s financial obligations have mended. If parents’ insurance policies been satisfied. do not already cover students in school, Pacific University’s philosophy on payment several low-cost policies are available from reflects the educational element of assuming local insurance companies. The University and meeting one’s fiduciary obligations is not responsible for the property of carefully and completely. Payment due students or employees and thus cannot be dates are established, depending on the held accountable for any losses. tuition payment plan agreed to between the Past due Accounts student and the University. Students receiving financial aid of any kind – including Pacific The University reserves the right to deny funds, loan funds, and/or outside scholarship access to class, to withhold transcript of funds – must be certain that all funds intended record or diploma, or to withhold registration for their account have been processed and for a subsequent term until all university delivered to the University Business Office charges and appropriate loans have been paid and credited to the student’s account. This and a student’s account has been cleared. covers endorsement of all checks to be Withdrawal and Refund Policy credited to the student’s account. Students who completely withdraw from all Please visit our website at nellie.pacificu. classes may be eligible for a refund of all or a edu/finance/bo/ or email us at portion of their University charges. Students [email protected]. must contact the Dean of Students’ Office Student Contract to formally withdraw from the University. The policy of refunding University charges Each student must complete a student reflects the formula, prescribed in Federal contract with the Business Office at the law, that governs the return of Federal beginning of each academic year they are funds to the appropriate financial aid enrolled at Pacific University. This contract programs. Refunds on all charges will be will provide the student’s name, ID number, prorated on a per diem basis up to the 60 and authorization for information and percent point in the semester. Students who payment plan selected. This form must withdraw on or before the first day of be completed and signed by the student. classes will be refunded 100 percent of their Without a completed form on file the charges; who withdraw after the 60 percent Business Office will not release information point in the semester will not be eligible for to any person other than the student. a refund. A copy of the refund schedule is Insurance available from the Financial Aid Office. Medical insurance coverage is required for A hall presence fee of $25 per day may be all students enrolled in at least six credits assessed against the student account for in their first semester of their academic year. additional time residing in the University Students with their own personal medical Housing. Additional fees may be assessed insurance coverage are exempt from if the University Meal Plan is continued. participation in the University’s group plan Note: If a cash disbursement is issued to a if they properly complete and file a waiver student as a result of excess financial aid and form for each academic year by the first the student subsequently withdraws from the day of their academic year. University, the student may be required to repay the cash disbursement to Pacific in order to return funds to the applicable financial aid programs. 18 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FINANCIAL AID ■

Change in Credit Hours When a student modifies their schedule to Financial Aid change from an overload to full-time standing or from a full-time to a part-time standing, but does not completely withdraw from all The goal of Pacific University’s financial aid process classes, the following will apply: is to make a Pacific University education • If the changes are completed prior to the affordable. To that end, we offer a variety of merit- last day of the add/drop period the based scholarships and need-based grants, loans, appropriate refund will be given. and employment opportunities. Funds for these • If the changes are completed after the awards come from institutional, state, and federal stated add/drop period no refund will sources. be given for the reduction in courses. The student will forfeit all tuition refund We strongly encourage all families to apply for resulting from the change in standing. financial aid by completing the Free Application for Short-term Loans Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA should be completed as soon as possible after January 1st Short-term loans are available to full-time each year, either electronically at www.fafsa.ed.gov, students of the University who are in tem- porary need of financial assistance. In or by completing a paper version. While this order to qualify for this loan, students can- application is not required for merit-based aid not be delinquent or be in default on their consideration, it is necessary to determine a family’s Business Office account, and must be able “need” and then provide applicants with a to demonstrate a means of repaying the complete package of financial assistance. loan within 120 days. Loans are available for up to $2,000. It is also a good idea to look for outside Students may borrow more than one loan, scholarships. High school counseling offices, civic but may not have more than $2,000 out- organizations, churches, and businesses may have standing at any time. Failure to repay the scholarships to award to local students. The loan on the agreed upon repayment sched- Financial Aid Information Page at www.finaid.org ule will cancel the student’s privilege to contains links to several national scholarship borrow further from the Short-Term Loan search databases that might also be useful. or Emergency Loan programs for the Outside scholarships are considered resources that remainder of the academic year. meet a family’s “need” and may affect the Academic transcripts and/or diplomas will student’s receipt of other financial aid; in most not be released for students who are delin- cases, receipt of outside scholarships decreases quent on their loan at the time they are the amount that students must borrow. requesting the transcript or leaving the University. Students who terminate their enrollment at the University will have their ELIGIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS loan due date changed to reflect their last day of enrollment. Students must be admitted to Pacific Applications for the loan can be made University to have their eligibility for through the Business Office. The loan financial aid determined. Students who are application fee is $10. accepted under a “special” status, and students who are not candidates for a degree are not eligible for financial aid. Students must maintain compliance with the Pacific University satisfactory academic progress policy as outlined in the Academic Regulations section of this catalog to receive financial aid. Students who are in a

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 19 “warning” or “probation” status may awarded on the basis of academic merit as continue to receive financial aid for the indicated by such measures as the student’s semesters they are placed in that status. grade point average and standardized test Students who enter as freshmen are eligible scores. Awards range from $3,000 to $9,000 for institutional and state financial aid for per year and are renewable for up to four up to four academic years. Students who academic years. enter as transfer students are eligible for Pacific Pacesetter Scholarships – These institutional and state financial aid for a scholarships are awarded to entering period of time prorated on the basis of their students who participate successfully in the entering class level: sophomores are eligible Pacific Pacesetter Scholarship Competition for three years, juniors for two and seniors held in the spring of the year they will for one. Students who enter as freshmen begin their attendance at Pacific. Winners may receive Federal financial aid for up to receive up to $3,000 per year for up to four six academic years. Students who enter academic years. as transfer students may receive Federal Endowed and Restricted Scholarships – financial aid for a period of time prorated These scholarships are made available on the basis of their entering class level: through the generous donations of friends sophomores are eligible for five years, of Pacific and are awarded to students who juniors for four and seniors for three. meet certain academic and other criteria Students must be U.S. citizens or nationals, specified by the donors of the funds. permanent residents, or resident aliens to Amounts available vary annually, and sepa- be eligible for Federal financial aid. In rate application is not required. Awards are addition, students must demonstrate Fed- typically for one academic year only. A list erally-defined “need” to qualify for Federal of these scholarships is available in the grants, work-study, and need-based loans. Financial Aid Office. “Need” is defined as the difference between UCC Tuition Scholarships – These schol- the student’s Cost of Attendance (COA) for arships are awarded to entering students an academic year and the Expected Family who are dependents of United Church of Contribution (EFC) that results from calcu- Christ clergy members. Award amounts can lations completed based on the student’s be up to the equivalent of 50 percent of FAFSA information. Students must be Or- tuition. Students who receive these awards egon residents, and meet state-defined are not considered for academic scholarships. “need” criteria, to be eligible for state funds. UCC Matching Scholarships – These schol- Students must attend full-time (12 or more arships are awarded to students who credits per semester) to receive institutional, receive a scholarship from the United state, and most Federal financial aid. Church of Christ. Students who demon- Students must attend at least half-time strate Federally-defined “need” receive up (6 to 11 credits per semester) to receive to $1,500 in matching funds; students who certain Federal grants and loans. A very do not demonstrate need receive up to $500 limited number of students who attend less in matching funds. than half-time may be eligible for certain Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships – A limited Federal grants. Students who drop credits number of these $1,500 scholarships are after they receive their financial aid may awarded to transfer students who are have their aid reduced or canceled. members of Phi Theta Kappa. To be con- sidered for these funds, students must have FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS completed at least 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours (accepted by Pacific), and Scholarships have maintained at least a 3.5 cumulative grade point average. Academic Scholarships – Honors, Presi- dential, Trustee, University Scholarships, and Pacific Opportunity Awards are

20 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FINANCIAL AID ■

Grants work during hours when they are scheduled Pacific Grants – These grants are institu- to be in class. These awards are renewable tional awards made on the basis of “need”. for up to four academic years. Award amounts vary annually, and are renewable for up to four years as long as Loans the student maintains sufficient need. Federal Perkins Loans – These loans are Talent Awards – These awards are institu- awarded on the basis of Federally-defined tional awards made on the basis of out- need and fund availability. Award amounts standing talent and participation in music vary annually and cannot exceed $4,000 per and forensics. Award amounts vary annu- academic year. Repayment begins nine ally and are renewable for up to four months after the borrower graduates or academic years. Participation may be maintains less than half-time enrollment. required for renewal of some of these Loans begin to accrue interest at a fixed rate awards; recipients should contact the of 5 percent after the nine-month grace appropriate department (music or forensics) period ends. for their specific requirements. Federal Direct Stafford Loans – These Federal Pell Grants – These grants are loans are awarded up to Federally-estab- available to students who demonstrate lished annual and cumulative maximum eligibility according to Federally-defined amounts based on the student’s need, cost criteria. Award amounts in 2004-2005 are of attendance, dependency status, and class $400 to $4050 for the academic year. standing. In general, loans are subsidized if they meet the student’s Federally-defined Federal Supplemental Educational Oppor- need, and unsubsidized if they exceed need. tunity Grants – These grants are given to Dependent students are eligible for up to the most needy Federal Pell Grant recipi- the following amounts per academic year ents, subject to fund availability. Award in subsidized loan, unsubsidized loan, or a amounts in 2004—2005 are $500 to $1,500 combination of the two: freshmen — $2,625; for the academic year. sophomores — $3,500; juniors and seniors Oregon Opportunity Grants – These grants — $5,500. Independent students may bor- are available to Oregon residents who meet row unsubsidized loan up to an additional state-defined eligibility criteria. Award $4,000 as freshmen or sophomores, or amounts in 2004-2005 are expected to be $5,000 as juniors or seniors. Repayment $3180 for the academic year. begins six months after the borrower graduates or maintains less than half-time Employment enrollment. Subsidized loans begin to accrue Federal Work-Study – These work awards interest at a variable rate, not to exceed 8.25 are made on the basis of Federally-defined percent, after the six-month grace period need and fund availability. Award amounts ends; unsubsidized loans begin to accrue vary annually. Recipients are eligible to interest when funds are disbursed. work on-campus or in community service Federal Direct Parent Loans for Under- positions off-campus. Students may not graduate Students (PLUS) – These loans work more than 20 hours per week when are available to credit-worthy parents of classes are in session, and may not work dependent students. Parents can borrow up during hours when they are scheduled to to the student’s entire Cost of Attendance be in class. minus the financial aid for which the Pacific Work-Study – These work awards student is eligible. Repayment begins 60 are made to students who do not show days after the loan is fully disbursed for Federally-defined need, but who could the academic year. Loans begin to accrue benefit from employment. Recipients are interest at a variable rate not to exceed 9 eligible to work on-campus. Students may percent, when the funds are disbursed. not work more than 20 hours per week when classes are in session, and may not

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 21 Degree Requirements

Curricular Goals BACHELOR OF ARTS Every graduate of the College of Arts and DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Sciences shall have a command of the basic tools of thought and language. I. Credit Hours • Inquiry, critical thinking, and critical 124 semester hours are required for graduation analysis • Modeling, abstract thinking, and II. College Core Requirements structural thinking All students are expected to undertake a • Quantitative reasoning broad course of study by completing with • Creativity at least a “C-” each of the requirements • Written and oral language so that ideas, listed below. No course can be counted for knowledge, emotions, and experiences more than one requirement. can be clearly articulated, persuasively To help students understand how the Core defended, and imaginatively conveyed. requirements help them meet the curricular Every graduate shall be prepared for a life goals of the College, the curricular goals for of educated engagement, such that he or she each Core requirement are listed after the will be able to: requirement. • interpret and experience with an A. MATHEMATICS (3 semester hours) historical consciousness; All Math courses numbered 165 or • cultivate creative means of expression higher, Psych 350 (Behavioral Statistics), and comprehension; Soc 301 (Social Statistics), or equivalent • develop and reflect on his/her own set statistics courses. of values; Students who complete the Mathematics • understand multicultural, diverse, and core requirement will: global perspectives; 1) develop proficiency in abstract thinking, • access and evaluate information neces- and an understanding of analytical and sary to make informed decisions; deductive reasoning. • participate as an informed person and 2) be introduced to the language that is the citizen in the arts, business, fitness and foundation for mathematical modeling health, politics, and the sciences; of the physical and social world, and to see how to use it through applications • engage in the practices of a discipline and projects. with knowledge of the discipline and an understanding of how such knowledge 3) develop competency in symbolic, is constructed and used; and graphical, and numerical skills, which are the basis of mathematical literacy. • progress toward a productive and mean- ingful professional life. The Faculty of the College of Arts and B. WRITING (3 semester hours) Sciences has established the College’s English 201 Expository Writing or degree requirements in order to ensure English 202 Writing About Disability. that each student accomplishes these English 201 is devoted to the study of curricular goals. language for the purpose of improving 22 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■

students’ writing and thinking skills. according to the ACTFL proficiency guide- Sophmore standing is required. line for western languages, and the Novice- Students who complete the Writing core High level for non-western languages; requirement will: • familiarize themselves with the funda- • acquire an awareness of the conceptual, mental grammatical concepts needed to grammatical, and rhetorical processes enhance the previously mentioned four involved in writing effectively; linguistic skills; • produce nonfiction prose that is clear, • acquire cultural, historical, and geo- concise, logically structured, gracefully graphical knowledge associated with the expressed, and audience-aware; language • generate intriguing and important • be able to interact with native speakers claims supported by well organized, of the language; and compelling, and documented evidence; • enhance the grammatical knowledge of • recognize the close relationship between English by comparing it with the target writing and analytical thinking; language. • experience the power of language and the pleasure of using it effectively; D. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR (ORIGINS, • better understand the role of language IDENTITY, AND MEANING): and writing within the university, the (4 semester hours) professions, and the world at large. All freshmen must take Humanities 100 in the fall semester. Transfer students C. FOREIGN LANGUAGE need to substitute either one course in (6 semester hours or proficiency) English composition and one course in either literature or philosophy (but not A proficiency in a language other than logic) or two courses in literature or English must be demonstrated by the philosophy (4-6 credits). successful completion of a 102-level course or its equivalent. Students will learn efficient and effective approaches to the following skills. A student may satisfy this requirement by passing a proficiency test administered • Critical thinking {engage in thoughtful, by the World Languages department. reflective, and reasoned modes of inquiry and evaluation} Students who have two years of high school study in a single language will • Close reading {pay careful attention to be advised to take the 102-level course. the nuances and complexities of texts The instructor for the 102-level course and the act of reading} can approve a shift to a 101-level course, • Written Expression {provide written if required to meet the best educational work that is clear, focused, complex, achievement. well-organized, documented effectively, A student whose native tongue is not grammatically correct} English can be exempted from the • Verbal expression {provide oral presen- Foreign Language Core requirement by tations and/or responses that are obtaining approval from his/her advisor, focused and carefully phrased} and the Chair of the World Languages • Class discussion {engage in effective and and Literatures department. The advisor appropriate modes of participation in shall notify the Registrar. class discussions} Students who complete the Foreign • Listening {engage in active listening} Language core requirement will: • Note-Taking {produce a written record • develop linguistic skills in all four areas of class lectures, discussion, reading} of the language of concentration; listening, • Time-Management {focus on the organi- speaking, reading, and writing sufficient zation and prioritization of academic to achieve the Intermediate-Low level tasks} www.pacificu.edu ❖ 23 Students work with texts from the pre- F. THE ARTS (3 semester hours) modern and modern eras (pre- and post- Three semester hours in Art, Music, or 1500 CE) that deal with the notion of Theatre. Students who complete the human origins identity, and meaning. The Art core requirement will do so by one texts may be literary, historical, political, of two means, or some combination of philosophical, artistic, or all of the above. the two. Students will • (in reading, studying, discussing, Path I researching, and writing about these Students elect the participatory, “hands- texts) gain an expansive view, critical on” path and complete the requirement appreciation, and substantive under- by enrolling in one three-credit studio standing of some of the means by which class in the Art Department, three semes- human beings have sought to see and ters (at one credit per semester) in one know themselves over the ages, i.e. how or more Music ensembles or Theatre they have dealt with the origins of production courses. As a result of, or thought and being, the nature of human in the process of, fulfilling the core identity, and the search for meaning; requirement in the arts by this path, • engage in active textual and cultural students will: critique of the questions, principles, and • engage in simultaneous creative and ideas that are raised by, and/or treated aesthetic thought–the integration of the in, their course texts and course work; intellectual, experiential and the subjec- • engage in active personal critique of tive–though an immersion experience in their senses of their own identity, i.e. to at least one of the arts; what extent these might be constructed, • engage in spatial or temporal thinking shaped by, and derived from those in two dimensions, three dimensions, of others’. movement, or time; • develop skills relevant to producing a E. COMPARATIVE CULTURAL STUDIES: particular artistic product; (3 semester hours) • engage in forms of communication other All students must take three semester than the written or spoken word; hours in courses designated as Cross • explore aesthetic values and concerns of Cultural in the Schedule of Classes or our culture and others, and gain under- catalog. The courses that qualify are standing of the inextricable connection those on the culture of Asia, Africa, between art and culture; Latin America, or aspects of American • realize their creative potential. culture that draw upon these areas or the culture of the indigenous peoples of North America, excluding foreign Path II language instruction. Others fulfill the core requirement in the The Comparative Cultural core require- Arts by taking one three-credit course in ment will: the history and/or appreciation of one • provide a sustained exposure to the of the arts. These are typical lecture world view/culture/experience of courses that operate along the lines of particular societies of Asia, Africa, or Humanities courses. Students who elect Latin America this path will: or • become “active seers” and/or active listeners;” i.e., an informed audience for • provide a sustained exposure to the the arts; world view/culture/experience of par- ticular minorities in America composed • be able to critically analyze how creativity of Asian, African, Latin American, or an and self expression shape, define, and indigenous people of North America. reflect visual and/or aural culture;

24 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■

• understand the commonality between natively convey ideas, knowledge, the interconnectedness of the arts and emotions and experiences; the other disciplines–sciences, language, • the ability to reflect on ones own culture philosophy, history, and social change. and set of values and/or to understand and appreciate the values of other G. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES cultures/peoples/areas within their own context. (6 semester hours) Two courses from two different disciplines chosen from Anthropology, Economics, I. THE NATURAL SCIENCES Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, (6 semester hours) Social Sciences. Two courses from two different disci- Students who complete the Social Sciences plines chosen from Biology, Chemistry, core requirement will: Environmental Science (Env 200 and • be familiar with uses and biases of Env 210 only),Exercise Science, Physics, social science approaches to the expla- Science or two courses with laboratory nation of social and/or psychological in the same discipline. No 190 courses phenomena; can be used to satisfy this requirement. • be able to use theoretical concepts from Students who complete the Natural Science two different social science disciplines core requirement will: to describe and explain social and/or • develop a scientific understanding of the psychological phenomena; natural world; • be familiar with quantitative and/or • recognize the distinctive nature and qualitative methods used by social limits of scientific knowledge: that it is scientists to gather and analyze evidence; an evolving model of the natural world • be familiar with substantive results of discovered and verified through experi- social science research about social and/ mentation and observation; or psychological issues and problems; • use qualitative and quantitative scientific • be familiar with social science ap- methods and reasoning within the proaches used in dealing with value context of one or more disciplines in the judgements about issues and problems. natural sciences.

H. THE HUMANITIES (6 semester hours) J. SENIOR CAPSTONE Two courses from two different disci- (2 or more semester hours) plines chosen from Literature*, History, A senior project, internship (with a Media Arts (MedA 110, 111, 112, 120, presentation), or performance/show in 121, 201, 301, 302, 307, 308, 401, 410, 422 the major. only), Philosophy, Humanities (except Hum 300, but including FS 201). (*Lit- III. Major erature courses include English courses Majors require at least 24 hours, including with the prefix Engl and selected 16 upper division hours (exclusive of courses in Chinese, French, German, courses numbered 475). Major requirements Japanese, and Spanish as indicated in are listed under the appropriate department. the course descriptions.) Students who complete the Humanities IV. Grade Point Average of 2.0 core requirement will have: A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in • the ability to analyze, interpret and all coursework earned at Pacific. In addi- evaluate texts critically as they relate to tion, a 2.0 GPA is required in all majors and the humanities; minors; check major and minor require- • the ability to communicate effectively, ments as some departments may have and to persuasively defend and imagi- www.pacificu.edu ❖ 25 adopted a higher minimum than 2.0. All DEGREE POLICIES courses required for the bachelor’s degree and major must be included in the 124 hours presented for graduation. Only Declaration of Majors and Minors grades of “C-” or higher will transfer as 1. Major requirements are listed elsewhere credit toward the degree. in the catalog under the appropriate departmental headings. The minimum V. Upper Division Hours requirement is 24 hours of which 16 hours must be upper division. 40 hours of upper-division course work (numbered 300 and above), with no more 2. A Minor may be earned by meeting the than 10 hours of courses numbered 475 are requirements listed by a department. required to satisfy this requirement. The minimum requirement is 15 hours of which 6 hours must be upper- All Study Abroad coursework through division. Pacific University or affiliates will be counted as upper-division. The first 31 credits Every student must have a declared of study abroad course work earned major, with a schedule approved by a through Pacific University will count as faculty advisor in the major department, Pacific University credit; the remainder by the end of the sophomore year. of study abroad credit will be treated as Students are urged to plan wisely for a transfer work and evaluated accordingly. major program well before that time, in consultation with the faculty advisor. VI. Residency Minors must be declared by the end of the junior year, and must be approved A. Students must complete at least 6 credits by a faculty member in the minor subject. from Pacific University in upper division Minors may be combined with majors courses in their major and 6 credits from to satisfy interests and more effectively Pacific University in upper division prepare for a profession. courses for any minor. Individual departments may require a greater number Forms for declaration of majors and minors of credits be completed at Pacific are available from the Registrar’s Office. University. For these requirements, Degree requirements for students preparing consult the list of requirements for each to teach are listed in the Education section. major or minor. B. Students must complete 30 of the last 40 Waiver of Departmental Requirements hours counted towards their degree at and Prerequisites Pacific University. Upon application, academic departments may waive requirements for a major or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE minor, if faculty are satisfied that the stu- dent has already achieved the knowledge DEGREE REQUIREMENTS expected. Similarly, prerequisites may be waived at the discretion of the instructor. I. Core and Other Requirements Course waivers do not reduce the number of credits needed for any requirement. Candidates must meet all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. 48-Hour Rule II. Major Declaration A maximum of 48 hours in a single depart- ment, with the exception of departments Satisfy requirements for a major or a minor that include more than one discipline (Busi- from the Division of Natural Sciences, or a ness and Economics, World Languages and major in Psychology with two additional Literature, and Mathematical Sciences), science laboratory courses. where students may take up to 60 hours but Students may earn only one Bachelor’s no more than 48 in a single discipline, and Degree at the College of Arts and Sciences. Music, where students may take up to 60 hours. 26 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■

A program of more than 48 hours which Advising Committee. Information on the includes an internship may be approved by process may be obtained from the Assistant the Dean of Arts and Sciences upon petition. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.

Activity Courses Graduation/Persistence Data A maximum of 4 hours in 1-hour activity In accordance with the Student Right To courses are allowed. Music courses for Know Act DCL of August, 1991, Pacific students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree University is required to publish graduation with a major in music are exempt from this and persistence rates of the cohort of first activity hour limitation. Activity courses time freshmen. While most students gradu- are: DANC 100 and 200 level courses, ate in four years, the six-year graduation HPER 150, MUS 150, MUS 151, MUS 159, rate for the entering class of 1997 is MUS 163, MUS 165 and MUS 167. calculated to be 59 percent.

Internships Advancement to Candidacy for Degrees A maximum of 17 hours of internship credit Pacific University offers three degree will count towards graduation of which no conferment dates during the academic year: more than 14 credits can be taken in any fall, winter and spring. Formal commence- one semester. A maximum of 10 hours may ment is held in spring only. All degree count toward upper division. candidates must submit an Application for Degree form to the Registrar’s Office by Changes in Requirements January 15 for spring; June 15 for summer; or October 15 for winter graduation. Arts Students must meet the requirements for and Sciences students who are withing 15 the Core and majors and minors from the credit hours of graduation may march catalog from their year of original matricu- in commencement and must submit an lation or a subsequent year. If more than Application for Degree as above. ten years has elapsed since a student’s origi- nal matriculation, then the original date of matriculation will be replaced by the date of Graduation with Honors re-entry in the implementation of this policy. Students receiving an Arts and Sciences A student may choose different catalogs baccalaureate degree will be designated to satisfy the Core and majors and minors cum laude if they achieve a cumulative requirements. grade point average of 3.50 to 3.69; magna cum laude if they achieve 3.70 to 3.90; and The Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices summa cum laude if they achieve 3.91 to Commission set requirements for prospec- 4.00. Students receiving the Doctor of tive teachers. Students expecting to teach Optometry, Doctor of Physical Therapy, or must satisfy those rules in effect at the time Masters of Science in Physical Therapy, of graduation. Master of Occupational Therapy, or Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Student Status degrees will be designated with distinction Students who register for fewer than 12 if they achieve a cumulative grade point credits by the end of the add/drop period average of 3.50 or above. will be considered part-time students. Part- time status can adversely affect financial aid Time Limit for Completion of awards and athletic eligibility. Graduate Degrees Unless otherwise noted within specific Petitions programs, all work for graduate degrees Students may seek exceptions to college (including transferred credits, dissertation requirements in extraordinary circum- and examination) must be completed stances upon consultation with their within a period of seven calendar years. advisors by petitioning the Standards and

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 27 Academic Programs

The College of Arts and Sciences is organized in of Education as early as possible. Education four academic divisions and offers the Bachelor programs are available at both the undergraduate of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. Students and graduate level. Undergraduates must apply can obtain an Oregon teaching license through for admission, typically during the sophomore year, the College of Education. Students interested in separately from their admission to the College of a teaching career should consult with the College Arts and Sciences.

DIVISIONS, DEPARTMENTS AND MAJORS

Arts Division Biology Biology with emphases in: • Biology DEPARTMENTS MAJORS • Ecology and Evolution Art Art • Molecular and Cellular Music Music with emphases in: Chemistry Chemistry with emphases in: • Music • Chemistry • Performance • Biochemistry • Music Education • Chemical Physics Theatre Theatre Environmental Environmental Science Science with emphases in: Humanities Division • Biology • Chemistry DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Exercise Science Exercise Science with Coordinated Studies emphases in: in Humanities • Exercise Science Media Arts Film and Video Production • Human Performance Integrated Media • Health and Sports Medicine Journalism Mathematics and Computer Science Media Arts Computer Science Mathematics English Creative Writing Literature Physics Physics World Languages French Studies Social Sciences Division & Literatures German Studies Japanese DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Spanish International Studies Modern Languages: • Chinese, French, Business Business Administration with • German, Japanese, & Economics optional concentration in: • Spanish • Accounting/Finance Economics

Philosophy Philosophy with emphases in: History History • Philosophy Politics Politics and Government • Bioethics & Government Natural Sciences Division Psychology Psychology Sociology Anthropology & Sociology DEPARTMENTS MAJORS & Anthropology Sociology Applied Science Social Work Bioinformatics

28 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS• APPLIED SCIENCE ■ APPLIED SCIENCE

4. 28 hours of upper division work (including The Applied Science program leads to a well- capstone) within the Division of Natural rounded cross-disciplinary degree in science. It is Sciences selected to meet specific career well-suited for students seeking technical or interdisciplinary objectives. A faculty employment in areas where a cross-disciplinary committee made up of the department background in science is desirable. It is also chairs must approve these courses. appropriate for students interested in a career in Courses in approved science-related the high-tech industry, those planning further professional programs may be counted work in a specialty via a joint B.S./M.S. (particularly in this total, but no more than 4 hours of in engineering) or those transfering into programs internship may be counted here. in the health sciences. Students interested in 5. The particular capstone will be deter- teaching science via the integrated science norm mined by the advisor but must include or those interested in cross-disciplinary areas such 4 hours of senior project or one year of course work in an approved professional as environmental science may choose this program. (E.g. Physical Therapy, program. Optometry, Engineering). The project In most cases, cooperative programs have must include independent study and additional requirements beyond those of the analysis of experimental and/or scientific literature. Examples of acceptable Applied Science major. Any student interested in projects include: such a program should carefully review its A) A focused review of the literature that requirements and consult with members of the results in an original interpretation or Department of Physics. novel application. B) A pedagogical project for students Requirements interested in pursuing a career in teaching. 1. All requirements for two minors C) An internship at a government (excluding coaching) within the Division laboratory or an industrial site. of Natural Science. If the department D) A community service project which offers an applied minor students must uses innovative application of scientific complete the requirements for it. principles and technology. 2. If appropriate, one of the passport The project will culminate in a written courses their freshman year. If no pass- paper and oral presentation. port course is taken freshman year a seminar in one of the minors must be taken junior or senior year. 3. CS 150, Introduction to Computer Science I; CS 230, Advanced Software Tools; or Math 301, Mathematical Modeling.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 29 DEPARTMENT OF

ART Expanding the human dimensions in Art continues to lead our graduates into various careers in art, Patricia Cheyne, Chair, Associate as arts directors, teachers, or in preparation for of Art graduate school. The program also seeks to provide art experience for application to problem Terry O’Day, Associate Professor of Art solving, use of leisure time, and therapy. We look forward to your participation in our program. Jim Flory, Instructor, Photography Students planning to prepare to teach in public Jan Shield, Professor of Art schools should consult subject matter and Ann Wetherell, Assistant Professor* professional requirements listed under the Division of Education. Steve O’Day, Instructor, Computer Graphics* The Art Department at Pacific University seeks to *indicates part-time prepare students for: ART • lifelong interest, appreciation and under- standing of art; In today’s world the well-rounded liberally- •a life of creative involvement in expressive and educated individual is becoming increasingly in technical artistic processes; demand. The truly educated person is one with a broad background. The Art program at Pacific • being functionally literate in the language of University is equipped to provide students with a art – reading, writing, speaking related to the strong conceptual base, expressive direction, and expressive processes and terminology; instruction in artistic processes and techniques. • Expanding ability to critique creative projects Through the visual and tactile nature of Art the and artistic works by one’s self and others; faculty tries to integrate the consciousness of personal expression into every liberal arts and •Broadening the awareness of Art history and professional student. The Art program offers the cultural heritage; opportunity for a major or minor concentrating • Using artistic technologies related to one’s areas in either a two- or three-dimensional emphasis of interest; for the working artist. Other opportunities include certification in teaching art at the secondary level, • Increasing the nature of human perception, an integral Fine Arts curriculum, or a focus in motivation and creation as a necessity for Graphic Arts and Media Arts by the availability of personal growth and well-being; a double major or major/minor in the two • Doing independent and collaborative artistic departments. Pacific University also offers specialized classes through a cooperative program research and projects; with Oregon School of Arts and Crafts. For further • Discovering the relationships between the arts information please contact the Art Department. and other academic disciplines and the world; The Art faculty plant the seeds of artistic growth • Graduate study in art with a focus on two- and/ for all students through their offerings of or three-dimensional artistic work; concentrated singular and sequence course work. • Pursuing expressive directions for individual Students are expected to use the studio facilities on their own for at least two hours for every one creative growth as well as careers in art. hour of class instruction. In addition, advanced art students can work on directed study under individualized contracts where creative projects in MAJOR IN ART the studio and internships are developed. In addition to meeting the University core requirements, the major in Art must complete the courses listed below with a 3.0 average, with no grade below a “C-”.

30 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ART ■

Requirements cultural contexts to create art. Strongly Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 recommended as an introduction to other art history courses. No prerequisites. Meets arts Art 210 Drawing I ...... 3 core requirement. 3 hours. Art 270&271 History of Western Art I, II*..6 Art 270-280 Art History (one course) ... 3 Art 110 Basic Design Introduction to the basic elements of design Art 485 Indl Study / Seminar ...... 4 through a concentrated study of its theory and Art 495 Senior Show...... 3 application and by assignments in two- and * Survey of Western Art from prehistoric three-dimensional mediums. The course is open – present day to all students. 3 hours. Art 205 Creativity and Disability in Additional courses in Art, including a Art and Music concentration of upper-division courses This course will introduce the student to the in two-dimensional and/or three- topic of the artistic process and the impact of dimensional creative work, Independent disability on that process. The course will Studies, as approved by the student’s investigate the intersection between creativity advisor...... 20 and disability, whether the disability is physical or psychological. By examining the lives and the 42 * art works of selected artists and musicians the class will discuss what happens to creative pro- * Note: A minimum of 16 upper-division duction when there is a challenge of disability hours must be included. in the artist’s life and how disability may or may not affect an individual’s artistic vision. 3 hours. MINOR IN ART Meets disability minor requirement. Does not fulfill art core requirement. This minor can be structured to enhance a number of academic majors and provide Art 210 Drawing I creative options to both the liberal arts and General studio instruction in drawing covering professional programs of study. work in pencil, cont crayon, charcoal, pen and ink, and brush and ink. Design, composition, Requirements the rendering of light, and perspective are explored, as well as working from the human Art 105 Foundations in Art ...... 3 figure. 3 hours. Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 Art 270-280 Art History ...... 3 Art 217 Computer Graphics I: Image Design Electives: Selected additional arts This course is an introduction to the use of the courses, two of which must computer as an artistic and creative tool. The be upper-division ...... 12 emphasis will be on generating images that demonstrate good design. Using software 21 applications, the student will be expected to complete an art portfolio. No prerequisite. 3 hours.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Art 218 Computer Graphics I: Illustration Art 105 Foundations in Art This course will use the computer as an artistic This course will introduce various basic art and creative tool. Software applications will be media (both academically and artistically) to used to create an art portfolio of computer enhance understanding of the artistic process. generated images emphasizing drawing and The course will also present an art historical illustration skills. No prerequisite. 3 hours. survey to help students appreciate how the media previously discussed are used in different

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 31 Art 219 Painting : Watercolor Art 233 Printmaking I: Collagraphs Studio course in expressive and illustrative and Non-Toxic Intaglio watercolor painting techniques. Students Printmaking explore and develop handling and control of This class is designed to introduce the students watercolor processes and learn numerous to the basic techniques of intaglio printing painting techniques as well as the analysis of including, but not limited to collagraphs, various papers and working surfaces. 3 hours. etching, and intaglio. Monoprints will also be taught. All methods will be taught with non- Art 220 Painting I: Oil/Acrylic toxic methods. The history of printmaking and Studio work investigating methods and tech- tradition of multiples will also be discussed. niques related to acrylic, polymer, and/or Offered concurrently with Art 333. oil-base paints. Each student generates a series of studies and original painting. Readings and Art 235 Illustration I discussion explore the essence of painting. An introduction to illustration, including drawing 3 hours. techniques, type/fonts, compositional reduction, structural studies, various transfer and printing Art 225 Sculpture I processes. Emphasis is placed on acquiring Developing a working understanding of sculp- skills in, and for use in a wide variety of artistic, tural form, working with various mediums. commercial and occupational areas. 3 hours. Through reading, discussion, critique, and in- dividual sculpting projects the student explores Art 238 Papermaking geometric, abstract and organic form. 3 hours. This course is an introduction to the creation of handmade paper as an art form. Sheet formation Art 226 Photography I and decoration will be introduced. The processing A thorough nuts and bolts course to teach of natural and recycled materials to create students basic camera handling operations as paper will also be taught. Uses of handmade well as introductory photography concepts. The paper in art forms such as sculpture and the “great themes” of photography are introduced artist book will be explored. The goal in offering to provide a historical perspective. This course this course is to enable students to explore hand- is intended for Art majors and non-majors. A made paper as a fine art media. 3 hours. 35mm SLR camera is a requirement for the course. 3 hours. Art 240 Ceramics: Handbuilding I Introduction to clay with an emphasis on Art 227 Photography Field Class I: handbuilding techniques and exploration of Vancouver, BC historical and contemporary directions. Practical application of principles of photography Included are discussions of how surface embel- in various locations in and around Vancouver, lishment and firing processes affect both the B.C. Outdoor photography in daytime and night, function and aesthetics of the ceramic object. followed by seminar-style critiques of each day’s 3 hours. Offered fall semester. work by students. Students must have a 35mm SLR camera, and will develop a portfolio Art 245 Ceramics: Throwing I of work. Additional course cost that includes Introduction to wheelworking techniques used lodging, admission fees, and some meals. Limited with clay. Emphasis is on developing skill in to 15 students. 3 credits. Offered summers. relation to creating various simple forms. Included are discussions of how surface embel- Art 230 Printmaking I: Relief and lishment and firing processes affect both the Silk-screen Printmaking function and aesthetics of the ceramic object. This course will explore relief printmaking pro- 3 hours. Offered fall semester. cesses including but not limited to stamp prints, linoleum block prints, and woodcut prints. In Art 250 Stained Glass addition, it will teach the basics of one color Designed to acquaint the student with three silk-screen techniques. The history of print- basic areas in the study and construction of making and traditions of the multiples will also be stained glass; history, design concepts, and the discussed. Offered concurrently with Art 330. acquisition of skills in cutting, soldering, and 3 hours. fitting glass. 3 hours. Offered Winter III.

32 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ART ■

Art 260 Jewelry/ Metals century. Major examples of architecture are also Fabrication I considered briefly. Emphasis is given to the Introduction to non-ferrous metals fabrication development of Chinese landscape painting techniques as applied to jewelry making and from the Tang dynasty up through the Qing metalsmithing. Learn to solder, saw and form period. The important philosophical and reli- metal, as well as basic stonesetting techniques. gious movements of Daoism, Confucianism, Historical overview of the meaning and use of Buddhism and Chan (Zen) Buddhism are dis- jeweled and metal objects and their relationship cussed in relation to Chinese art and society. to various cultures. 3 hours. Offered fall semester. Works of art are presented in their social and historical context so that students emerge with Art 265 Jewelry/Casting I an appreciation for Chinese art and a general Introduction to the lost wax casting process as understanding of the culture of historical China applied to jewelry making and metalsmithing. as well. Meets cross-cultural core requirement. Learn wax carving and mold-making proce- 3 hours. dures to produce models for casting. Historical overview of the meaning and use of jeweled and Art 274 Art and Architecture metal objects and their relationship to various of Japan cultures. 3 hours. Offered spring semester. This class covers sculpture, painting, printmaking, ceramics, architecture, and land- Art 270 Western Art I: Paleolithic scape architecture from the Neolithic age through Baroque through the great Ukiyo-e printmakers of the This class will teach the student how art was Edo period. The interrelationship of literature, created and viewed in the time periods from philosophy, religion, and the arts is emphasized. prehistory to the later part of the eighteenth Students emerge with an understanding of century. The student will learn about how art Japanese art in the cultural and historical functioned in relationship to both society and context of Japanese society. Meets cross-cultural religion. The artistic and historical significance core requirement. 3 hours. of this artwork will be a major focus. The course includes both art and architecture and explores Art 275 Art and Architecture social, political, and religious contexts. 3 hours. of India This class surveys the sculpture, architecture, Art 271 Western Art II: and painting of India, starting with the ancient Neoclassicism to present day Indus Valley civilization and Vedic period and This class will examine art and architecture ending with the art and architecture of the Shah from the early 19th century to the present day. Jahan era (mid 17th century). It covers indig- The focus of this course will be the major move- enous art of the Buddhist and Hindu periods, ments and artists of this time. There will also and Indo-Islamic architecture and painting. be discussions about the technical, cultural, A basic introduction to Buddhist, Hindu, religious, and intellectual influences of art in and Islamic religion is included. Meets cross- the 19th to 21st century. 3 hours. cultural core requirement. 3 hours.

Art 272 Contemporary Art Art 280 Women in Art This course will be an in-depth study of This course is designed to explore the place of the development and diversity of art in the 20th women in art. The course investigates both the and 21st century. The social, political, and image of women in art and women as artists. technological context of art will be a major The class investigates how women have been focus. Such topics as pop culture, feminism, portrayed in the art at different times and in multiculturalism, and postmodernist theory as different cultures. The goal of the class is to they influence art creation will be investigated. shine a light on material that has often been 3 hours. overlooked by the traditional art history cannon. No prerequisites – Feminist Theory Art 273 Art and Architecture class desirable. Meets Feminist study minor of China requirement. 3 hours. This survey of the arts of China concentrates on painting, sculpture, metalwork, and ceramics from the Neolithic period through the 18th www.pacificu.edu ❖ 33 Art 300 Art Education: Class Art 326 Photography II and Practicum This course is intended for those students who This class is designed to teach methods of art have completed Photography I. The major em- instruction to the prospective elementary school phasis is to give students a solid foundation for teacher. Topics covered are creativity, develop- black and white photography. Film processing, mental levels, Discipline Based Art Education, printing, and darkroom use are a major part of state and national standards, and lesson plan the course. The course takes an artistic approach creation. There are hands-on experiences with and is intended for Art majors and/or non- ma- different art media. In addition, Pacific students jors. Historical aspects of American photogra- have the opportunity to work with children ages phers working in black and white are introduced. 4-12 in an after-school Art Workshop. No Prerequisite: Art 226. Offered Yearly. 3 hours. prerequisite. 4 hours. Art 327 Photography Field Class II: Art 310 Drawing II: Vancouver, BC Advanced Drawing Practical application of principles of photography An advanced drawing class that challenges in various locations in and around Vancouver, students to expand on the skills learned in B.C. Outdoor photography in daytime and Drawing I. Prerequisite: Art 110, Art 210 or night, followed by seminar-style critiques of each consent of instructor. 3 hours. day’s work by students. Students must have a 35mm SLR camera, and will develop a portfolio Art 317: Computer Graphics II: of work. Additional course cost that includes Advanced Image Design lodging, admission fees, and some meals. Limited This course is designed to allow students to to 15 students. 3 credits. Offered summers. further investigate the artistic processes taught in Art 217. The student will be expected to Art 330 Printmaking II: Advanced complete a more advanced and complete art Relief and Silk-screen portfolio. Prerequisite: Art 217, or Art 218, or This class involves the more advanced consent of instructor. printmaking student in further exploring the processes taught in 230. It also challenges the Art 318 Computer Graphics II: students to explore their own artistic voice Advanced Illustration through the relief and silk-screen processes. This course is designed to allow students to Prerequisite: Art 230. 3 hours. further investigate the artistic processes taught in Art 218. The student will be expected to Art 333 Printmaking II: Advanced complete a more advanced and complete art Collagraph and Non-toxic portfolio. Prerequisite: Art 217, or Art 218, or Printmaking consent of instructor. This class challenges the advanced printmaking students to develop their own personal artistic Art 320 Painting II : Oil/Acrylic. voice in the mediums taught in 233. Prerequisite: Continuation of Art 220. Further study of the 233. 3 hours. processes involved in painting using oil and acrylic colors and mediums. Emphasis on Art 335 Illustration II creation of original advanced works. Prerequisite: Continuation of Art 235. Further development Art 220. 3 hours. of illustration skills, and advanced techniques related to professional illustration. Student Art 325 Sculpture II prepare a portfolio of illustrations related to their Advanced concepts and techniques of sculpting discipline. Prerequisite: Art 235. 3 hours. are explored, including the expressive and struc- tural elements of man-made form. Emphasis Art 338 Advanced Papermaking on the expressive potential to be found in This course is designed to further explore the sculpting. Prerequisite: Art 110, 210, or 225, creation of handmade paper as an art form. Taking or consent of the instructor. 3 hours. the basic skills learned in Art 238 the students will use the media of papermaking to express their own personal artistic voice. The goal in

34 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ART ■ offering this course is to have students become Art 365 Jewelry/Casting II more sophisticated in their understanding of A continuation of the study of the techniques papermaking. 3 hours. learned in Casting I with a more complex application of skills. Emphasis on the use of Art 339 The Artist Book learned techniques to produce objects that com- This course is designed to explore the artist book municate a personal interpretation of the ideas as an art form. Different book structures will and theory presented in class. 3 hours. Offered be taught to help each student find their own spring semester. personal artistic voice. An extensive investigation of the importance of structure of the book (exterior, Art 426 Photography III use of letter forms, and illustrations) aestheti- This upper-level course deals with several cally matching the interior content of the book advanced areas of photography. Students will will be an important part of the class. This class work with medium and large format cameras, will be about both the creation and theory of studio lighting techniques for portraiture and bookmaking. Prerequisite: Art 110 3 hours. still-life, and use Polaroid films in a variety of photography related activities. Prerequisite: Art 340 Ceramics II Art 226 and Art 326. 3 hours. Continued study of ceramic media with an emphasis on wheelworking techniques. Study Art 485 Individualized Study/ of firing techniques, glaze application and for- Seminar mulation to further an understanding of how This course is designed for the advanced art surface decoration can enhance form. Students student who wants to pursue intensive in-depth are challenged to use this information to express study developing a body of individualized their creativity. Prerequisite: Art 240 or consent projects in one area of art. Students study of instructor. 3 hours. Offered spring semester. under an instructor’s supervision, and in addi- tion the student will be required to participate Art 350 Stained Glass II in Seminar. Seminar is designed to create an This course is designed to encourage experimen- artistic community for the advanced art student. tation with glass through slump molds, fusion Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing, and three-dimensional construction application. art major or minor, or instructor consent. Prerequisite: Art 250 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Art 110 and Instructor’s Consent. 3 hours. Offered Winter III. 2-7 credits.

Art 356 Color Photography Art 498 Senior Show/Seminar A comprehensive advanced course covering all This class is the capstone experience for art aspects of color photography. From the technical majors. It gives the senior art major an oppor- aspects of film emulsions, exposure to the tunity for concentrated study to prepare a body artistic potential of color, composition, light, of art work to be displayed in a senior show. and subject matter. Color transparency print- A portfolio to document that show will also ing will be covered in the lab. Students will be be required. Each student will also present a encouraged to investigate their own emotional thesis presentation on Senior Project Day. In response to color. Prerequisite: Art 226, and addition, the student will be required to 326. 3 hours. participate in Seminar, designed to create an artistic community for the advanced art student. Art 360 Jewelry/Metals Fabrication II Prerequisite: Art 110 and Instructor’s Consent. Continued study of the techniques learned in 3 credits. Fabrication I with a more complex application of skills. The emphasis is on the use of acquired skills to produce objects that become a personal expression. Prerequisite: Fabrication I or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Offered fall semester.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 35 The outdoor facilities include four tennis courts, ATHLETICS practice soccer fields, and a soccer game field near the heart of campus. Baseball and softball are The athletic program’s primary purpose is to played in Lincoln Park, which is located adjacent provide a wide range of athletic opportunities for to the Pacific Athletic Center. Swimming is held students and members of the broader community. in the Forest Grove Aquatic Center located beside These opportunities include participation in the Pacific Athletic Center. physical conditioning, athletic competition and support or spectatorship at levels appropriate to Pacific’s athletic programs have achieved the individual’s own development and interests. excellence on and off the court or field of play. In The program is designed to complement the the 1990s, Pacific teams won 11 conference student’s academic pursuits as co-curricular championships, six district or regional titles, activities and enrich their overall experience at and participated in national championship Pacific University. competitions 24 times. Pacific’s athletes also excel in the classroom boasting many Northwest Pacific offers 19 intercollegiate sports, fielding Conference and NCAA Division III Scholar Athletes. men’s and women’s teams in basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming, tennis, track and Ken Schumann, M.Ed., Interim Athletic Director field, and wrestling. We also offer men’s teams in baseball and women’s teams in softball and Joe Boyd, B.S., M.A., Athletic volleyball. Club teams offered include handball. Facility Supervisor Approximately one third of the undergraduate Jeff Grundon, B.S., Assistant student body participates in sports at the Athletic Director intercollegiate level. Pacific is a member of the Machi Machida, B.S., ATC-R, Assistant , one of the best athletic Athletic Trainer conferences in the nation, and is affiliated with the NCAA Division III. Vicki McGee, B.A., Athletic Secretary The Pacific Athletic Center, commonly referred to Linda McIntosh, M.S., ATC-R, Head as “The PAC,” is the home for athletic activities Athletic Trainer at Pacific. It is a newly remodeled and spacious Jean Rix, M.Ed., Assistant to the athletic complex which houses a gymnasium with Athletic Director three activity areas; a state of the art fitness center; Richard Rutt, Ph.D., Athletic Trainer a field house with an indoor softball/baseball facility including two batting cages, four volleyball Lisa Sardinia, Ph.D, J.D., Faculty courts, two basketball courts, two tennis courts, Athletic Representative and an indoor walking track. There are three Gary Saxton,M.S., ATC-R, Assistant handball/racquetball courts, saunas, dance studio, Athletic Trainer and wrestling room. The sports medicine/training Judy Sherman, M.Ed., Special Assistant room is equipped with whirlpools, electric to the Athletic Director stimulation unit, ultra sound, hydrocultator, Cybex and other state of the art equipment. George Spaulding, B.A., Assistant Athletic Facility Supervisor Blake Timm, B.A., Sports Information Director

36 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ATHLETICS • BIOINFORMATICS ■ INTERCOLLEGIATE PROGRAM BIOINFORMATICS Greg Bradley, Baseball Coach Jeff Thompson, Women’s Basketball Coach Christopher C. Lane, Assistant Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science Ken Schumann, Men’s Basketball Coach Douglas J. Ryan, Professor, Computer Ron Tabb, Men’s and Women’s Cross Science Country and Track & Field Coach Lisa M. Sardinia, Associate Professor, Biology Richard Warren, Men’s and Women’s Golf Coach Jon Schnorr, Assistant Professor, Biology Jim Brazeau, Men’s and Women’s Soccer Coach Bioinformatics is the science of storing, extracting, organizing, analyzing, interpreting and utilizing Tim Hill, Softball Coach information. The approaches to the discipline of Nathan Templeman, Men’s and Women’s bioinformatics incorporate expertise from the Swimming Coach biological sciences, computer science and Gage Riddoch, Men’s and Women’s mathematics. The major in bioinformatics is Tennis Coach designed for students interested in molecular biology and genetics, information technologies Chris Stanley, Volleyball Coach and computer science. Bioinformaticists are Scott Miller, Men’s and Women’s involved in the analysis of the human genome, Wrestling Coach identification of targets for drug discovery, development of new algorithms and analysis CLUB SPORTS methods, the study of structural and functional relationships, and molecular evolution. Dr. Mike Steele, Handball

INTRAMURAL SPORTS GOALS FOR THE MAJOR Providing quality participatory experiences In successfully completing a major in for the entire student body, the Intramural Bioinformatics, students must demonstrate: Program at Pacific offers several activities • knowledge and awareness of the basic for men and women throughout the academic principles and concepts of biology, year. Flag football, volleyball and 3-on-3 computer science and mathematics. basketball are offered in the fall, 5-on-5 basketball in the winter, and softball in • the ability to effectively apply existing the spring. Additional activities will be software to extract information from announced on a yearly basis. large databases and use this information in computer modeling. ACTIVITY COURSES • problem solving skills, including the ability to develop new algorithms and Hper 150 Activity Courses analysis methods. A number of aerobic and anaerobic activities are • understanding of the intersection of life included under this heading and are announced and information sciences, the core of each term in the class schedule. (e.g. Weight shared concepts, language and skills. Training, Aerobics, Yoga, Tai Chi, Tai Kwon Do, • the ability to speak the language of struc- Walking, Handball) Graded P/NP. 1 hour. May ture-function relationships, information be repeated*. Staff. theory, gene expression, and database query. *Only four activity courses may count toward the 124 credits required for graduation but more may be taken.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 37 MAJOR IN BIOINFORMATICS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BINF 290 Introduction to Requirements Bioinformatics Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 An introductory course for students interested Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 in bioinformatics. This course provides a survey of the major issues in bioinformatics and Three of the following: ...... 11-12 the way these issues are being addressed by Biol 304 ...... Experimental bioinformaticists. Faculty and outside speakers Design, Analysis & Writing from industry and academia will make presen- Biol 320 ...... Cell Biology tations and lead discussions. Prerequisites: Biol 330 ...... Genetics Sophomore standing and Biol 202 with a “C-” or better or CS 150 with a “C-” or better. Biol 400 .. Molecular Biology Biol 444 ...... Evolution BINF 490 Capstone Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 A capstone experience consisting of a field experience in an industrial or academic setting. Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 Application of theories is emphasized. Arrange- Organic Chemistry ...... 4-8 ments for the course must be completed at least Chem 240/241Survey of Organic Chemistry two weeks prior to the term in which the course OR is taken. The capstone experience must be taken during the senior year. Prerequisites: Chem 310/311 & 320/321 Instructor’s consent, BINF 290, and completion Organic Chemistry I & II of 16 hours of Biology and 10 hours of Chem 380 Biochemistry ...... 3 Computer Science (all with grades of “C-” or CS 150 Introduction to better). Graded P/N. Computer Science I ...... 4 CS 250 Introduction to Computer Science II ...... 3 CS 300 Data Structures ...... 3 CS 445 Databases ...... 3 Math 207 General Elementary Statistics ...... 3 Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 BINF 290 Introduction to Bioinformatics ...... 1 BINF 490 Capstone ...... 3

57-62

Students majoring in Bioinformatics are encouraged to take a course in ethics as part of their College core requirements.

38 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BIOLOGY ■

BIOLOGY Department also sponsors the Biology Club to promote student interest in biology and provide biology students with opportunities to socialize Edmond Alkaslassy, Assistant Professor outside of class. Phillip D. Creighton, Professor GOALS FOR THE MAJOR Pamela T. Lopez, Professor Lori Rynd, Professor In successfully completing a major in biology, students must demonstrate: Lisa M. Sardinia, Associate Professor and • an understanding of the basic principles Biology Representative and concepts of biology Jon Schnorr, Assistant Professor • an in-depth knowledge of three areas of biology: Robert E. Stockhouse II, Distinguished University Professor 1) cell/molecular/genetics 2) structure/function/systematics The Biology Department provides unique educational experiences for students in biology 3) ecology/evolution/behavior and related fields. The faculty in the department has • the ability to think critically and synthesize particular expertise in ecology, botany, molecular information from a variety of different biology, genetics, physiology, developmental sources biology, anatomy, vertebrate zoology, animal • the ability to communicate effectively in behavior, immunology and microbiology. Field the discipline both orally and in writing courses provide direct experience through field • the ability to design and conduct biological trips to Henry Blodgett Arboretum, Malheur Field research Station, and other habitats throughout Oregon. The Biology Department offers three Faculty have contacts at Oregon Health & Science options for a Biology major. While a University and at the Primate Center so students can student may take courses in any area of arrange to do laboratory research at those locations. biology, students may only choose one option in the Biology Department. The courses in biology are designed to provide the basic knowledge, skills, and training necessary Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology for students who intend to pursue professional degree from Pacific University a student study in the health sciences, graduate study in must complete Biol 490 Senior Capstone biological sciences, or professional employment Experience; and at least three additional in some field of biology. All students will have upper-division Biology courses on campus. independently designed research experiences in Students can not receive a degree in both Biology and Environmental Science with a upper division classes designated by the symbol (R). Biology emphasis. The Biology Department encourages students to Though not a requirement for a Biology obtain additional experience in the specialized area major, it is strongly recommended that of their choice, through career internships or Biology majors planning graduate work through independent research projects. Students include a statistics course and independent also choose to complete one of three options: the research. Biology major, the Biology major with an emphasis MAJOR IN BIOLOGY in Ecology and Evolution, or the Biology major with an emphasis in Molecular and Cellular Biology. Requirements The Biology Department sponsors the Omicron Xi Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Chapter of Beta Beta Beta, a national biological Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 honor society, whose purpose is to promote Biol 490 Senior Capstone student interest and participation in research. The Experience ...... 2 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 39 Biol One upper division course Biol 305 Ecology ...... 4 from Group I ...... 4 Biol 444 Evolution ...... 3 Biol One upper division course Biol One upper division course from Group II ...... 4 from Group I ...... 4 Biol One upper division course Biol Two upper division courses from Group III ...... 4 from Group II ...... 8 Biol Three additional upper Biol One additional upper division Biology courses division Biology course (excluding Biol 490 and 475). (excluding Biol 490 and 475). Eight hours of Biol 224 and Eight hours of Biol 224 and Biol 240 may be substituted Biol 240 may be substituted for 4 hours of upper division for 4 hours of upper division elective. Up to 4 hours of elective. Biol 495 wih an Biol 495 may be used toward approved project or Chem elective hours. Up to 4 hours 380 may be used toward of Chem 380 or ES 301 may elective hours...... 3-4 be used toward elective Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 hours...... 9-12 Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Chem 240/241 (Or Chem 310/311 Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 & 320/321) ...... 4-8 Chem 240/241 (Or Chem 310/311 CS 130 Introduction to & 320/321) ...... 4-8 Software Tools ...... 2 CS 130 Introduction to Software Tools ...... 2 One of the following 2-course clusters: 7-8 CS 150 Introduction to Computer One of the following 2-course clusters: 7-8 Science I CS 150 Introduction to CS 250 Introduction to Computer Computer Science I Science II CS 250 Introduction to OR Computer Science II Math 226 Calculus I OR Math 301 Mathematical Modeling Math 226 Calculus I OR Math 301 Mathematical Modeling Phy 202 Introduction to Physics I OR Phy 204 Introduction to Physics II Phy 202 Introduction to Physics I OR Phy 204 Introduction to Physics II Phy 232 General Physics I OR Phy 242 General Physics II Phy 232 General Physics I Phy 242 General Physics II 53-59 52-60 It is strongly recommended that students take 3 courses with extensive field experiences (see MAJOR IN BIOLOGY WITH AN designations within Groups). EMPHASIS IN ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION MAJOR IN BIOLOGY WITH AN Requirements EMPHASIS IN MOLECULAR AND Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 Requirements Biol 490 Senior Capstone Experience ...... 2 Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 40 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BIOLOGY ■

Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 Math 226 Calculus I Biol 490 Senior Capstone Math 301 Mathematical Modeling Experience ...... 2 OR Biol One upper division course Phy 202 Introduction to Physics I from Group I ...... 4 Phy 204 Introduction to Physics II Biol Three additional courses OR selected from the following courses:...... 9-12 Phy 232 General Physics I • Biol 224/240 Human Phy 242 General Physics II Anatomy AND Human Physiology 56-60 credits • Biol 304 Experimental Courses designated with (R) include an Design, Analysis independent research experience. & Writing • Biol 308 Microbiology Courses designated with (F) include extensive • Biol 320 Cell Biology field experiences. • Biol 330 Genetics • Biol 400 Molecular Group I: Cell/Molecular/Genetics Biology Biol 308 Microbiology (R) • Biol 405 Immunology Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) • Biol 444 Evolution Biol 330 Genetics • Biol 480 Advanced Biol 400 Molecular Biology Methods in Cell Biology • Biol 495 Research Group II: Structure/Function/Systematics (approved project) Biol 316 General Botany • Chem 380 Biochemistry Biol 350 Principles of Development (R) Biol One upper division course Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology (F) from either Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology (F) • Biol 350 Principles of Biol 430 Plant Systematics (R)(F) Development OR Biol 470 Animal Physiology • Biol 470 Animal Physiology Group III: Ecology/Evolution/Behavior Biol One upper division course from Group III ...... 4 Biol 305 General Ecology (R)(F) Chem 220 General Chemistry I...... 4 Biol 340 Animal Behavior (R)(F) Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 Biol 345 Marine Biology (R)(F) Chem 310/311 Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology (R)(F) Chem 320/321Organic Chemistry II ...... 4 CS 130 Introduction to MINOR IN BIOLOGY Software Tools ...... 2 Requirements One of the following 2-course clusters: 7-8 Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science I Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 CS 250 Introduction to Chem 220 General Chemistry I...... 4 Computer Science II Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 OR Biology electives: ...... 10-12

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 41 Three additional upper-division Biology tions and interactions of organisms with the classes excluding Biol 490 and 495. At least environment are stressed. Includes some aspects one of these courses must be lab based. of environmental and economic issues as they Eight hours of Biol 224 and Biol 240 may be relate to biology of the ocean. Some weekend field substituted for 4 hours of upper division trips required. Additional fee required. (Does not elective. count toward a Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. 26-28 Biol 170 Human Genetics Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology This course introduces students to the study of minor from Pacific University a student must inheritance in all of its manifestations, from the complete three upper-division Biology courses distribution of human traits in a family pedigree on campus. to the biochemistry of the genetic material in our chromosomes, DNA. The course examines the Any student interested in a Biology minor inheritance of traits in individuals and families, should consult with a faculty member in the how traits evolve and are maintained in human Biology Department. populations, the molecular basis for those traits, and the Human Genome Project. (Does not count COURSE DESCRIPTIONS toward a Biology major or minor). 3 hours.

Biology (Biol) Biol 180 Biology of Human Courses designated with the symbol (R) Reproduction include an independent research experi- A study of the biology of human reproduction, ence. Courses designated with the symbol designed primarily for the non-science major. (F) include extensive field experiences. This course emphasizes the anatomy, development Biol 105 Biology is Life and physiology of human reproduction. Some This course provides non-science majors with aspects of psychology and sociology are intro- an introduction to four fundamental aspects duced as they relate to birth control, venereal of biology: the scientific method, genetics, disease, and control of reproduction. (Does not evolution, and environmental issues. There are count toward a Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. no prerequisites. (Does not count toward a Biol 202 General Biology I Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. A survey of ecology, evolution, the diversity of Biol 110 Human Biology life on earth, and the structure of plants and An introduction to basic anatomy and physiology animals. Laboratory is integrated with of the human organism. This course is designed lecture.(NOTE: There are no prerequisites for for non-science majors. Laboratory is integrated this course. However, Biol 204 has prerequisites with lecture. There are no prerequisites. (Students of Chem 220, Chem 230, and Biol 202 – all with cannot receive credit for Biol 110 and any combi- grades of “C-” or better.) 4 hours. nation of Biol 224, 240, 300 or 302.) (Does not Biol 204 General Biology II count toward a Biology major or minor.) 4 hours. Basic principles of cell and molecular biology Biol 115 Microbiology for for both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. The course Nonscience Majors includes cell structures and functions, metabolism, An introductory biology course to meet the classical genetics, and molecular genetics. Labo- Natural Science core requirement. This course ratory experiences are integrated in the course. stresses the history of microbiology and the Prerequisite: Biol 202, Chem 220, and Chem 230 diversity within the microbial world. It includes – all with grades of “C-” or better. 4 hours. some aspects of medical, ecological and industrial Biol 224 Human Anatomy microbiology. (Does not count toward a Biology An examination of gross and histological structure major or minor.) 3 hours. of the systems of the human body. Laboratory is Biol 145 Marine Biology for an integrated part of the course. (Students cannot Nonscience Majors receive credit for both Biol 110 Human Biology An introduction to organisms and processes in and Biol 224 Human Anatomy.) Prerequisite: the marine environment. Organismal adapta- Biol 202 (with a grade of “C-” or better.) 4 hours. 42 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BIOLOGY ■

Biol 240 Human Physiology chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Chem 320/321) — A study of the physiological phenomena of all with grades of “C-” or better. 4 hours. the human body from the molecular level of cellular metabolic functions to the operation of Biol 330 Genetics primary and specialized organ systems. Labo- A study of the principles of heredity with em- ratory experiences are integrated in the course. phasis upon transmission genetics, quantitative (Students can not receive credit for both Biol inheritance, the molecular basis of inheritance, 110 Human Biology and Biol 240 Human and population genetics. Laboratory experiences Physiology.) Prerequisite: Biol 224 (with a grade are integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol of “C-” or better). 4 hours. 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours.

Biol 304 Experimental Design, Biol 340 Animal Behavior (R) (F) Analysis, and Writing (R) A study of the ecology and evolution of animal This course utilizes a hands-on, application- behavior, including such topics as foraging strate- oriented approach to enhance student under- gies, predator-prey interactions, mating systems, standing of: framing scientific questions based sexual selection and communication. Mechanisms on primary scientific literature; designing ap- of animal behavior (such as endocrinology, genetics propriate experiments; analyzing data statisti- and neurobiology) are also discussed. Includes cally and graphically; writing technical reports; laboratory and field experiences which are inte- and presenting seminars. Course culminates in grated into the course. Prerequisite: Biol 204 a student proposed, designed, and conducted (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. independent research project. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Biol 345 Marine Biology (R) (F) A study of life and processes in the marine Biol 305 Ecology (R) (F) environment. Organismal adaptations and An introduction to the basic principles and fun- interactions of organisms with the environment damentals influencing interactions between are stressed, with field trips to the marine plants and animals and their environment. intertidal zones. Includes some aspects of envi- Includes laboratory and field experiences. ronmental issues as they relate to biology of the Includes a required three day field trip. Addi- ocean. Some weekend field trips required. Labo- tional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with ratory experiences are integrated in the course. a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Biol 308 Microbiology (R) A study of the structure, biochemistry, physiology, Biol 350 Principles of Development (R) energy generation, genetics and diversity of A study of molecular and cellular aspects of prokaryotic organisms. Laboratory experiences development and embryological differentiation are integrated into the course. Prerequisite: Biol of selected species. Laboratory experiences are 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Biol 316 General Botany (R) Fundamental principles of plant biology with Biol 360 Selected Topics in Biology emphasis on morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, Study of a particular field of biology selected by physiology and evolution of algae, fungi, the instructor and approved by the Biology non-vascular and vascular plants. Includes Department. May or may not include a lab. laboratory and field experiences. Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit if the topic changes. Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-“ or better). There may be additional prerequisites Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) depending on the topic. 3-4 hours. A study of the functions of biological systems from the molecular to the tissue level. The Biol 400 Molecular Biology molecular biology of cells and the regulatory A laboratory-intensive course focusing on mechanisms for physiological processes are em- nucleic acid biology, recombinant DNA and phasized. Laboratory experiences are integrated biotechnology. Prerequisite: Biol 204 and in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 204 and organic organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Chem 320/ 321) – all with grades of “C-” or better. 4 hours. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 43 Biol 405 Immunology rainforests. The course meets once a week during A study of the mammalian immune system the fall semester, during which students gain covering the molecules and mechanisms used the background required for the field component to fight infection. The development of B and T of the course held in Costa Rica during January. cells and their role in the human immune Course grades will be assigned at the end of response will be emphasized. The relationship January and will include work completed during of the immune system to human biology will both terms. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: also be covered, for example, infectious disease, Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better) and vaccines, allergies, and autoimmune disorders. consent of instructor. Alternate years. 4 hours. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). Alternate years. 3 hours. Biol 470 Animal Physiology (R) The study of physiological function (molecular, Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology (F) cellular, and organ systems) in animals. The A study of invertebrate organisms including focus will be on the diversity of mechanisms used their systematics, morphology and ecology. by animals for: water and solute regulation, gas Laboratory experiences are integrated in the exchange and transport, temperature regulation course. Some weekend field trips required. and tolerance, circulation, feeding and digestion, Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 204 metabolism, excretion, neural control and inte- (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. gration, senses, and locomotion. Laboratory experiences are integrated in the course. Pre- Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology (F) requisite: Biol 204 and organic chemistry (Chem A study of vertebrate organisms, including their 240/241 or Chem 320/321) – all with grades of systematics, life histories, morphological and “C-” or better. Alternate years. 4 hours. physiological adaptations, and behavior. Includes laboratory and field experiences with Biol 480 Advanced Methods in a three day required field trip. Additional fee Cell Biology (R) required. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade This course is a laboratory course designed to of “C-” or better). 4 hours. introduce the student to a variety of cellular and biochemical techniques for investigating the Biol 430 Plant Systematics (R) (F) behavior and function of living cells. Students Identification and classification of the vascular will be required to understand the concepts of plants represented in the flora of the Pacific the techniques used, as well as to demonstrate Northwest. Includes laboratory and field hands-on competence in the laboratory. This experiences. Some weekend field trips required. course is strongly recommended for those stu- Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 204 dents interested in undergraduate research (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. projects, graduate school, or employment as a laboratory technician. Prerequisite: grade of Biol 444 Evolution “C-” or better in Biol 308, Biol 320 or Biol 400. An introduction to the history, methods, and Junior standing recommended. 3 hours. current questions in evolutionary biology. This course will examine the evidence for evolution Biol 490 Senior Capstone Experience beginning with Darwin and ending with our Designed to allow students to expand on research current understanding of the human genome. projects from upper-division biology courses by The course will cover the theory of natural more thoroughly examining the primary literature, selection, the basis of heredity and variation, reanalyzing data, writing and presenting a population structures and genetics, and the lecture on their research topic and presenting mechanisms of speciation. Special topics include in a public forum. Research projects conducted human evolution, molecular evolution, and the outside of the Biology Department must be ap- relationship of evolution to society, philosophy proved for use as a capstone project. Prerequisite: and religion. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a Senior standing and an approved data set. 2 hours. grade of “C-” or better). 3 hours. Biol 495 Research Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology (R) (F) Faculty supervised, student-conducted, individual A study of tropical rainforest ecology and natural research project. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade history, and current biological research in tropical of “C-” or better) and consent of instructor. 1-6 hours.

44 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

• read and understand standard textbooks BUSINESS AND and general publications covering ECONOMICS topics in business and economics. • write essays, short papers or major research papers in a clear and concise Michelle Cowing, Chair, Associate Professor fashion with emphasis on content, style, of Business Administration and analytical ability. Jamie R. Haag, Assistant Professor • organize and present ideas and informa- of Economics tion orally in small group settings, and as a sole presenter. Charles O’Connor, Professor of Accounting/Finance • use data and statistics in order to under- stand and analyze relevant problems. Philip J. Ruder, Associate Professor • use contemporary information technology of Economics effectively including the library, the John Suroviak, Associate Professor of Internet, and computer software appli- Accounting/Finance cations. • design and carry out independent and A major within the Department of Business and collaborative projects. Economics prepares students to enter a wide- range of careers in business or in the public sector MAJOR IN BUSINESS or to enter graduate programs. The degree ADMINISTRATION develops broadly educated individuals who are flexible, skilled at solving problems, aware of a The Business and Economics Department diversity of viewpoints, and responsive to rapidly offers a major in Business Administration. changing environments. Each student works with an academic advisor in the department to design a The department offers a major in business customized selection of elective courses that administration and a major in economics. Students best fits the interests of the student. Students majoring in business have the option of taking a have the specific option of concentrating in concentration in accounting/finance. accounting /finance. Each major in Business Administration must complete at Students majoring in business and economics plan least 40 hours (of which 18 hours of upper core and elective courses in consultation with their level courses must be taken at Pacific) faculty advisor in order to improve communication in departmental courses and 6 hours in and analysis skills, develop the strongest possible statistics and computer science. A minimum 2.0 grade point average is required in all background in their area of interest, and achieve business and economics courses; only a well-rounded liberal arts education. Off-campus grades “C-” or above may be used to internships are available for students who satisfy department requirements, including have identified or who wish to explore specific Math 207 and CS 120. Normally, majors are career options. required to complete satisfactorily Econ 101, Econ 102, BA 204, Math 207, and CS 120 Internships are normally taken in the junior prior to taking any of the upper division (second semester) or senior year. Students are major requirements. The department chair required to obtain an overall grade point average must approve exceptions to this rule. of 3.0 or higher to be eligible for an internship. Students who are planning to attend graduate school are encouraged to take a year of GOALS FOR BUSINESS AND calculus. Students planning a career as a ECONOMICS MAJORS Certified Public Accountant must complete 150 semester hours of college course work, A successful graduate of the department which is the equivalent of five years of will be able to: college, prior to taking the CPA exam.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 45 Business Administration Core degree plan when such a course supports Requirements the students’ major focus. An internship that is closely integrated with a student’s Econ 101 Principles of major focus might satisfy some of the elec- Macroeconomics ...... 3 tive credit for the major in business. Econ 102 Principles of Microeconomics ...... 3 Business Administration major with Econ 300+ Upper-division economics concentration in accounting/finance elective ...... 3 Students majoring in business administration BA 204 Accounting Principles ...... 4 may elect to complete a concentration in BA 305 Business Finance ...... 4 accounting/finance. Such students should BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 select departmental electives to include: BA 340 Management Science BA 313 Intermediate Accounting .. 4 OR ...... 3/4 BA 357 Income Tax Accounting ..... 3 BA 350 Operations Management Electives Two additional accounting / finance courses approved by BA 360 Organizational Behavior ... 4 the department ...... 6

BA 405 Business Strategy (Senior 50/51 Capstone) ...... 4 Math 207 General Elementary MINOR IN BUSINESS Statistics ...... 3 ADMINISTRATION CS 120 The Information Era ...... 3 Electives Approved by The Business and Economics Department the department ...... 12 offers a minor in Business Administration which requires completion of 20 hours of 49/50 departmental courses. A minimum 2.0 grade point average is required. Any NOTE: One of the electives may be student interested in a Business Adminis- selected from outside the department with tration minor should consult with a faculty departmental approval. member in the Business and Economics Department. Areas of Interest Requirements Many career-oriented areas of focus within the business major are possible. Each student Econ 101 Principles of works with an academic advisor in the de- Macroeconomics ...... 3 partment to design the major that best fits Econ 102 Principles of the interests of the student. Each program Microeconomics ...... 3 can be tailored to prepare the student for BA 204 Accounting Principles ...... 4 careers in areas such as international busi- BA 360 Organizational Behavior ... 4 ness, marketing, production and services management, human resources manage- BA 300+ Business Administration ment, or management of technology and Electives ...... 6 information systems. Students with a specific interest in accounting or finance 20 will likely pursue a concentration in this area. The upper-division elective requirements of MAJOR IN ECONOMICS the major will generally be met by study within the business and economics depart- The major in economics requires completion ment; however, a course from another area of 34 hours in economics courses, 4 hours of the college may be included in the in accounting, 4 hours in pre-calculus, and

46 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

3 hours in statistics. Principles of Economics minor should consult with a Microeconomics and Macroeconomics are faculty member in the Business and the basic prerequisites for all department Economics Department. courses. Elementary Statistics, Math 207, must be completed prior to enrolling in Requirements Econometrics (Econ 321). Pre-Calculus Econ 101 Principles of (Math 125) is a prerequisite for Macroeconomics...... 3 Microeconomic Theory (Econ 327) and Macroeconomic Theory (Econ 328). A mini- Econ 102 Principles of mum 2.0 grade point average is required in Microeconomics ...... 3 all major courses; only grades “C-” or above Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ..... 4 may be used to satisfy department require- Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory ..... 4 ments, including Math 207. Econ 300+ Economics Electives ...... 9 The department advises that students intending to do graduate work in economics 23 should complete the calculus sequence and other selected math courses. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Requirements Econ 101 Principles of Economics Macroeconomics ...... 3 Econ 101 Principles of Econ 102 Principles of Macroeconomics Microeconomics ...... 3 An introduction to the U.S. economic system BA 204 Accounting Principles ...... 4 with emphasis on understanding the forces that Math 125 Pre-calculus ...... 4 cause economic problems and the policies that can be used to solve them. The causes and Math 207 General Elementary effects of inflation and unemployment, the role Statistics ...... 3 of money and banks in the economy and the Econ 321 Introduction to causes and consequences of economic growth. Econometrics ...... 4 No prerequisites. 3 hours. Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ..... 4 Econ 102 Principles of Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory ..... 4 Microeconomics Econ 300+ Economics Electives ...... 12 An introduction to the economics of choice in a Econ 490 Senior Seminar ...... 2 private enterprise economy. How individuals and firms make decisions in a world of scarce Econ 495 Senior Thesis ...... 2 resources. The limitations of the market in dealing with problems such as pollution, mo- nopoly power, and income distribution. The role 45 of government in correcting market failure. An examination of the international economy Note: One of the electives may be selected including balance of payments and exchange from outside economics with departmental rates. No prerequisites. 3hours. approval. Econ 180 Contemporary Economic Problems MINOR IN ECONOMICS Seminar in current economic conditions and problems, analysis of economic policies and The Business and Economics Department practices affecting such problems; contribution offers a minor in Economics that requires of the social sciences toward understanding and completion of 20 hours of departmental providing solutions to such problems. Prereq- courses including 9 hours of electives. uisites: Econ 101, or 102. 1-3 hours. This course A minimum 2.0 grade point average is may be graded Pass/No Pass at the discretion required. Any student interested in an of the instructor. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 47 Econ 321 Introduction to Econ 331 Money and Banking Econometrics Analysis of the nature and functions of money This course is concerned with the use of statistical and effects of changes in the money supply; methods for estimating and testing economic operation of commercial banks, the Federal relationships. The course will emphasize the Reserve System, and the Treasury that affect the application of classical statistical techniques of United States’ monetary system; monetary estimation, hypothesis testing, and regression theory; critique of various monetary policies. analysis to economic models. Exploration of Prerequisites: Econ 101. 3 hours. problems arising from violations of the classical assumptions. The course incorporates extensive Econ 333 Environmental Economics use of statistical software to perform data analysis, Environmental economics studies the role in the regression, and forecasting. Prerequisites: Econ economic system of environmental amenities 101, 102, and Math 125. 4 hours. such as clean air and clear water. The course analyzes the problems of market outcomes when Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory such amenities are not priced. The problems Principles of price and resource allocation theory associated with estimating economic costs and in a decentralized economy; theory of consumer benefits are also carefully examined. The course choice; price determination under different market emphasizes the connection between economic situations; effects on economic efficiency. understanding and improved public policy. Emphasis on applying the tools of mathematics Prerequisite: Economics 102. 3 hours. to the study of economic outcomes. Prerequisites: Econ 101, 102, and Math 125. 4 hours. Econ 341 International Trade and Development Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory The economic analysis of globalization. Inter- Students will gain an understanding of the national trade topics include the determinants origins and distinguishing characteristics of of trade in goods and services and the effect of alternative schools of thought in macroeconomics. trade policy on national income level and Development of closed and open economy distribution. Special attention will be paid to macroeconomic models used to characterize examples relevant to U.S.-Europe, U.S.-Japan, long-term trends and short-term fluctuations and North-South economic relations. Topics in in gross domestic product, unemployment, international development include determinants inflation, and government and international of growth and the effect of industrial and trade deficits. Application of quantitative methods to policy on national income levels and distribution. analyze relationships among key economic indicators, examination of current economic Econ 342 International Finance policy challenges, and prediction of policy out- The economic analysis of international comes based on competing macroeconomic monetary and financial economics. Interna- theories. Prerequisites: Econ 101, 102, and tional finance topics include the determinants Math 125. 4 hours. of real and financial trade flows, supply and demand for foreign currency, and national Econ 330 Industry Studies balance of payment accounts. Emphasis will be An applied field of economics that deals with on traditional approaches to exchange rate and the problems of explaining the behavior of balance of payments determination. Interna- markets for goods and services. The emphasis is tional monetary topics will include monetary upon the market structure, conduct, and and portfolio approaches to balance of payments, performance of selected industries, the problems open economy policy analysis, and international of ownership and control, competitive behavior policy coordination. Prerequisites: Econ 101. and pricing policy, technology and obsolescence, 3 hours. entry and size; the implications of trade practices for public policy. Prerequisites: Econ 102. 3 hours.

48 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Econ 490 Senior Seminar BA 316 Cost Accounting Students in this fall seminar apply the concepts Discussion of the nature, objectives and proce- and tools of economic analysis to develop a dures of cost accounting and cost control; job research plan to explore a current policy issue. costing and process costing; theory and practice Research projects consist of a careful review of of accounting for manufacturing overhead; cost economic theory relevant for the policy analysis budgeting and control; cost reports, joint as well as an empirical analysis of policy out- product and by-product costing; distribution comes. Emphasis will be placed on student-led costs; standard costs; differential cost analysis; discussion, with active participation of faculty profit volume relationships and break-even members. Prerequisites: Senior standing in analysis. Prerequisite: BA 204. 4 hours. Economics. 2 hours. BA 318 Fraud Examination Econ 495 Senior Thesis An introduction to forensic accounting. Students Students work in consultation with their will learn how and why occupational fraud is primary advisor to carry out the research plan committed, how fraudulent conduct can be developed in the fall. Students present the deterred, and how allegations of fraud should results of their research to peers and faculty then be investigated and resolved. Prerequisite: BA revise their theses to address the critical feed- 313 (or concurrently). 3 hours. back they receive. Prerequisite: Econ 490. 2 hours. BA 325 Personal Financial ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE Planning This course covers concepts and techniques for BA 204 Accounting Principles managing personal financial affairs including Introduction to accounting concepts and appli- the financial planning process, budgeting, taxes, cation of these concepts; financial statement credit, bank services, life, health and disability preparation; accounting systems and controls; insurances, social security and retirement accounting for assets and liabilities; partner- annuities, property and liability insurances, ships and corporations; cash flow analysis and residential real estate, stock and bond markets, financial statement analysis; cost terminology, and estate planning and settlement. Prerequisite: behavior and systems design; the planning and Junior-standing. 3 hours. control process; using cost data in decision making. BA 334 Real Estate Principles MS Excel is introduced and integrated into the An introductory course in real estate. The course to solve accounting and finance problems. following areas are emphasized: the real estate Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 4 hours. industry and the economy; real estate brokerage; BA 305 Business Finance real estate finance; real property appraising; title A study of the financial principles applicable to examination, title insurance and closing; land- the business organization. Financial manage- use planning and zoning. Prerequisite: junior ment of assets and the need for funds, sources standing. 3 hours. and cost of obtaining short-term and long-term BA 352 Investments funds, capital budgeting. MS Excel and MS To gain an understanding of investing in Access are integrated into this course. Prereq- marketable securities. To develop a vocabulary uisite: BA 204. 4 hours. and knowledge of types of securities including BA 313-314 Intermediate Accounting common stocks, bonds and other types of invest- Financial accounting statement interpretation, ments. To understand and use fundamental and presentation, and disclosure including coverage technical security analysis. To incorporate of functions and basic theory; asset recognition current financial events with reading materials and measurement; liability recognition and and projects. Prerequisites: BA 204, junior measurement; stockholders’ equity, dilutive standing. 3 hours. securities, and investments; issues related to income measurement; and preparation and in- terpretation of financial statements. Prerequisites: BA204. BA 313 is a prerequisite to BA 314. 4-3 hours per semester. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 49 BA 357 Income Tax Accounting firm. A detailed treatment of the problems A study of the structure of federal tax laws involved in managing specific fields of small and some of the motivating forces and policies business such as a retail store, a franchise, a shaping tax laws and concepts; determination service firm, and a production plant. Prerequi- of taxable income and the income tax liability site: junior standing. 3 hours. as they relate to individuals; overview of the taxation of corporations and other entities; and BA 306 Business Law an overview of Oregon income tax laws. Introduction to the structure and functions of Prerequisites: BA 204, junior standing. 3 hours. the American legal system followed by an overview of specific topics that are applicable BA 425 Advanced Accounting to business. Topics include: contracts, sales, Accounting for corporate business combinations negotiable instruments, bankruptcy, suretyship, using both the pooling of interests method agency, partnerships, corporations, federal and the purchase method, preparation of con- securities law, accountants, legal liability, solidated financial statements, and accounting employer and employee relationships, property, for foreign operations. Prerequisites: BA 314. trusts and estates. Prerequisite: junior standing. 3 hours 3 hours.

BA 435 Accounting and BA 312 International Business Auditing Seminar Survey course covering recent and important A discussion-based course that uses cases to issues in international business, trade and explore realistic accounting and auditing issues. investment. Topics might include the Interna- Students will be faced with unstructured tional Business environment, the government problems and be required to provide analyses and regulatory environment, international com- and recommendations. Prerequisite: BA 313, parative environments, international monetary BA 357, and Senior standing. 3 hours. environment, international marketing, interna- tional finance, management strategies, and the BA 457 Advanced Income future of international business. Prerequisites: Tax Accounting junior standing. 3 hours. A study of federal income tax as it applies to C corporations, S corporations, partnerships, BA 320 Human Resource and limited liability companies (LLC), the gift Management tax, the estate tax, income taxation of trusts and Functions of the personnel department in a estates, and internal revenue service adminis- business organization. Contributions of research trative procedures. The primary focus of the in the social sciences to personnel administration. course will be taxation of corporations. Prereq- Operation and techniques of a personnel depart- uisites: BA 204 and BA 357. 3 hours. ment including job evaluation, employee recruiting and selection, psychological testing, employment counseling, wage administration, MANAGEMENT AND labor management relations and other personnel ADMINISTRATION programs. Prerequisite: junior standing. 3 hours. BA 302 Small Business BA 340 Management Science Management An introduction to formalized methods used Development of the students’ understanding of in managerial decision making and problem the economic and social environment in which solving. The focus is on the development and small businesses function. The processes use of decision models in a range of managerial involved in initiating new ventures are applications. Techniques include decision analysis, discussed. The course focuses on the areas of linear programming, simulation, forecasting marketing and financial management and the and project management. Development of legal and governmental relations of the small computer-based decision models will be an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: junior standing. 4 hours.

50 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

BA 342 Risk Management and MARKETING Decision Making Development, application, and integration of BA 309 Marketing analysis tools and decision models to aid mana- Introduction to marketing concepts and gerial decision making in the face of risk and application of these concepts to the marketing uncertainty. Behavioral factors that influence of products, services, ideas, organizations, and judgment and decision making will also be people in both profit-oriented and nonprofit considered. The course covers applications in business environments. Topics include: environmental, technological, health/safety, and marketing’s role in society and within the firm; organizational risk management. Prerequisite: environmental evaluation; consumer buying junior standing. 3 hours. behavior; market segmentation and target market selection; management of marketing BA 350 Operations Management mix variables (product, price, placement, Study of key concepts, quantitative techniques, promotion). Students gain experience in and practices used in the management of the problem solving and communication through production of goods and services. Includes case analyses and presentations. Prerequisites: examination of product and process design, Econ 101 and 102 and junior standing. 3 hours. process analysis, total quality management, project management, materials management, BA 333 Consumer Behavior capacity planning, work design, facility layout Identification and analysis of environmental and and operational scheduling. Prerequisites: Econ individual factors which influence behavior in 101 and 102, junior standing. 3 hours. the consumer market, emphasizing consumer decision processes and market responses. Course BA 360 Organizational Behavior includes case analysis, presentation, and indi- and Management vidual semester projects. Prerequisite: BA 309 An introduction to the functions of management and to the theory of human behavior in organi- BA 410 Marketing Research zations. Management history, attitudes, skills, Application of research techniques and statistical and managerial processes as well as an investi- analysis to the consumer market through case gation of the theories of human behavior, moti- analyses and individual research project. Each vation, communication, decision making, group student works with a local business to design and social processes, organizational culture, research, administer survey, conduct appropriate power, and leadership are addressed. Prerequisite: statistical analysis, and present findings (with junior standing. 4 hours. operational recommendations) to management. Prerequisites: Math 207, BA 309, senior standing. BA 405 Business Strategy 3 hours. This course serves as the senior capstone course for students of business administration. It BA 443 Special Topics demands the integration of knowledge from all in Marketing functional area business disciplines to make A course focusing on topics of special interest effective strategic decisions from an organization- to students and faculty, such as Services wide perspective. The case study method of Marketing, Internet Marketing, Advertising teaching combined with the dynamic application and Promotions Management, Public Policy of course tools to real and simulated business and Marketing, and Sports Marketing. Prereq- situations are used. Prerequisite: BA 305, BA uisites: BA 309, junior standing. 3 hours. 309, BA 360 and senior standing. 4 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 51 CHEMISTRY • have the ability to formulate and carry out strategies for solving scientific problems. James O. Currie, Jr., Distinguished • develop experience working with others as part University Professor of a team to solve scientific problems. Joel W. Gohdes, Assistant Professor • develop good scientific communication including writing, oral communication and presentation Kevin E. Johnson, Associate Professor, Chair, and Thomas J. and Joyce Holce skills and the ability to access, read, understand Professorship in Science and use scientific literature. Jodi M. Paar, Assistant Professor • have had the opportunity to gain experience with an individual research project within the Richard V. Whiteley, Jr., Professor university or in another appropriate setting. Chemistry plays a central role in the sciences because the goal of chemical study is understanding natural processes on an atomic and molecular level. MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY Thus, chemistry majors should experience the excitement of relating molecular properties to the Requirements order they observe in nature. Our challenge is to Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II .. 8 emphasize the connections between the molecular Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 level structure and properties and the behavior of Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry II .... 4 macroscopic matter. Majors should be prepared for Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ... 4 immediate industrial employment, for entry into Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics and programs of professional study such as medicine, Kinetics ...... 4 teaching and engineering, or for graduate study in Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic chemistry or a related field. This mission suggests Chemistry ...... 3 the following outcomes for our educational Chemistry Capstone process. At the end of their studies, graduating majors should: Chem 485 Seminar ...... 1 Chem 490 Senior Project • have a working knowledge of the basic areas of OR chemistry (inorganic, organic, biochemical, Chem 498-499 Thesis ...... 2-4 physical, and analytical chemistry). A working knowledge is demonstrated by understanding Mathematics - One year of calculus the language of chemistry and the ability to apply Math 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 formal knowledge in a problem-solving (Math 228 strongly recommended) environment. Physics - One year with laboratory • understand the relationships between (Phys 232-242 recommended) ...... 8 microscopic structure and macroscopic properties, energy relationships, chemical and 46-48 physical transformations, acid-base theory, and solution chemistry and be proficient in basic Note: For students planning to work as chemists or attend graduate school in laboratory skills (e.g., preparing solutions, chemistry, the following courses should be chemical and instrumental analysis, laboratory included among the electives: safety). Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ... 4 • have an understanding of principles and Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and applications of modern instrumentation, Spectroscopy ...... 4 computation, experimental design, and data Chem 498-499 Thesis ...... 4 analysis.

52 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 CHEMISTRY ■

At least one of the following emphases Elective: Choose one of the following .....3-4 must be fulfilled: Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis Chemistry Chem 360 Environmental Chemistry Biol 202 & 204 General Biology I-II ...... 8 Chem 380 Biochemistry Two upper-division chemistry electives Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics (with lab if available, except Chem 385) .. 6-8 and Kinetics Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and 60-64 Spectroscopy Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic Chemical Physics Chemistry Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy ...... 4 24-25 Phys 322 Modern Physics At least one upper-division chemistry course OR with laboratory, must be taken at Pacific Phys 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 University. Any student interested in a One additional upper-division Physics Chemistry minor should consult with a faculty course from the following member in the Chemistry Department. (Phys 322, 332, 364, 376, 380, 420, 460) . 3-4 One additional upper-division course in COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Chem, Physics, or Math ...... 3-4 Chemistry (Chem) 60-64 Chem 110 Chemistry and Your Environment Biochemistry An introductory chemistry course for students Biol 202, 204 General Biology I and II ..... 8 who do not plan to take additional chemistry Chem 380 Biochemistry I ...... 3 courses. Basic principles of chemistry are Chem 480 Biochemistry II ...... 3 developed and used to explain phenomena of significance to our lives. Topics include environ- Chem 481 Biochemistry Lab ...... 1 mental issues such as atmospheric and water One upper-division biology course chemistry, nuclear power, and fuels. 3 hours. from the following (Biol 320, 330, 400) ...... 4 Chem 220 General Chemistry I The first of a two semester sequence which 65-68 introduces the basic concepts of chemistry by addressing: atomic and molecular structure, At least six credits of upper-division chemistry, properties of materials, nomenclature, equilib- including at least one credit of chemistry rium, kinetics, thermodynamics, and electro- laboratory must be taken at Pacific University. chemistry. These topics are studied in the context of inorganic and organic chemistry. In A course in computer science (CS 150 or 230) addition to three lectures per week, the class meets is also recommended. three hours weekly for a laboratory or activity session. Prerequisite: Math 122 or equivalent. 4 hours. MINOR IN CHEMISTRY Chem 230 General Chemistry II Requirements The second of a two semester sequence continuing from Chem 220. In addition to three lectures per Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II .. 8 week, the class meets three hours weekly for a Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 laboratory or activity session. Prerequisite: Chem 220 with a C- or better and Math 125 or equivalent. Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry II .... 4 4 hours. Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ... 4 Chem 385 Seminar ...... 1

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 53 Chem 240 Survey of Organic Chem 350 Instrumental Analysis Chemistry An introduction to the theory and principles An introduction to the chemistry of the hydro- of instrumental methods of chemical analysis. carbons and their principal derivatives. Included are spectrophotometric, electrometric, Meets physical therapy, optometry and nursing and chromatographic methods. Prerequisite: requirements. Prerequisite: Chem 230. 3 hours. Chem 340 and Phys 204 or 242 with a C- or Alternate years. Spring 2005. better. 3 hours. Alternate years. Spring 2005.

Chem 241 Survey of Organic Chem 351 Instrumental Analysis Chemistry Laboratory Laboratory Laboratory experience in the preparation and Laboratory experiences to augment and illustrate properties of organic molecules. Prerequisite: Chem 350, which is a co-requisite. Prerequisite: Chem 230. Co-requisite: Chem 240. 1 hour. Chem 341 with a C- or better. 1 hour. Alternate Alternate years. Spring 2005. years. Spring 2005.

Chem 295 Independent Project Chem 360 Environmental Chemistry Work in chemistry and introduction to chemistry Changes in the environment are ultimately the research on a topic of mutual interest to the result of chemical processes. This course exam- student and a faculty member. This course may ines our understanding of chemical change in be repeated for credit or continued as Chem 495. the atmosphere, groundwater, and various Consent of instructor required. 1-3 hours. aquatic environments from both a theoretical and practical perspective. Methodology for Chem 310 Organic Chemistry I monitoring and modeling these systems will be An integrated study of aliphatic and aromatic included. Prerequisites: Chem 240 or Chem 310, chemistry. Emphasis is placed on the mechanistic Bio 204, with a C- or better. 4 hours. Alternate approach to understanding organic reactions. years. Spring 2006. (Cross listed as Env 310) Prerequisite: Chem 230 with a C- or better. 3 hours. Chem 380 Biochemistry I An introduction to the chemistry of biological Chem 311 Organic Chemistry molecules with investigation of the structure and Laboratory I function of biological molecules in enzyme A laboratory course in organic chemistry action, metabolism, energetics, and the flow of concerned with the synthesis, isolation and genetic information. Prerequisites: Biol 204 purification of characteristic organic compounds and either Chem 240 or Chem 320 with a C- or including an introduction to the qualitative iden- better. 3 hours. tification of unknown compounds. Prerequisite: Chem 230. Co-requisite: Chem 310. 1 hour. Chem 385 Seminar Participation in discussions about recent Chem 320 Organic Chemistry II advances in the field of chemistry. May be taken A continuation of Chem 310, which is a prereq- twice for credit. P/NP. 1 hour. uisite with a C- or better. 3 hours. Chem 410 Thermodynamics and Chem 321 Organic Chemistry Kinetics Laboratory II Presentation, discussion, and application of A continuation of Chem 311, which is a prereq- the laws of thermodynamics, including gas uisite. Co-requisite: Chem 320. 1 hour. behavior, equations of state, phase transforma- tions, chemical equilibria and kinetics. Prereq- Chem 340 Quantitative Analysis uisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and Physics 204 or An introduction to the theory and principles 242 all with C- or better. 3 hours. of volumetric, gravimetric, and colorimetric methods of analysis. Prerequisite: Chem 230 with Chem 411 Thermodynamics and a C- or better. 2 hours. Kinetics Laboratory A laboratory course to accompany Chem 410, Chem 341 Quantitative Analysis which is a co-requisite. 1 hour. Laboratory A laboratory course to accompany and give practical illustration to the principles covered in Chem 340, which is a co-requisite. 2 hours.

54 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 CHEMISTRY ■

Chem 420 Quantum Chemistry and Chem 485 Seminar Spectroscopy Designed to acquaint the science major with An introduction to quantum mechanics and its recent advances in chemistry and related fields applications to chemistry including atomic as well as to provide experience in the prepara- structure, the chemical bond and spectroscopy. tion and oral presentation of science topics. Prerequisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and Physics May be taken twice for credit. 1 hour. 204 or 242 all with a C- or better. 3 hours. Alternate years. Spring 2006. Chem 490 Senior Project A project that includes independent study Chem 421 Quantum Chemistry and and analysis of experimental and/or chemical Spectroscopy Laboratory literature information. Examples of acceptable A laboratory course designed to accompany projects include: Chem 420, which is a co-requisite. 1 hour. Alternate years. Spring 2006. • A focused review of the literature that results in an original interpretation or novel applica- Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic tion. Chemistry • A pedagogical project for students interested An introduction to inorganic chemistry at an in pursuing a career in teaching. advanced level. Topics include atomic and molecular structure, symmetry, bonding theory, • An internship at an industrial or government periodic correlations, acid-base theory, and the laboratory. theory of metal-ligand interactions. Prerequisite: • A community service project which uses Chem 230 with a C- or better. 3 hours. Alter- innovative application of chemical principles nate years. Fall 2004. and technology. Chem 440 Advanced Laboratory The work will culminate in a paper and oral An advanced laboratory for majors and pre-pro- presentation. May be repeated once for credit, fessional students who require more practical concent of faculty required. 1-2 hour. laboratory experience. Prerequisite: Chem 321 and Chem 341. 3 hours. Alternate years. Chem 495 Research Independent laboratory studies or theoretical Chem 450 Advanced Topics studies on projects of mutual interest to the A lecture or laboratory course concentrating on student and faculty. This may be repeated for a specific topic in chemistry at the advanced level. continuing or new projects. Consent of faculty For example mass spectrometry, high field required. 1-3 hours. nuclear magnetic resonance, or pharmacology. Prerequisites depend on the topic. 1-2 hours. Chem 498/499 Thesis Students electing to do a thesis will engage in a Chem 480 Biochemistry II substantial research project that will involve This course is designed to further explore the an investigation of the scientific literature and structure and function of biological molecules original research on a current topic in chemistry. through topics in medical biochemistry such as The work will culminate in a written thesis and cancer, metabolic diseases, cystic fibrosis, mus- oral presentation. Concent of faculty required. cular dystrophy and HIV/AIDS. Prerequisite: 2 hours each semester. Chem 380 with a C- or better. 3 hours. Alter- nate years. Spring 2005.

Chem 481 Biochemistry Laboratory This course will emphasize experimental design, development of biochemical laboratory tech- niques, data acquisition and interpretation and development of theoretical models. Important biochemical techniques that students may develop proficiencies include protein purifica- tion, execution of enzyme assays, development of spectroscopic an chromatographic methods, and cell culture methods. Corequisite: Chem 480, 1 credit. Alternate years. Spring 2005.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 55 to take course Freshman or Sophomore years. DANCE (Advanced beginning acting students are encouraged to enroll in Thea 210) 3 hours.

Thea 120 Technical Theatre MINOR IN DANCE An introductory practicum to technical Theatre: scenic construction, painting, lighting, costume The Dance Minor is available to all under- and audio production. A minimum of 35 lab graduate students. Dance studies comple- hours will include assignments on construction ment majors in theatre, music, visual arts, and running crews for department productions. media arts, exercise science, education and 3 hours. psychology. The Dance Minor offers strong emphasis on creativity through perfor- Thea 150 Theatre Company mance and choreography. Performance All dance classes count toward Academic Core Active participation in a dramatic production requirements in Arts, and may be repeated for as an actor or performer. 1 hour. Graded P/NP. credit. Most are graded P/NP. Offered each semester. May be taken 4 times. Must audition and be cast in a play to enroll. Requirements: The following are categories within the one- Dance Technique (one from each area: ... 5 hour practicum in theatre production. Most Danc 105, 121, 126, 205, 221) freshman or first-time students should sign Thea 110 Acting I ...... 3 up for the Thea 151 General Technical Theatre Thea 152 Costume ...... 1 Thea 151 Theatre Company (General technical theatre) Thea 153 Lighting ...... 1 Thea 152 Theatre Company: Costume Thea 151, 154, 155, or 156 ...... 1 & Makeup Thea 225 Makeup ...... 1 Thea 153 Theatre Company: Lighting Thea 330 Directing ...... 3 Thea 154 Theatre Company: Organiza- Danc 400 Dance Composition tional & Management & Performance ...... 2 Thea 155 Theatre Company: Publicity Electives: Three upper-division hours in Thea 156 Theatre Company: Running a Dance related Project ...... 3 crew or board operators in consultation with the Dance Instructor It is recommended that students first enroll and Director of Theatre in Thea 151 for active participation as a production assistant or technician in a Total credit-hours: 20 dramatic production. Experience may also be gained in a variety of specialized areas including: Costume, Lighting, Production COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Management, Publicity and Running Theatre (Thea) Crew,(Thea 152-156) No single category may be repeated. 1 hour. (P/NP) Offered each semester. Thea 101 The Theatre Experience An introductory course for the curious – those Thea 210 Acting II: Intermediate with little or no background in theatre. Students Intensive scene work and an introduction to write, rehearse and produce plays in class. classical and style acting, dialect and film Attend and critique 4-5 plays during term. acting technique based on fundamentals and Not required for theatre majors. 3 hours. vocabulary from Acting I. Advanced beginning Offered in even numbered years. actors with considerable prior experience and basic understanding of method acting may Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals enroll with instructor’s consent. Prerequisite: Basic Method technique and vocabulary. Thea 110. 3 hours. Offered in even numbered years. Students who hope to act in plays encouraged

56 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 DANCE ■

Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design Thea 360 Modern Theatre Introduction to scenic design for the stage, with Development of theatre from 1875, to the present emphasis on concepts of design, script analysis, with special emphasis on the influential practi- lighting, drawing, mechanical and computer tioners and styles of the period. Attend and design and model building. 3 hours. Offered in critique 3-5 plays during the term. 3 hours. odd-numbered years or by arrangement in Offered in even-numbered years. connection with a specific production. Thea 495 Senior Thesis Thea 225 Makeup Intensive practicum arranged with the Director The theoretical and practical application of of Theatre. 3-6 hours. Most often a directing makeup to the theatre and media. Students are assignment, but project may be in any of the expected to purchase their own makeup supplies. following disciplines: 1 hour. Offered spring semester. • Directing • Playwriting Thea 270/370 Theatre in London An experiential two-week exploration of theatre in • Performance England, during which students attend and critique • Choreography at least 9 professional plays, meet with British • Design: Costume or Scenic theatre professionals and tour theatre facilities in •Video or Film Drama London and Stratford-upon-Avon. Extra cost for air- fare, tickets and lodging. (Approximately $2,075. See Dance (Danc) schedule for current rate) Offered Winter III. 3 hours. Danc 105 Ballet I Thea 310 Acting III: Style Classical ballet technique beginning at basic level. Introduction to style acting through research Graded P/NP. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. and scene work from classic drama: Greek play, Comedia del’Arte, Elizabethan (Shakespeare) 17th Danc 121 Jazz Dance I century French and Restoration, 19th century Basic Jazz dance for beginners. Graded P/NP. melodrama. 3 hours. Offered in even numbered years. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour.

Thea 325 Directing Performers Danc 126 Modern Dance I for the Camera Exploration of basic concepts of dance movement An exploration of the relationship between – space, time, design, expression – and appro- directors and performers in television and film priate techniques. Graded P/NP. May be production. Rehearsal and production of short repeated for credit. 1 hour. dramatic scenes utilizing video tape. Prerequisite: Danc 205 Intermediate Ballet A basic working knowledge of Method Acting, Continuation of ballet technique introduced in television production experience, or consent of Danc 105. Prerequisite: Danc 105 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Offered in odd-numbered years. instructor. Graded P/NP. May be repeated for Thea 330 Directing credit. 1 hour. Lecture-laboratory course exploring the Danc 221 Jazz Dance II director’s art: script analysis, production design, Continuation development of techniques learned casting, rehearsal and production. Prerequisite: in Danc 121. Prerequisite: Danc 121 or Thea 110 and 220 or consent of instructor. consent of instructor. Graded P/NP. May be Limited to a small number of students commit- repeated for credit. 1 hour. ted to the demanding task of producing one-act plays during a regular . 3 hours. Danc 400 Dance Composition Offered yearly or by arrangement in connection and Performance with a specific project. Choreographic and composition skills. Exploration of dance technique and choreography in Thea 350 Theatre History preparation for performance. Prerequisite: Danc An exploration of theatre production from Greece 121, 126, and 221; or consent of instructor. to Broadway, including comparisons with film May be repeated for credit. 2 hours. and TV drama. Attend and critique 4-5 plays during term. 3 hours. Offered in odd-numbered years. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 57 difference—all these “abstractions” may become DISABILITY STUDIES more concretized in courses devoted to analyzing their institutionalization and material effects. Co-Directors: By relying upon inter-disciplinary perspectives, the Tim Thompson, Humanities Disability Studies minor allows students to sustain their scholarship across fields, resulting in a more Nancy Cicirello, Physical Therapy comprehensive understanding of the experience John Medeiros, Physical Therapy of disability.

Associated Faculty: THE DISABILITY STUDIES MINOR Brad Bafaro, Exercise Science Required Courses: David Boersema, Philosophy One of the following two courses: Patricia Cheyne, Art DS 200: Introduction to Disability Studies ...... 2 Ellen Hastay, Peace and Conflict Studies OR Marc Marenco, Philosophy Engw 202: Writing About Christine MacFarland, Education Disability ...... 4 (fulfills Core Writing Martha Rampton, History Requirement) Todd Schultz, Psychology One of the following two courses: Art/Mus 205: Creativity and Disability Byron Steiger, Sociology in Art and Music ...... 3 Scott Tuomi, Music OR Robert Van Dyk, Political Science Engl 221: Literature and Disability Studies is an interdisciplinary minor Disability ...... 3 exploring the social, cultural, and ethical Both of the following two courses: dimensions of living with physical and mental Phil 307: Ethics, Medicine, and disabilities. The courses in this minor focus less Health Care ...... 4 on the variations that exist in human behavior, DS 400: Disability Studies, in appearance, and functioning, and more on the Theory and Practice ...... 2 meaning cultures make of those variations—the cultural assumptions that inform those meanings, 11-13 hrs. and the social, political, and psychological Elective Credit (11-13 hours, 6 of which repercussions those meanings have on the must be in upper-division courses): community of people with disabilities, and on the Art/Mus 205: Creativity and Disability entire culture. in Art and Music ...... 3 Students majoring in the sciences will find Engl 221: Literature and Disability Studies to complement their pre- Disability ...... 3 professional course work, in that the minor Hist 305: History of Magic and concentrates on the social and personal contexts Witchcraft ...... 3 of a population many students hope to serve. Hper 315: Adaptive Physical Students majoring in the humanities or the social Education ...... 3 sciences will find a new perspective from which Pacs 105: Peace & Conflict Studies: to explore our culture’s foundational ideas. Body Field Experience ...... 1-3 and mind, freedom and agency, democracy and Pacs 430: Human Rights ...... 4 power, beauty and wholeness, normality and Pols 325: Constitutional Law ...... 4

58 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 DISABILITY STUDIES ■

Pols 225: Politics of Health Care ... 3 upon perception, imagination, artistic expres- Psy 311: Abnormal Psychology .. 3 sion and the creative process. By examining the lives, works, and cultural contexts of selective Soc 319: Sociology of Medicine .. 3 musicians and artists with disabilities, from the SpEd 300: Foundations of Special medieval to the postmodern periods, and by Education ...... 2 making some music and art ourselves, we will SpEd 305: Exceptionalities ...... 2 better understand the creative processes of SpEd 340: Technology in Special particular artists, the creative process in Education ...... 2 general, and the creative potentials that we all possess. 3 hrs. 22-24 total hours Engl 221: Literature and Disability The historian Sander Gilman calls literature COURSE DESCRIPTIONS “the art of writing down a culture’s dreams.” It is intriguing to note, then, how many of DS 200 Introduction to Western cultures’ literary “dreams” are about Disability Studies the physically or mentally different, about the Disability Studies understands disability monstrous (so-perceived) and the maimed, the as referring not only to a biological or medical crippled and the crazed. From Sophocles’ condition, but as also referring to a community of people (the largest minority in the U.S.); to a Philoctetes to Dunn’s Geek Love, this course civil rights movement; to a complex set of social traces how and explores why authors of various and ethical issues; to a universal human experi- periods have imagined and dramatized physical ence; and to the ways cultures respond to differ- and cognitive difference. The issues that arise— ent bodies, minds, and behaviors. The class, literary, aesthetic, social, and philosophical— taught with the help of two faculty from Pacific’s will be considered in their own, and our own, School of Physical Therapy, will help students historical and cultural contexts. 3 hrs. understand disability in its social, cultural, and ethical dimensions. 2 hrs. Phil 307: Ethics, Medicine, and Health Care Engw 202: Writing About Disability A study of ethical issues that arise in the health This is both a writing intensive course (satisfying care professions. After working through the pro- Core Writing Requirements) and an introduction cesses of moral reasoning and learning about to Disability Studies. Disability Studies under- some of the major moral theories, this course stands disability as referring not only to a bio- will focus on major topics in health care today. logical or medical condition, but as also referring Typically this course deals with such issues as to a community of people (the largest minority abortion, physician-assisted suicide, genetic in the U.S.); to a civil rights movement; to a manipulation and cloning, and comparative complex set of social and ethical issues; to a health delivery systems. Students will be able universal human experience; and to the ways to do some independent research on a topic of cultures respond to different bodies, minds, and their choice. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. behaviors. The class, taught with the help of two 4 hrs. faculty from Pacific’s School of Physical Therapy, will help students understand disability DS 400: Disability Studies, in in its social, cultural, and ethical dimensions. Theory and Practice It will also develop critical thinking skills, un- This course, a capstone for students in the derstanding of rhetorical methods, and the shaping Disability Studies minor, is a combination of of effective prose styles through writing exposi- seminar and field work. (The field work may be tory essays and a research paper. 4 hrs. in the form of internships or service-learning.) In this course, students will review major con- Art 285: Creativity and Disability in cepts covered in prior Disability Studies classes. Art and Music This review will be conducted in light of This course is an inquiry into the nature of experiences and knowledge acquired working at creativity. Within that inquiry, we will focus on appropriate sites in the local community. 2 hrs. the effects of physical and cognitive impairment

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 59 EARTH SCIENCES EDUCATION

ASTRONOMY COURSES (See the Graduate and Professional Programs Catalog for listing of faculty and complete Sci 170 Astronomy description of programs.) A survey of astronomy, including the solar system, stars and stellar evolution, galaxies, The undergraduate program allows a student to cosmology, astronomical instruments, and space complete a bachelor’s degree while simultaneously science. Evening observing sessions. 3 hours. completing the requirements for an Oregon teaching license. Students are provided solid foundations in theory and content, as well as field GEOLOGY COURSES experiences. They are prepared to nurture young peoples’ intellectual, social, and moral growth and Sci 140 Physical Geology to appreciate diversity of cultures. An introduction to the structure of the earth and dynamic earth-shaping processes including The program prepares students for an Oregon plate tectonics, rocks and minerals and the Initial Teaching License with authorizations at any origin and evolution of landforms through of four levels: Early Childhood Education (age 3 volcanic activity, folding, faulting and erosion. to grade 4), Elementary Education (grades 3-8), Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. Middle School Education (grades 5-10), and High Sci 141 Geology Laboratory School Education (grades 7-12). Students are Laboratory experience to accompany Sci 140 and strongly encouraged to qualify for two adjacent Sci 150, one of which must be taken concur- authorization levels. Students who wish to qualify rently. 1 hour. for the Early Childhood and Elementary authorizations will complete the Education and Sci 150 Physical Geology Learning major. Those who plan to teach at the An introduction to the history of the earth beginning with the origin of the solar system Middle School or High School level will major in and including the evolution of the continents, the subject area in which they wish to teach and the evolution of life, geologic time and stratig- complete the professional sequence of courses in raphy. Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. the College of Education.

EARLY CHILDHOOD & ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Education & Learning Major The Education and Learning major is a joint offering of the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Education. It is designed to provide students with a deep under- standing of the psychological, developmen- tal, and curricular foundations of education. This major builds a strong foundation for careers working with children and in various educational programs, including classroom teaching. The Education and Learning major is recommended for students interested in pursuing a license for teaching in early childhood or elementary classrooms as a part of their undergraduate education at

60 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EARTH SCIENCES • EDUCATION ■

Pacific University. To obtain the Initial Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 Oregon Teaching License as an under- Educ 420 Normal Language graduate a student must apply for admis- Development in Children ... 2 sion to the College of Education. Students Educ 427 Psychology of who wish to enter a teaching career should Reading Instruction ...... 2 consult with the Coordinator of the Under- graduate Education Program early in the Required capstone experience: one of the freshman year, and should take the intro- following ductory education course, Educ 260, Educ 490 Integrating Seminar ...... 6 Foundations of Education, by fall of the Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 15 sophomore year. Application to the College of Education may be accomplished as a part Required Professional Courses for Early of the Educ 260 class. Childhood & Elementary School Licensure requires an additional 30-34 Authorizations credits of professional coursework beyond the requirements of the major. Students The following courses are required to interested in licensure should complete the qualify for the Oregon Initial Teaching recommended subject area coursework in License with authorizations for Early writing, literature, science, mathematics, Childhood Education or Elementary social science, and the arts as part of the core Education. Some of these courses also requirements or electives. fulfill requirements for the Education and Learning major. For those who do not want to obtain a teaching license as a part of their undergraduate Educ 305 Learning Communities: education, a minor in a complementary Personal Awareness and subject area is recommended. Diversity ...... 3 Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 Education and Learning Major Educ 361 Foundations of Human Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality ..... 3 Development and Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology .. 3 Psychology ...... 3 Social Foundations Educ 436 Technology across the one of the following ...... 3 Curriculum ...... 2 Anth 101 Introduction to Anthropology Educ 431 Integrated Methods I: General Methods ...... 2 Soc 102 Social Problems Educ 408 Integrated Methods II: PolS 101 Power & Community Reading and Language Development Arts in Early Childhood Psy 180 Lifespan Human Development Education ...... 4 Cognition and Behavior OR one of the following ...... 3 Educ 444 Integrated Methods II: Psy 225 Learning Reading and Language Arts Psy 214 Cognitive Science in the Elementary School .. 4 Psy 314 Memory & Mind Educ 343 Integrated Methods III: Teaching Mathematics, Psy 352 Physiological Psychology Science and Health in Early Education all of the following Childhood and Elementary Educ 260 Foundations of Education .. 2 Education ...... 4 Educ 300 Introduction to Early Educ 410 Integrated Methods IV: The Childhood Education ...... 4 Expressive Arts in Early Educ 305 Learning Communities ..... 3 Childhood Education ...... 2 Educ 361 Foundations of Human Educ 397 Field Experience ...... 1 Development & Psychology .. 3 Educ 459 Preparing the Work Sample .. 2 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 61 Educ 476 Learning Communities: • Foreign Languages: A major in Foreign Reflection and Practice ...... 2 Language. Primary language must Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 15 be selected from French, German, Japanese, or Spanish. • Integrated Science: Students complete a MIDDLE SCHOOL AND major from the Natural Science Division HIGH SCHOOL LICENSURE and work with their advisor in Education to develop a program that includes Students who plan to complete the require- broad basic coursework in Biology, ments for the Middle School and High Chemistry, and Physics as well as School authorizations should major in the Geology, Astronomy, and Meteorology. content area in which they wish to teach, • Language Arts: A major in Literature complete the required coursework in or Creative Writing including a professional education, and successfully Shakespeare course, a course on the meet the requirements of student teaching. theory of literature, a course in Linguistics, Students have the opportunity to qualify and two courses in Oral Expression. for both Middle School and High School • Mathematics, Middle School: Math- authorizations. While qualification for both ematics sequence through Calculus I, is not required, students are encouraged to including Statistics and a computer do so. To obtain the Initial Oregon Teaching programming course. Sufficient course License as an undergraduate a student work to pass the appropriate PRAXIS test. must apply for admission to the College of Education. Students should consult with • Mathematics, Advanced: A major in the Coordinator of the Undergraduate Edu- Mathematics including courses in Prob- cation Program early in the freshman year, ability, Higher Geometry, and Abstract and should take the introductory education Algebra. course, Educ 260, Foundations of Education, • Music: A major in Music Education. by fall of the sophomore year. Application • Physical Education: A major in Exercise to the College of Education may be accom- Science with an emphasis in Human plished as a part of the Educ 260 class. Performance. Programs are available to enable students • Physics: A major in Physics including to meet the requirements for the following courses in Thermodynamics and subject area teaching endorsements: Art, Geometric Optics. Foreign Languages (French, German, Japanese, and Spanish), Language Arts, • Social Studies: A major in a social Mathematics (Middle School and science, including history. Students Advanced), Music, Physical Education, work with their Education advisor to Science (Biology, Chemistry, Integrated develop a program that provides the Science, and Physics), and Social Studies. breadth of knowledge necessary to teach social studies at the secondary level. Following are the requirements that students This includes at least 3 courses of non- seeking a subject area endorsement in the U.S. history, political science, sociology, Middle School and High School authoriza- psychology or anthropology; 3 courses tions must meet outside of the education in U.S. History; 2 courses in Politics and sequence offered by the College of Education: Government; 2 courses in Economics; • Art: A major in art. A Computer Graphics Cultural Geography; and one course in or Illustration course is recommended. contemporary issues. • Biology: A major in Biology, including Human Anatomy, Human Physiology, Required Professional Courses for Middle and Invertebrate Zoology. School & High School Authorizations • Chemistry: A major in Chemistry. Educ 305 Learning Communities: Personal Awareness and Diversity ...... 3

62 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EDUCATION ■

Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 to the College of Education. Students who Educ 361 Foundations of wish to enter a teaching career should Human Development consult with the Coordinator of the Under- and Psychology ...... 3 graduate Education Program early in the freshman year, and should take the intro- Educ 436 Technology across the ductory education course, Educ 260, Curriculum ...... 2 Foundations of Education, by fall of the Educ 327 Teaching and Assessment in sophomore year. Application to the College the Middle School ...... 3 of Education may be accomplished as a part OR of the Educ 260 class. Educ 326 Teaching and Assessment in the High School ...... 3 Admission requirements include: Educ 314 Reading and Writing across • 2.75 minimum GPA (cumulative and the Curriculum ...... 2 endorsement) Special Methods (in • Passing score on one of the following: appropriate content area).. 3 California Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST), PRAXIS Pre-Professional Skills Educ 302 Teaching Art in the Middle Test (PPST), or PRAXIS Computer-Based and High School Academic Skills Assessment (CBT) Educ 303 Teaching Music in the • Academic and pre-professional recom- Middle and High School mendations OR • Personal interview and writing sample Mus 302 Music in the to be completed at time of interview Secondary School (Choral) OR Mus 303 Music in the CONTINUATION IN THE PROGRAM Secondary School Students must maintain a 2.75 minimum (Instrumental) GPA in all professional education and en- Educ 338 Teaching Science in the dorsement area coursework with no grade Middle and High School lower than a “C”; a “C-” is not acceptable. Educ 339 Teaching Physical Education Students must complete all required in the Middle and High School coursework before student teaching. Educ 349 Teaching Mathematics in the Students must take all tests required for Middle and High School licensure before student teaching. Educ 447 Teaching a Foreign Language Students must meet all of the above require- in the Middle and High School ments in order to register for student teaching. Educ 451 Teaching Social Studies in the Middle and High School REQUIREMENTS FOR Educ 452 Teaching Language Arts in PROGRAM COMPLETION the Middle and High School Educ 397 Field Experience ...... 1 Students must complete all coursework Educ 459 Preparing the Work Sample .. 2 with satisfactory grades. Educ 476 Learning Communities: Students must complete field experience, Reflection and Practice ...... 2 required practica, and student teaching with a grade of Pass. Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 15 Students must complete requirements for ADMISSION two work samples. Requirements include preparation, teaching, and a satisfactory Prior to taking coursework necessary for evaluation. teacher licensure, students must be admitted

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 63 Students must pass all applicable tests re- Educ 314 Reading and Writing Across quired for licensure. the Curriculum Introduces middle school and high school educa- tors to the application of reading and writing COURSE DESCRIPTIONS theories in individual content areas. Develops and expands knowledge of the nature and scope of middle school and high school reading and writing, and of the application of methods, ma- Educ 260 Foundations of Education terials, assessments, remedial strategies and Introduces the foundations of American educa- motivation for reading, writing, and study skills. tion and schooling. Examines schooling and the Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education teaching profession from an interdisciplinary or permission of instructor. Corequisite: Educ approach that includes a variety of perspectives. 397. 2 hours. 2 hours. Educ 317 Special Methods: Teaching Educ 300 Introduction to Early Art in the Elementary School Childhood Education Introduces the basic methods of art instruction Introduces the field of early childhood education. for the elementary school classroom. Discusses Examines the history and foundation of creativity, developmental levels, discipline-based programs; mission and ethics; legislation and art education, and state and national standards. public policy; educational reform; appropriate Includes hands-on experiences with art media goals for normative and special developmental and lesson plans. Prerequisite: Admission into needs within varied social and cultural contexts; Teacher Education or permission of instructor. and observational methodology. Requires 2 hours Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. of weekly service learning in an early childhood classroom. Utilizes problem-based learning. Educ 318 Special Methods: Prerequisite: Educ 260, Psy 150 Introduction to Teaching Music in the Psychology, and sophomore standing. 4 hours. Elementary School Examines the fundamental principles, tech- Educ 302 Special Methods: Teaching Art niques, and procedures for teaching music in the in Middle and High School elementary school. Prerequisite: Admission into Introduces the basic methods of art instruction Teacher Education or permission of instructor. for the middle and high school classroom. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. Discusses creativity, developmental levels, discipline-based art education, and state and Educ 319 Special Methods: Teaching national standards. Includes hands-on experiences Physical Education in with art media and lesson plans. Prerequisite: Elementary Schools Admission into Teacher Education or permission Prepares preservice teachers to teach early of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. childhood/elementary school physical education. Emphasizes curriculum, developmental levels, Educ 303 Special Methods: Teaching teaching strategies, and classroom management. Music in Middle and Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education High School or permission of instructor. Corequisite: Educ Surveys the fundamental principles, techniques, 397. 3 hours. and procedures for teaching music in the middle and high school. Prerequisite: Admission into Educ 326 Teaching and Assessment in Teacher Education or permission of instructor. the High School Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. Develops skills in designing, organizing, and assessing lessons and units for high schools Educ 305 Learning Communities: that involve students in appropriate learning Personal Awareness activities, require higher level thinking skills, and and Diversity use a variety of assessment methods. Includes Explores the personal, relational, and commu- a variety of instructional skills and strategies, nity aspects of communication, collaboration, assessment, current trends in education, and congruency, cooperation, and competition. classroom management as well as adolescent Discusses learning communities, personal characteristics and development. Prerequisite: history and culture, communication skills, Admission into Teacher Education or permission creativity, diversity, special needs students, and of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. classroom management. 3 hours.

64 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EDUCATION ■

Educ 327 Teaching and Assessment in needs and values; creation, implementation and the Middle School evaluation of teaching materials and learning Develops skills in designing and organizing experiences in the areas of language, mathematics, lessons and units for middle schools that involve science, social studies, health, safety, nutrition, students in appropriate learning activities, art, music, drama, and movement; the psychology require higher level thinking skills, and use a of literacy and reading instruction; young variety of assessment methods. Includes a children’s literature; management of the variety of instructional skills and strategies, classroom. Requires 2 hours of weekly field assessment, current trends in education, and experience and observations of children. Prerequi- classroom management as well as adolescent sites: Ed 300 or consent of the instructor. 4 hours. characteristics and development. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education or permission Educ 343 Integrated Methods III: of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. Teaching Mathematics, Science and Health in Educ 336 Special Methods: Teaching Early Childhood and Health in the Middle and Elementary Education High School Introduces early childhood and elementary Guides students in the investigation of the three educators to the theories, strategies, resources, faces of a comprehensive school health program: and technology applications appropriate to math- school health services, school environment, and ematics, science and health methodology. health instruction. Emphasis on the content of Emphasizes the linkage to state and national a health curriculum, developmental levels, standards, integrated curriculum design, and teaching strategies, assessment, and class man- developmentally appropriate pedagogy. Prereq- agement. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher uisite: Admission into Teacher Education or Education or permission of instructor. permission of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. 4 hours.

Educ 338 Special Methods: Teaching Educ 349 Special Methods: Teaching Science in the Middle and Mathematics in the Middle High School and High School Introduces aspiring educators to the theories, Introduces aspiring educators to the theories, strategies, resources, and technology applications strategies, resources, and technology applications appropriate to science curriculum and instruc- appropriate to mathematics curriculum and tion at the middle and high school level. Empha- instruction at the middle and high school level. sizes research-based teaching and evaluation Emphasizes research-based teaching and evalu- methods as well as an in-depth analysis of na- ation methods as well as an in-depth analysis of tional and state science standards. Prerequisite: national and state mathematics standards. Admission into Teacher Education or permission Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. or permission of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. Educ 339 Special Methods: Teaching Physical Education in the Educ 361 Foundations of Middle and High School Human Development Prepares preservice teachers to teach middle and Psychology school/high school physical education. Emphasizes Introduces future teachers to developmental curriculum, developmental levels, teaching strat- issues of students in their classrooms: behavioral, egies, and classroom management. Prerequisite: physical, personal, social, and cognitive. Relates Admission into Teacher Education or permission psychology to teaching and learning including of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. the role of the teacher, learning theory, motiva- tion and reinforcement, individual differences, Educ 340 Curriculum: Early classroom management, teaching goals and Childhood Education objectives, and evaluation. Overviews the avail- Examines the development, implementation, and able resources and practices intended to support evaluation of appropriate curriculum for children students with special needs in the regular school of diverse cultures from birth to age eight. Dis- setting. 3 hours. cusses assessment of children’s diverse individual developmental, family, and group/community

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 65 Educ 370 School and Society reading instruction; the learner with reading Explores the relationship between schools and difficulties. Prerequisite: Junior standing or society. Develops in aspiring teachers an under- permission of instructor. 2 hours. standing of the philosophical, historical, socio-cultural, and legal foundations of educa- Educ 431 Integrated Methods I: tion. 2 hours. General Methods Guides aspiring teachers of early childhood and Educ 397 Field Experience elementary age learners in developing skills in Offers participation in a professional experience designing and organizing lessons and units that in public schools. Prerequisite: Admission into involve students in appropriate learning activities, Teacher Education or permission of instructor. require thinking at a range of levels, and use 1 hour. P/NP. a variety of assessment methods. Examines curriculum foundations, a variety of specific Educ 408 Integrated Methods II: curricular models, instructional skills and strat- Reading and Language Arts egies, assessment methods, and classroom man- in Early Childhood Education agement systems. Prerequisite: Admission into Introduces preservice educators to the survey and Teacher Education or permission of instructor. implementation of specific curricular methods for Corequisite: Educ 397. 2 hours. early childhood educators. Helps educators un- derstand specific content, survey and critically Educ 436 Technology Across analyze current issues and trends, and apply the Curriculum methods and their integration and assessment Introduces educators to some of the applications across the following areas: language arts, reading, for technology in education, and familiarizes literature, and drama. Fosters integration and them with issues associated with technology use. synthesis of all previous and concurrent course Develops and expands students’ skills and knowl- work. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher edge of educational technology through a series Education or permission of instructor. of readings, presentations, lab work, small group Corequisite: Educ 397. 4 hours. work, projects and independent exploration. 2 hours. Educ 410 Integrated Methods IV: The Expressive Arts in Early Educ 444 Integrated Methods II: Childhood Education Reading and Language Arts Assists aspiring early childhood teachers to in the Elementary School become knowledgeable about methods for teaching Introduces preservice educators to the survey art, music, and physical movement, and become and implementation of specific curricular methods skillful in integrating art, music, and physical for elementary educators. Helps educators to movement activities into the curriculum. Examines understand specific content, survey and critically models of teaching and methods that are specific analyze current issues and trends, and apply to each of the three areas, as well as models for methods and their integration and assessment appropriately integrating these expressive arts across the following areas: language arts, reading, throughout the curriculum. Prerequisite: Admis- literature, and drama. Fosters integration and sion into Teacher Education or permission of synthesis of all previous and concurrent course instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 2 hours. work. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education or permission of instructor. Educ 420 Normal Language Corequisite: Educ 397. 4 hours. Development in Children Examines the nature of language as a system of Educ 445 Integrated Methods IV: human communication; language development Thematic Teaching through as a basis for understanding the reading process; Social Studies and the Arts and language readiness for reading. Prerequisite: Assists students in developing thematic curricula Sophomore standing. 2 hours. which are based on broad concepts drawn from social studies. Integrates the arts, sciences, Educ 427 Psychology of humanities, and social sciences. Emphasizes Reading Instruction identifying appropriate social studies themes, Examines the nature of the reading process relating curriculum to national and state content and principles of development and learning standards, and finding and analyzing resources. related to reading achievement; psychological Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education foundations of methods and materials utilized in or permission of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 2 hours.

66 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EDUCATION ■

Educ 447 Special Methods: Teaching a schools. Acquaints students with dual language Foreign Language in the materials, bicultural perspectives, and strategies Middle and High School for achieving biliteracy. Includes an observation Develops a wide range of teaching tools designed component in a bilingual classroom. Prerequi- to enhance proficiency oriented teaching in the site: Spanish 202 or equivalent. Taught in five skills of speaking, writing, listening, reading, English and Spanish. 4 hours. and culture. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education or permission of instructor. Educ 466 Mexico: A Cultural Mosaic Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. Focuses on Mexican history, folklore, culture, music, and visual arts as they relate to an Educ 451 Special Methods: Teaching elementary classroom. Taught bilingually and Social Studies in the Middle includes the historical and cultural basis for the and High School Mexican aesthetic. Provides opportunities for Introduces students to theories, strategies, participation in musical experiences and art resources, technologies, and state standards projects suitable for the elementary classroom. related to social studies curriculum and instruction Includes design and implementation of a Festival at the middle and high school level. Reviews day that will include community participation. the development of social studies. Examines the Includes observation in bilingual classroom. planning, presenting, and assessing of social Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent. 4 hours. studies units and lessons. Includes interactive instructional activities and debates on current Educ 467 Practicum in Tapalpa, Mexico issues in the field. Prerequisite: Admission into Offers a teaching practicum in an elementary/ Teacher Education or permission of instructor. middle school in Tapalpa, Mexico. Includes a Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. weekly seminar and weekend cultural excursions. Prerequisite: Educ 465 or consent of instructors. Educ 452 Special Methods: Teaching 3 hours. Language Arts in the Middle and High School Educ 471 Global Issues in Education Acquaints middle and high school educators with Helps students to develop curricula which bring a wide range of skills and concepts specifically a global perspective to their teaching practice. helpful in teaching language arts. Expands Includes researching a topic of interest, reviewing students’ knowledge of methods, materials, a variety of resources, and investigating current assessment strategies, remediation techniques, issues in global education. 3 hours. P/NP. and motivational tools that will enrich their ability to teach language arts. Helps students Educ 475 Student Teaching identify and design lessons, which develop Offers full-time participation in a school setting Oregon’s Standard and Benchmark abilities for under guidance of a classroom teacher and a middle and high school students. Prerequisite: university supervisor. Prerequisite: Completion Admission into Teacher Education or permission of professional sequence and admission into of instructor. Corequisite: Educ 397. 3 hours. student teaching program. Corequisite: Educ 476. 15 hours. P/NP. Educ 455 Supervised Practicum Offers practicum credit while participating in a Educ 476 Learning Communities: school setting under the guidance of a classroom Reflection and Practice teacher and university supervisor. 2 hours. Serves as both a support and knowledge base for student teachers. Corequisite: Educ 475. 2 hours. Educ 459 Preparing the Work Sample P/NP. Assists students in designing and preparing a work sample to be taught during student Educ 490 Integrating Seminar teaching. Includes field experience. Required the Synthesizes the learnings from major course semester prior to student teaching. Prerequisite: work in education, psychology, and subject Admission into Teacher Education or permission area content for a fuller understanding of the of instructor. 2 hours. education and learning process. Includes comple- tion and presentation of a senior research project Educ 465 Spanish in the focused on a specific aspect of schooling or the Elementary School learning process. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Introduces the principles of second language 6 hours. acquisition as they apply to bilingual education and second-language instruction in elementary

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 67 ENGINEERING Requirements In addition to Pacific’s core requirements, students planning on a cooperative program are advised to complete the courses listed 3-2 ENGINEERING, below. However, specific requirements may COOPERATIVE PROGRAM depend upon the particular institution to which the student transfers. They must also Contact Dr. Hall or Dr. Wiener complete all other requirements for a B.S. degree with a major of their choice. Pacific currently has a formal cooperative program Normally this major will be Applied Science with Washington University in St. Louis, and because of its obvious overlap with a informal programs with other schools including professional engineering program. However, , Washington State with careful planning, other majors are University, and Portland State University. A possible, particularly physics or mathematics. complete range of engineering specialties is With prior approval, select professional available through these schools including courses may be used to meet some major requirements. aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical, and nuclear engineering. Requirements for admission to these programs are unique to each Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II ... 8 school, but admission will usually be assured for C.S. 150 Introduction to Computer those students who maintain a “B” average and Science I ...... 4 who are recommended by the Division of Natural Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 Sciences. Program details for the various Math 240 Discrete Math...... 3 engineering schools are available from Math 311 Differential Equations .... 3 Dr. Hall or Dr. Wiener. Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) The program is designed as a 3-2 transfer program Physics I-II ...... 8 in which the student spends three years at Pacific Phy 322 Modern Physics with obtaining the necessary background in science and Health Applications...... 4 mathematics and then transfers to the engineering Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 school for the final two years of professional Phy 380 Classical Mechanics in training. In addition, the program provides for an Dynamics ...... 4 appropriate breadth in humanities and social Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: sciences which is desirable for scientists in industry. Statics ...... 3 Upon completion, the student receives a B.S. from OR Phy 364 Electronics ...... 3/4 Pacific and a B.S. in engineering from the engineering school. Engineering schools perceive 53 or 54 that students who come into engineering from a liberal arts background frequently have a broader The student must also successfully com- perspective than the average engineering student. plete 30 semester credits in engineering courses taken in an accredited engineering program, which may be transferred back to Pacific University. At least 20 of these credits must be at the upper-division level.

68 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENGINEERING • ENGLISH ■

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COOPERATIVE PROGRAM ENGLISH

Contact Dr. Hall or Dr. Wiener Michael R. Steele, Distinguished University This is a five-year program involving four Professor and Chair years at Pacific and one year at the Oregon Pauline Beard, Associate Professor Graduate Institute (OGI). The student will normally receive a baccalaureate degree in Lorelle Browning, Professor physics from Pacific at the end of the fourth Brently Johnson, Instructor, Director of the year and a Master of Science degree in Writing Center Electrical Engineering from OGI at the end of the fifth year. A few courses may be taken Darlene Pagán, Assistant Professor at OGi while the student is still enrolled Kathlene Postma, Assistant Professor at Pacific. While at Pacific the student will complete Steve R. Smith, Assistant Professor, all required courses for the physics major Assistant Dean, College of Arts and Sciences as well as the pre-engineering requirements Tim Thompson, Associate Professor listed above. Within the electives in the physics major program, it is recommended Doyle W. Walls, Associate Professor that the student complete Physics 384 (Ther- The English Department offers the general student modynamics) and Physics 364 (Electronics) guidance in acquiring and developing the skills as part of the pre-engineering requirements. for critical thinking and clear writing. For students Course Descriptions choosing to specialize in Literature or Creative Writing, the curriculum offers the opportunity to Sci 190 Engineering Passport engage the literary tradition of British and An introduction to the fields of engineering, with American writing, as well as world literatures, and an emphasis on the methods of problems solving and the nature of employment in these to enter into the theory and practice of literature fields. Course activities include presentations, itself. The general student is also welcome to discussions, guest lectures, field trips, and explore the world of letters in any courses the problem-solving exercises. 1 hour. department offers, provided he or she has fulfilled departmental prerequisites. In particular, the English Department seeks to teach students the following: • to develop skills that allow them to engage in reflective critical reading; • to understand and engage the principles of literary analysis and the evolving tradition of literature and writing in English; • to articulate their responses, ideas, and analyses clearly and powerfully; • to cultivate speaking skills in both formal and informal settings; • to recognize the various contexts that shape texts and our responses to them; • to examine how meaning is constructed in various genres, traditions, periods, and cultures;

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 69 • to consider the ethical questions that confront Two courses from: ...... 6 the writer and reader as creators and consumers Engw 206 Introduction to Creative of texts and as members of society. Writing, Poetry The faculty of the English Department brings to Engw 207 Introduction to Creative its teaching a wide range of experience, training, Writing, Mixed Genre and perspectives; students benefit from exposure Engw 208 Introduction to Creative to a variety of teaching styles and approaches to Writing, Fiction the reading, writing, and enjoyment of literature. One course from: ...... 3 Each member of the department brings his or her Engl 200 Introduction to Literature passions into the classroom: we are all active Engl 220 Literature and Human writers – and remain active in the larger Concerns (Topics Vary) community of writers and scholars – presenting or publishing scholarship, poetry, fiction, drama, Engl 227 Introduction to World or essays. Literature Engl 229 Introduction to American Students may choose to major or minor in Creative Literature Writing or Literature. Both emphases encourage Engl 232 Introduction to British students to do interdisciplinary work, to recognize Literature the connections between the study of literature Engl 255 (Topics Vary) and the work they do in other fields as they seek a liberal arts education. Creative Writing majors Two courses from: ...... 8 and minors are required to take part in editing Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing and publishing the Pacific Review, the University Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing literary magazine sponsored by the department. Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing Literature majors and minors, as well as general students, are encouraged to take advantage of Two courses from: ...... 6-8 this opportunity to produce literature as well. (In Engl 340 Studies in Drama addition to offering the community the work of Engl 341 Studies in Poetry resident writers, the department also presents Engl 342 Studies in Fiction readings and lectures by noted visiting poets and Two courses from: ...... 6-8 writers.) Our majors go on to graduate school; teach in high schools and colleges; and use their Engl 323 Shakespeare thinking and writing skills in television, Engl 416 British Literature, Beowulf publications, technical writing, insurance, to 1660 administration, law, library science, special Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 education, and social work. They also go on to Engl 421 The Romantic Period give readings of their own. Engl 422 The Victorian Period Engl 423 Nineteenth Century American Literature MAJOR IN CREATIVE WRITING Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature Engl 430 Major Writers Requirements (Specific Authors Vary) One course from: ...... 3-4 Engl 455 (Topics Vary) Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some WorL World Languages & Literatures sections focus on a (Upper-division course in a particular theme.) world language; only one Engw 301 Advanced Expository course can be used for Writing this requirement)*

70 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENGLISH ■

Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar in MAJOR IN LITERATURE Creative Writing ...... 4 Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review (Pass/ Requirements No Pass) ...... 2 One course from: ...... 3-4 38-43 Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on a *Requires world language proficiency. particular theme.) At least one course (3 hours) from the above Engw 301 Advanced Expository requirements must be in American literature. Writing One course from: ...... 3 Recommended courses Engw 206 Introduction to Creative for Major in Creative Writing: Writing, Poetry Art 218/318 Computer Graphics ...... 3 Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Writing, Mixed Genres Art 235 Illustration ...... 3 Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Writing, Fiction Theory ...... 3 Hist. 300+ An upper-division history Two courses from: ...... 6-7 course ...... 3 Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality ..... 3 Engl 220 Literature and Human or Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Concerns (Topics Vary) Meaning ...... 3 Engl 227 Introduction to World OR Phil 214 Philosophy of Art ...... 3 Literature WorL 101-202 World Languages Study .. 3-12 Engl 229 Introduction to American Literature 18-27 Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Admission Procedures for the Creative Engl 255 (Topics Vary) Writing Major and Minor: Students desiring to pursue a Creative Writing Major or Engl 323 Shakespeare Minor may apply for admission after Two courses from: ...... 6-8 completing the following prerequisite coursework: English 201 and two 200-level Engl 416 British Literature, introductory creative writing workshops. Beowulf to 1660 To apply, students must submit a creative Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 manuscript to the faculty; the manuscript Engl 421 The Romantic Period can be fiction, poetry, personal essay, and/ Engl 422 The Victorian Period or drama, and should be no more than ten pages in length. It should be accompanied Engl 423 Nineteenth Century by a 250-word statement of purpose. Stu- American Literature dents are encouraged to apply for admis- Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature sion to the Major between the second half Engl 430 Major Writers (specific of their sophomore year and the first half authors vary) of their junior year. Engl 455 (topics vary) Students interested in Creative Writing should consult Professors Postma or Walls. Two courses from: ...... 6-8 Engl 340 Studies in Drama Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Engl 342 Studies in Fiction

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 71 Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Engl 229 Introduction to Theory American Literature WorL Upper-division course in a Engl 232 Introduction to world language (only one British Literature course can be used for this Engl 255 (Topics Vary) requirement)* Engl 323 Shakespeare PACS 411 Literature About War One course from: ...... 4 Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar in Literature ...... 4 Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing One upper-division history course ..... 3-4 Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing Engl 305 Research Methods in Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing the Humanities ...... 2 One course from: ...... 3-4 One course chosen from: Engl 340 Studies in Drama Phil 101, 110, 205, 206, 207, 208, 214, 303, 309**, or 403** ...... 3-4 Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Engl 342 Studies in Fiction 36-44 Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review (Pass/No Pass ) ...... 1 * requires world language proficiency 20-23 **check prerequisites At least one course (3 hours) from the above Students interested in Creative Writing requirements must be in American literature. should consult Professors Postma or Walls.

MINOR IN CREATIVE WRITING MINOR IN LITERATURE

Requirements Requirements One course from: ...... 3-4 One course from: ...... 3-4 Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on a sections focus on a particular theme.) particular theme.) Engw 301 Advanced Expository Engw 301 Advanced Expository Writing Writing Two courses from: ...... 6 Two courses from: ...... 6 Engw 206 Introduction to Creative Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Writing, Poetry Engl 220 Literature and Human Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Concerns (Topics Vary) Writing, Mixed Genres Engl 227 Introduction to World Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Literature Writing, Fiction Engl 229 Introduction to American Literature One course from: ...... 3-4 Engl 232 Introduction to British Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Literature Engl 220 Literature and Human Engl 255 (Topics Vary) Concerns (Topics Vary) Engl 227 Introduction to Three courses from: ...... 9-12 World Literature Engl 323 Shakespeare Engl 340 Studies in Drama

72 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENGLISH ■

Engl 341 Studies in Poetry thinking skills, understand rhetorical methods, Engl 342 Studies in Fiction and shape effective prose styles. It will also introduce students to the social, cultural, and Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and ethical issues surrounding the experience of Theory disability. The class fulfills the core requirement Engl 416 British Literature, Beowulf for writing. It is co-taught by faculty from to 1660 the English Department and the School of Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 Physical Therapy. 4 hours. Engl 421 The Romantic Period Engw 206 Introduction to Creative Engl 422 The Victorian Period Writing, Poetry Engl 423 Nineteenth Century Ameri- An introduction to writing poetry. Prerequisite: can Literature College writing skills core requirement met. Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature 3 hours. Engl 430 Major Writers (Specific Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Authors Vary) Writing, Mixed Genres Engl 455 (Topics Vary) An introduction to writing in two or more of PACS 411 Literature About War the following genres: short fiction, drama, poetry, and the personal essay. Prerequisite: College 18-22 writing skills core requirement met. 3 hours. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Writing, Fiction An introduction to writing fiction. Prerequisite: Writing (Engw) College writing skills core requirement met. Only Engw 201 and Engw 202 satisfy the 3 hours. writing skills core requirement. Engw 301 Advanced Expository Engw 101 Basic Expository Writing Writing A course devoted to basic writing skills and An upper-level course providing an overview principles – punctuation, sentence structure, of the history and theory of rhetoric from and grammar – and to developing short essays. Aristotle to James Berlin, and of selected clas- Graded P/NP. 3 hours. sics of the essay genre from Seneca to Annie Engw 150 Basic Expository Writing II Dillard. Engw 301 also gives students the op- A course designed to refine basic writing skills portunity to articulate their own mature ideas and develop organizational skills for longer and to refine their higher-level writing skills. essays. 3 hours. May be repeated once for credit with permis- sion of the department. Prerequisite: Engw 201 Engw 201 Expository Writing and consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hours. (G) An expository writing course in which various topics and genres are used to help students Note: 300-level advanced creative writing develop and evidence critical thinking skills, workshops require demonstrated experience understand rhetorical methods, and shape and ability in creative writing and are effective prose styles. Students will be writing designed for Creative Writing majors and expository essays and a research paper. Some minors. Thus, the following prerequisites sections focus on a particular theme. Sophomore apply to all advanced creative writing standing required. 3 hours. workshops: Satisfactory completion of two lower-division creative writing courses and Engw 202 Expository Writing faculty consent. We also recommend that As an expository writing course and an intro- students be of Junior standing when they duction to Disability Studies, this class will enroll in these courses. Other students address the various topics and genres used to interested in taking these courses should help students develop and evidence critical consult the individual instructor but cannot be guaranteed admission to the course.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 73 Engw 305 Research Methods in Literature (Engl) the Humanities This required class for English Literature Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Majors will concentrate not only on the up-to- An introduction to the study of literature by date methods of research used for writing in the examining fiction, poetry, drama, and essays Humanities, but also the traditional methods of from various periods and countries. 3 hours. pursuing a topic, note-taking, assimilation of materials and the presentation, written and oral Engl 220 Literature and of completed research. The class is also open to Human Concerns non-English majors in the Humanities. 2 hours. A study of important ideas and problems as they are reflected in the world’s literature. War, racism, Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing death, censorship, film, civil disobedience, A workshop for writing and discussing poetry. minority literature, and the Holocaust are May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing examples of characteristic topics. May be repeated skills core requirement met, two courses from more than once when content varies. 3 hours. Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. 4 hours. (G) Engl 227 Introduction to World Literature Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing An introduction to literature drawn from Western A workshop for writing and discussing fiction. and non-Western cultures, organized around a May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing theme, a literary problem, or the examination skills core requirement met, two courses from of a political condition. Ordinarily, the reading Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. lists will include several genres. Meets cross- 4 hours. (G) cultural requirement. 3 hours.

Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing Engl 229 Introduction to A workshop for writing and discussing drama. American Literature May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing An introduction to selected American authors skills core requirement met, two courses from and themes. 3 hours. Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. 4 hours. (G) Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review An introduction to selected British writers and A course in which students assist the student themes. 3 hours. editor-in-chief in selecting, editing, and laying out examples of community writing. Graded P/ Note: 300-level courses demand that students NP. May be repeated. 1 hour. have familiarity with the close analysis of literature; one lower-division literature Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar: course is prerequisite, and we recommend Creative Writing that students be of Junior standing when they Students in this capstone experience for creative enroll for these courses. All upper-division writing majors will discuss the historical expe- literature courses are offered at 3 or 4 hours rience of the creative writer, and the condition, of credit, depending upon instructor’s choice; role, and production of literature in contempo- note minimum course and hour requirements rary society as they prepare and revise a reflec- for majors and minors within the department. tive essay on the creative process and finally compose a significant manuscript of original Engl 323 Shakespeare work in poetry, fiction, personal essay, or drama; An analysis of Shakespeare’s major plays with all students will present their manuscripts in a emphasis on both literary and theatrical qualities. public reading. Prerequisite: Senior standing Prerequisite: one lower-division literature and one upper-division course from 306, 308, course. 3 or 4 hours. (G) or 310. 2 hours per semester.

74 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENGLISH ■

Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics Engl 416 British Literature: An introduction to the principles, methods, and Beowulf to 1660 basic vocabulary of modern linguistic theory, Intensive studies in the period to include such with emphasis on the elements of phonology, figures as the author of Beowulf, Chaucer, morphology, and modern grammatical theory. Shakespeare, Spenser, Milton, Donne, Marvell, Provides a basic introduction to the history Congreve. The focus changes from time to time and structure of English, but examples are to include drama or prose or lyric poetry. drawn from a variety of languages. No Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior previous language training necessary. 3 hours. standing. 3 or 4 hours. Offered alternate years. (G) Offered every year. Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 Engl 340 Studies in Drama Investigates major works of the Restoration and The reading and analysis of chief European and eighteenth century and is focused to explore American playwrights from the authors of the central philosophical, intellectual, or cultural morality plays to the present, with some themes of the period. Prerequisite: two literature consideration of the dramaturgy involved in the courses and Junior standing. 3 or 4 hours. production of the plays. Prerequisite: one lower- Offered alternate years. (G) division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. (G) Engl 421 The Romantic Period Engl 341 Studies in Poetry An advanced study of the poetry and poetics and An upper level introduction to reading poetry, prose of the Romantic Period of British Litera- with an emphasis on structure, traditional models, ture, with special emphasis on the affects on a periods, and interpretation. Prerequisite: one variety of poets of the emerging Industrial Revo- lower-division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. (G) lution, the French Revolution and its aftermath, and new paradigms of thought in the way people Engl 342 Studies in Fiction perceived nature and gender roles, among other A study of the development of the short story topics. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. and novel, with an emphasis on exploring interpretive models. Prerequisite: one lower Engl 422 The Victorian Period division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. (G) An advanced study of several literary genres during the Victorian Period of British Litera- Engl 343 Studies in Criticism ture (1837-1901), with special emphasis on the and Theory affects on authors of the triumph of the Indus- A study and application of some of the critical trial Revolution, the rise of Darwin’s theories, and theoretical approaches used in the study the challenges to religious and social orthodox- of literature. Prerequisite: one lower-division ies, and changes in aesthetics, among other topics. literature course. 3 or 4 hours. (G) Authors to be studied could include such figures as Austen, Dickens, Eliot, Tennyson, the Note: 400-level courses are the most advanced Rossettis, Arnold, Swinburne, Hopkins, courses offered by the Department: they Ruskin, Shaw, Gissing, the Brownings, Mill, are designed for juniors and seniors. Two and others. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. literature courses are prerequisite, and we recommend that students have completed at Engl 423 Nineteenth Century least one 300-level literature course. All American Literature upper-division literature courses are offered Intensive study in the period to include such at 3 or 4 hours of credit, depending upon writers as Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Emerson, instructor’s choice; note minimum course and Thoreau, Dickinson, Whitman, Gilman and the hour requirements for majors and minors literature of slavery and abolition. Prerequisite: within the department. two literature courses and Junior standing. 3 or 4 hours. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 75 Engl 425 Studies in Twentieth Century Literature ENVIRONMENTAL Intensive studies in major writers of the period. Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior STUDIES PROGRAM standing. 3 or 4 hours. (G) Deke Gundersen, Director, Associate Engl 430 Major Writers Professor of Environmental Science A detailed study of the works of selected writers: for example, Chaucer, Milton, Dickens, John W. Hayes, Professor of Blake, Yeats, Thoreau, Woolf. Prerequisite: two Environmental Science literature courses and Junior standing. May be Edmond Alkaslassy, Assistant Professor repeated once for credit when content varies. of Biology 3 or 4 hours. Offered intermittently. Pamela Lopez, Professor of Biology Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar: Literature Students in this capstone experience for litera- Jodi Paar, Assistant Professor of Chemistry ture majors will discuss the state of literature, Philip J. Ruder, Associate Professor criticism, and writers in contemporary society, of Economics reflecting on the tradition of literature and literary study, and develop, present, and critique Lisa Sardinia, Associate Professor of Biology original critical work. Students will produce a Robert E. Stockhouse II, Professor 20-30 page thesis, with annotated bibliography, of Biology and present their work publicly. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours per semester. Robert Van Dyk, Associate Professor of Politics and Government Note: In addition, PACS 411 may be counted toward the major and minor in Literature. The Environmental Studies Program in the College of Arts and Sciences provides students with modern environmental science degrees in the context of a liberal arts and sciences curriculum. In these programs, students and faculty have an opportunity to pursue varied interests in this broad and multidisciplinary field. The faculty guiding the program are in the traditional disciplines of biology, chemistry, and environmental science but who choose to apply their knowledge to environmental problems that cross disciplinary boundaries. The Environmental Studies Program offers a degree in Environmental Science with an emphasis in either Biology or Chemistry. The Environmental Biology emphasis focuses on field and laboratory approaches to understanding environmental and ecological problems. The principal uniqueness of the environmental biology emphasis can be found in the integration of interdisciplinary core courses

76 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■ with a mission oriented, problem-solving • Consider social, political, and economic methodology. Pacific University students majoring views when dealing with environmental in Environmental science with an emphasis in problem solving. Biology study in the unique surroundings of the • Conduct independent research or work Tualitin River Basin, Pacific’s John Blodgett successfully in a technical position. Arboretum, the Columbia River and Tillamook Estuaries, and Fernhill Wetlands (300 acres), which MAJOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE is located in Forest Grove. Students completing this major have the analytical skills and technical Biology emphasis background necessary to compete in the job market for environmental biology positions, or to Requirements continue with advanced studies in a graduate Env 100 Environmental Studies program. Seminar ...... 1 The Environmental Chemistry emphasis couples Env 200 Introduction to a core study in Chemistry with specific Environmental Science ...... 4 environmental science and policy courses. The core Env 301 Environmental Toxicology .. 4 courses provide a theoretical background for Env 490 Environmental Science understanding the chemical processes that control Capstone ...... 2 the distribution of contaminants in the Env 224 Environmental Politics ...... 3 environment. The program emphasizes an Econ 102 Principles of understanding of atmospheric, groundwater and Microeconomics ...... 3 aquatic chemistry and includes the analytical and Env 333 Environmental Economics .. 3 statistical methods to study them. Field activities Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 in a variety of nearby study areas are included. Students graduating with this major are well Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 qualified to directly enter the job market and will Biol 305 Ecology ...... 4 have excellent credentials for entry into various Chem 220 General Chemistry I...... 4 related graduate programs. Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 Visit the Environmental Studies web site at http:/ Organic Chemistry /www.envsci.pacificu.edu/ or through the main Either Chem 310-311, 320-321 web site at http://www.pacificu.edu. OR Chem 240-241 ...... 4-8

GOALS FOR THE MAJOR Students must also take two courses from each of the following two groups (I and II): By successfully completing a major in Group I ...... 4 environmental science, students will be Env 310 Environmental Chemistry able to: Biol 308 Microbiology • Demonstrate conceptual understanding of fundamental environmental principles. Biol 320 Cell Biology • Communicate effectively in the discipline Biol 330 Genetics in oral and in written form. Biol 400 Molecular Biology • Be able to think critically and synthesize Biol 470 Animal Physiology information from a variety of different Chem 380 Biochemistry sources.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 77 Group II ...... 4 Chemistry Emphasis Env 210 Tropical Environmental Requirements Biology Env 100 Environmental Studies Biol 316 General Botany Seminar ...... 1 Biol 340 Animal Behavior Env 200 Introduction to Biol 345 Marine Biology Environmental Science ...... 4 Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology Env 310 Environmental Chemistry .. 4 Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology Env 490 Environmental Science Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology Capstone ...... 2 Biol 430 Plant Systematics Env 224 Environmental Politics ...... 3 Econ 102 Principles of 60-64 Microeconomics ...... 3 Env 333 Environmental Economics .. 3 Restrictions: In order to receive an Environ- mental Science degree with an emphasis in Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II ...... 8 Biology from Pacific University a student Chem 310-311 must complete Env 490 Capstone Experience, Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry I-II ...... 8 Env 301 Environmental Toxicology, and at Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ...... 4 least 3 upper division courses. Students cannot receive a degree in both Environmental Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ...... 4 Science (biology emphasis) and Biology. Either Physics 202-204 OR It is strongly recommended that students include the following courses as part of Physics 232-242 ...... 8 their curriculum in order to have a solid Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 environmental biology foundation: Biol 202-204 General Biology I-II...... 8 • Genetics 64 • Evolution Restrictions: In order to receive an Environ- • Plant Systematics or Botany mental Science degree with an emphasis in Chemistry from Pacific University a student • Vertebrate Zoology must complete Env 490 Capstone Experience, Env 310 Environmental Chemistry, and at • Microbiology, Cell Biology, Molecular least 3 upper division courses. Biology, Animal Physiology, or Biochemistry

Recommended: Recommended: Environmental Toxicology Introductory Physics or General Physics Thermodynamics and Kinetics An introductory statistics course Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Calculus I and II Biochemistry Calculus II Molecular Biology

78 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Environmental Science Env 310 Environmental Chemistry .. 4 The minor in environmental science is designed to expose students to the interdis- (Prerequisites: Chem 220/ ciplinary nature of environmental issues, 221, Chem 230/231, Chem with emphasis on the current scientific 240/241 or Chem 320/321; methods used to study these issues. This 12 credits) minor is intended to provide students with Env 301 Environmental Toxicology . 4 a firm foundation in the language, concepts, (Prerequisites: Chem 220/ and methods of Environmental Science as 221, Chem 230/231, Bio 202; well as perspectives on current issues 12 credits) concerning the environment. While this minor emphasizes the fundamentals of Env 210 Tropical Environmental natural and applied environmental science, Biology ...... 4 this minor also incorporates 3-7 credit hours Phy 322 Modern Physics with Health outside of these areas to help students Applications ...... 4 gain a better appreciation for the interde- (Prerequisites: Phy 202 or pendent nature of human behavior and 232, Phy 204 or 242, Math environmental health. 226 & 227; 16 credits) Any student who is interested in the relationship between humans and their 32-40 environment is encouraged to participate. Students from a wide-range of primary disciplines, from the sciences to the social MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY science, humanities, business, and arts, may benefit from this minor area of specialization. The rapid development of the industrial economies has often occurred at the Requirements: expense of the natural environment. Citizens of rich countries increasingly Env 100 Environmental Science demand healthy environmental conditions. Seminar ...... 1 Governmental authorities, private busi- Env 200 Introduction to nesses, and non-profits face the challenge Environmental Science ...... 4 of mitigating past damage and creating new modes of production that entail smaller Electives: environmental costs. The environmental policy minor seeks to educate students to Choose one course from the electives in effectively participate in decisions that environmental policy and two courses from affect scarce environmental resources. the electives in environmental science. Note, two of these courses must be at the The consideration of environmental issues 300 level or above. requires knowledge drawn from a variety of disciplines spanning the natural and social sciences and the humanities as well. Environmental Policy Students with minors in environmental policy will possess basic knowledge of Env 224 Environmental Politics ...... 3 environmental science, economics, politics, Env 333 Environmental Economics .. 3 history, and ethics. In addition to the (Prerequisite: Econ 102; 3 credits) understanding of environmental issues, students will gain expertise in the practical skills employed by environmental policymakers. Such skills include proficiency in spreadsheet analysis, GIS mapping, and lab sciences.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 79 Requirements: Highly motivated and well-prepared Env 100 Environmental Studies students apply for the program during their Seminar ...... 1 sophomore or junior year. Pacific students majoring in environmental science, chemistry, Env 200 Introduction to biology, mathematics, computer science, Environmental Science ...... 4 and physics are eligible to apply. Students Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 must have at least a 3.0 cumulative grade- Econ 102 Principles of point average to be considered for this Microeconomics ...... 3 program. Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA) Env 333 Environmental Economics ... 3 while in this program. If a student falls Env 224 Environmental Politics ...... 3 below a 3.0 cumulative GPA, he or she will PolS 325 Constitutional Law ...... 4 have the following semester to improve their GPA. Students in this situation must meet with the appropriate advisors from Students must also take one of the Pacific and OHSU to discuss what will be following courses: required in order to maintain their standing Env 313 Ecological Psychology ...... 3 in the Environmental Science and Engineer- Env 342 Risk Management and ing, Cooperative Program. Students will be Decision Making...... 3 expected to meet the curriculum require- ments outlined below. Env 441 Environmental History ..... 3 Students enrolled in the 4-1 program must complete a minimum of 154 semester credits, comprised of approximately 117 se- 26-27 mester credits for the B.A. at Pacific and 37 semester credits (56 quarter credits) for the M.S. at OHSU. Students in this program ENVIRONMETAL SCIENCE will be required to enroll in Env 498, AND ENGINEERING (Thesis Proposal and Design), during the COOPERATIVE PROGRAM fall semester of their fourth year at Pacific. Students will design and present a research Contact Deke Gundersen proposal to Pacific and OHSU faculty. Students will work in research laboratories The Environmental Science departments at at OHSU during their fourth year of study, Pacific University and the Oregon Health for a total of 8 research credits (quarter & Science University (OHSU) have created credits). After completing this research, a joint 4-1 program requiring five years of qualified students may be invited to study for the well-prepared student, 4 years pursue a thesis-based M.S. program that at Pacific University and 1 year at (OHSU). typically includes a tuition waiver and Degrees awarded are a baccalaureate stipend for subsequent study at OHSU. If a degree in Environmental Science from student has good academic standing but is Pacific University, and a Master of Science not selected to pursue a thesis-based M.S. degree in Environmental Science and program, the student may pursue a non- Engineering from the Oregon Health & thesis based M.S. program at OHSU. Science University. At OHSU, students may pursue M.S. tracks (areas of emphasis) in environmental science and engineering (ESE), ecosystem management and restora- tion (EMR), or environmental information technology (EIT). Upon completion of the 5-year program, the two degrees will be awarded concurrently.

80 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

At OHSU, a student’s curriculum must Chemistry satisfy the department’s distribution Chem 220 General Chemistry I...... 4 requirements. To achieve the necessary breadth in training, students in all programs Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 take courses that cover a range of scientific Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 disciplines and environmental media. Five Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry II ...... 4 courses must be taken that satisfy the Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ...... 4 following distribution requirements. No course can satisfy more than one require- Physics ment. At least one course must be taken Physics 232 General Workshop from three of the following four discipline Physic I ...... 4 groups: (1) Applied Mathematics, (2) Chemistry, (3) Fluid Dynamics, and (4) Physics 242 General Workshop Biology. And, at least one course must be Physics II ...... 4 taken from each of the following environ- Mathematics mental media groups: (1) Surface Waters, Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 and (2) Ground Water. Math 227 Calculus II ...... 4 Requirements: Students planning on a Math 311 Differential Equations ...... 3 cooperative program must complete the Pacific University courses below. Choose 2 courses from the following group In addition, students must complete all other Pacific University requirements for a B.S. Laboratory Studies Degree with a major in Environmental Env 310 Environmental Chemistry .. 4 Science with an emphasis in either Environ- Chem 380 Biochemistry I ...... 3 mental Biology or Environmental Chemistry. Chem 481 Biochemistry Laboratory .. 1 Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ...... 4 Environmental Science Biol 308 Microbiology ...... 4 Env 100 Environmental Studies Biol 400 Molecular Biology ...... 4 Seminar ...... 1 Biol 330 Genetics ...... 4 Env 200 Introduction to Environmental Science ...... 4 Choose 1 course from the following group Env 301 Environmental Toxicology .. 4 Env 490 Environmental Science Field Studies Capstone ...... 2 Env 210 Tropical Environmental Env 224 Environmental Politics ...... 3 Biology ...... 4 Econ 102 Microeconomics ...... 3 Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology .. 4 Env 333 Environmental Economics .. 3 Biol 345 Marine Biology ...... 4 Env 498 Thesis Proposal Biol 420 Vertebrate Biology ...... 4 and Design...... 2 Biol 410 Invertebrate Biology ...... 4 Biology Biol 316 General Botany ...... 4 Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Biol 430 Plant Systematics ...... 4 Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 89 Biol 305 Ecology ...... 4 Biol 470 Animal Physiology ...... 4 The student must also complete at least 56 quarter hours of graduate study in Environ- mental Science and Engineering at OHSU.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 81 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Env 224 Environmental Politics This course introduces students to environmental Environmental Science (Env) disputes and the forces that affect environmental policy. Topics include the history and evolution Env 100 Environmental Studies of environmentalism and environmental policy Seminar and an extensive case study of a local environ- The study of the environment encompasses mental issue. Students will attend the Environ- a broad field that links theory from many mental Law Conference in Eugene in March, disciplines to applications in human society. and they will go on several shorter field trips. This course provides a survey of both the major 3 hours. issues in environmental science and the envi- ronmental professions that address these issues. Env 301 Environmental Toxicology Faculty and outside speakers from government Pollutants impact the structure and function and private industry will make presentations of ecological systems at all levels of biological and lead discussions. The structure of environ- organization. This course will focus on the mental regulation and management in the U.S. effects of toxicants on ecological structures, from will be described. 1 hour. the molecular to the individual organism to the community and the ecosystem. Field and Env 200 Introduction to laboratory experiences are integrated into the Environmental Science course and will involve standard toxicity testing, The systemic study of the environment, and use of biomarkers, tissue, water and soil analyses, human impacts on environmental systems. and molecular techniques. Prerequisite: Biology Human activities have changed the types and 204, and one semester of organic chemistry, rates of processes occurring throughout the both with a “C-” or better, and consent of planet. Understanding the near-term and instructor. 4 hours. long-term effects of these actions on the quality of the environment requires a broad view of the Env 310 Environmental Chemistry science on how earth functions without human Changes in the environment are ultimately intervention, and how society has changed these the result of chemical processes. This course functions to support itself. Includes laboratory examines our understanding of chemical change and field experiences. Consent of instructor. in the atmosphere, groundwater, and various 4 hours. aquatic environments from both a theoretical and practical perspective. Methodology for Env 210 Tropical Environmental monitoring and modeling these systems will Biology be included. Prerequisites: Chem 240 or A study of the effects of human activity on Chem 310, Env 200, Bio 204 with a “C-“ or natural environments associated with Third better. Alternate years. World, developing countries (ie. Belize and Guatemala, Central America). A variety of Env 313 Ecological Psychology ecosystems and areas will be studied, including This course examines research on the impact of lowland savannas, tropical seasonal forests, the environment on humans and well as the limestone caves, coastal lagoons, mangrove impact of humans on the environment and the swamps, sea-grass flats, coral reefs and urban consequences of these interactions. Research and and rural societies. The course meets during the viewpoints from various perspectives covering spring, in order to present lectures and back- a variety of topics will be read and discussed. ground materials, which will prepare students Students will also learn from first hand experi- for activities in Belize and Guatemala in May. ence through participation in field trips to a Additional fee required. Prerequisite: consent of variety of diverse local environments, as well instructor and sophomore standing. 4 hours. as through participation in a service learning project. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or permission of instructor. 3 hours.

82 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

Env 333 Environmental Economics Env 490 Capstone Experience Environmental economics studies the role of Designed to allow students to expand on environmental amenities such as clean air and research projects or internships by more thor- clean water in the economic system. This course oughly examining the primary literature, reana- analyzes the problems of market outcomes when lyzing data, writing an annotated bibliography, such amenities are not priced. The problems and presenting in a public forum. Prerequisite: associated with estimating economic costs and Senior standing and approved project. 2 hours. benefits are also carefully examined. Through- out the course, the connection between economic Env 495 Research understanding and improved public policy Faculty supervised, student-conducted, is emphasized. The course will include a lab individual research project. Prerequisite: section which will be devoted in large measure consent of instructor. 1-6 hours. to experiences in the field. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 3 hours.

Env 342 Risk Management and Decision Making The focus of this course is on the development, application, and integration of analysis tools and decision models to aid managerial decision making in the face of risk and uncertainty. The course presents ways of structuring such prob- lems to provide a systematic, reasoned analysis of the situation. Behavioral factors that influ- ence decisions will also be considered. Specific topics include normative and descriptive theories of decision making, judgmental heuris- tics and biases, risk assessment techniques, risk management frameworks and strategies, value tradeoffs and multi-criteria decision analysis. We will explore applications in environmental, technological, health, safety, and organizational risk management. Prerequisites Junior standing. 3 hours.

Env 441 Environmental History This course focuses on historical scholarship that has addressed the changing relationship between human societies and “nature”. The course explores the development of ecological science and environmental politics; it also explores the ways in which Americans of European and indigenous background impose their under- standings on the landscape, and the conse- quences of these impositions. Other subjects include National Park Service policy, game conservation and class conflict, and the devel- opment of governmental agencies dedicated to protecting or controlling the environment. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 83 EXERCISE SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE MAJOR A student completing a major in Exercise Shawn Henry, Chair, Associate Professor Science shall demonstrate the ability to: of Exercise Science • Understand and apply fundamental Brian Jackson, Assistant Professor of principles from the various sub-disci- Exercise Science plines in Exercise Science to a variety of contexts (e.g., health/fitness, rehabilita- Philip Schot, Associate Professor of Exercise Science tion, prevention, education); • Use qualitative and quantitative reasoning Sheryl Sanders, Associate Professor of and evidence, synthesizing information Physical Therapy from a variety of origins, to methodically Linda McIntosh, Instructor & Head and systematically solve problems in the Athletic Trainer* human movement domain; Scott Miller, Instructor* • Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, in accordance with disciplinary Jean Rix, Instructor* standards; Richard Rutt, Associate Professor of • Design, conduct, interpret, and evaluate Physical Therapy* human movement research. Gary Saxton, Instructor & Athletic Trainer* Requirements: Ken Schumann, Instructor* Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab .. 4 *adjunct faculty Biol 204 General Biology II and Lab .. 4 Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab .. 4 The mission of the Exercise Science program is to Biol 240 Human Physiology contribute to the generation, dissemination, and Lab ...... 4 integration, and application of knowledge specific Chem 220 General Chemistry I and Lab ...... 4 to human movement in multiple contexts. Students and faculty are actively engaged in each area. While Chem 230 General Chemistry II and Lab ...... 4 a health-science context is emphasized, the Phy 202 Intro to Physics I curriculum enables students to understand human and Lab ...... 4 movement by integrating multiple scientific and Spmd 204 Care & Prevention of humanistic perspectives so as to be successful in a Athletic Injuries ...... 2 variety of arenas (employment in the fitness / Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 recreation industry, and/or graduate study in (may substitute Exsc 360) professional or academic disciplines). Toward these Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab .. 4 ends, the Department of Exercise Science offers a Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning .. 3 major in Exercise Science, emphasis areas in Human Exsc 475 Internship ...... 3 Performance or Health and Sports Medicine, and Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise minors in Coaching or Exercise Science. and Lab ...... 4 Choose two of the following ...... 8 Hper 330 Adult Fitness Exsc 430 Adv Biomechanics and Lab Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab

55

84 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Hper 321 Elementary Human EMPHASIS IN HUMAN Performance Practicum...... 1 PERFORMANCE Hper 323 Secondary Human Performance Practicum...... 1 A student completing the Human Perfor- Hper 331 Adult Fitness Practicum .... 1 mance emphasis in Exercise Science shall Hper 370 Techniques of Softball, also be able to: Basketball, Flag Football, • Plan a scope and sequence of instruction Soccer, Volleyball, and evaluation, consistent with state and Archery, Golf ...... 3 national standards, for grades PK-12 that Hper 421 Principles and Administration creates a safe environment to effectively of Physical Education and enhance the acquisition of a wide Athletic Programs ...... 3 variety of motor skills for individuals Hper 480 Exercise Physiology for according to their capabilities and Human Perf ...... 4 promote life-long participation in Choose one of the following: ...... 4 healthy physical activity. Hper 330 Adult Fitness Requirements: Exsc 430 Adv Biomechanics and Lab Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab ... 4 Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab .. 4 Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab .. 4 55 Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 (may substitute Exsc 360) Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab ...... 4 EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning .. 3 EMPHASIS IN HEALTH AND Spmd 204 Care & Prevention of SPORTS MEDICINE Athletic Injuries ...... 2 Hper 105 First Aid...... 1 A student completing the Health & Sports Hper 170 Techniques of Recreational Medicine emphasis in Exercise Science shall Games, Personal Defense, also be able to: Gymnastics, Fitness, • Demonstrate knowledge regarding the Pickleball, Handball, prevention, recognition, evaluation, care Racquetball ...... 3 and rehabilitation of acute and chronic Hper 270 Techniques of Aquatics, injuries and illnesses related to human Rhythms, Badminton, movement. Tennis, Track ...... 3 • Demonstrate knowledge regarding the Hper 305 Measurement and administration and management of Evaluation in PE and health care service delivery; Exercise Science ...... 1 • Acquire additional relevant practical Hper 315 Adaptive Physical experience in the health care services in Education ...... 3 a variety of settings (e.g., medical clinics, Hper 316 Teaching Health and collegiate and secondary athletics). Physical Education in the Elementary School ...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 85 Requirements: Requirements: Completion of all requirements for Exercise Hper 105 First Aid...... 1 Science major ...... 55 credits Hper 311 Coaching Methods...... 2 Exsc elective must Include Exsc 400 Adv Hper 320 Sport and Society ...... 3 Gross Anatomy and Lab Hper 322 Sport Psychology ...... 3 Hper 371 Principles and Techniques Additional Coursework of Coaching ...... 3 OT 295 Medical Terminology Hper 421 Principles and Administration (via independent study) .... 1 of Physical Education and Spmd 304 Medical Kinesiology I ...... 3 Athletic Programs ...... 3 Spmd 404 Medical Kinesiology II ...... 3 Spmd 204 Care and Prevention of Hper 103 Personal Health ...... 3 Athletic Injuries ...... 2 Hper 105 First Aid & CPR ...... 1 16 Hper 305 Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education ...... 1 Hper 315 Adaptive Physical Education ...... 3 EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR 15 This minor is available for those students who, with the appropriate major, seek entry 70 into graduate schools (e.g., physical therapy) or are interested in careers in the sports and The Health and Sports Medicine emphasis at fitness industry. Pacific University is recommended for students intending to pursue careers in health care. Although the emphasis includes instruction Requirements: relevant to aspiring athletic trainers, it does Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab ... 4 not directly lead to NATA athletic training Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab .. 4 certification. It is our contention that bachelor- level athletic trainers will be at a competitive Biol 240 Human Physiology disadvantage in finding employment. and Lab ...... 4 Therefore, the Health and Sports Medicine Spmd 204 Care and Prevention of tract at Pacific is designed to provide a strong Athletic Injuries ...... 2 science-based route to an entry-level graduate Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 program in athletic training, leading to better (may substitute Exsc 360) long-term career options. For details and Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab ...... 4 counseling, please contact the faculty in the Exercise Science Department. Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise and Lab ...... 4 (may substitute Hper 480)

COACHING MINOR 25 This minor is available for those students interested in obtaining a coaching position in the public/private schools or in youth or adult programs.

86 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Exsc 430 Advanced Biomechanics and Laboratory All prerequisite courses must be completed Advanced study and application of biomechanics with a grade of “C-“ or better. principles and techniques in a research context. Students will engage in activities to enhance their Exercise Science (Exsc) knowledge and skills in the conceptual develop- Exsc 190 Exercise Science Passport ment and planning; data collection, management An introductory course for students interested and analysis; and dissemination of research in in exercise science as a major or minor. Activities biomechanics. Prerequisite: EXSC 380 and PHY and faculty/guest speakers will introduce 202 and (MATH 207 or PSY 350 or SOC 301). students to the exercise science program at 4 hours. Pacific and to the wide array of careers related to exercise science. 1 hour. Exsc 475 Internship An internship consists of a field experience in a Exsc 230 Nutrition student’s specific career choice. Application of An in-depth study of the relationship between theories is emphasized. Arrangements for the nutrition and total individual health through course must be completed two weeks prior to the the life-span. Emphasis will be placed on the term in which the course is being taken. The in- essential nutrient chemical conversions during ternship is a capstone experience recommended digestion, absorption and metabolism and their to be taken during the senior year. Instructor’s contribution to optimal health. Individual consent is required. Prerequisite: 12 hours of nutritional analysis and a personalized diet plan Exercise Science/Human Performance/Sports will be required. 3 hours. Medicine. Graded P/N. 1-14 hours.

Exsc 360 Principles of Nutrition Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise Advanced study of nutrition, including physi- and Laboratory ological function and metabolic fate of carbohy- The branch of physiology that deals with func- drates, lipids, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and tion of the body during exercise and adaptations water. Individual nutritional analysis and a that occur in response to exercise. Knowledge and personalized diet plan will be required. Prereq- application of scientific principles are necessary uisite (or current enrollment): Biol 240 Human to develop peak performance in athletes and Physiology or Organic Chemistry. 3 hours. to maintain health and fitness in the general population — quantitatively and qualitatively Exsc 380 Biomechanics and improving life. Prerequisite: Biol 204 and 240. Laboratory 4 hours. Study of the structure and functioning of the human body via the methods of classical mechanics. Exsc 490 Advanced Physiology of Prerequisite: Biol 224 and Math 125. 4 Hours. Exercise & Laboratory Advanced study and application of principles of Exsc 400 Gross Human Anatomy and exercise physiology. Emphasis is on exercise Laboratory testing and prescription, current topics in Advanced study of gross and histological exercise science, and research projects. Students structure of the human body. Introduction into develop original research questions and appro- musculoskeletal, nervous and cardiopulmonary priate research design, collect data, engage in systems. Prerequisite: Biol 224. 4 hours. discovery learning, and participate in peer teaching. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning Exsc 480. 4 hours. Study of issues related to the understanding, teaching and learning of motor skills. Examina- tion of factors (individual, task, environment) and interactions that influence motor skill acquisition and performance in daily, recre- ational, clinical and scientific contexts. Prereq- uisite: Biol 202. Recommended Biol 224. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 87 Human Performance (Hper) Hper 311 Coaching Methods A series of individual courses designed to give Hper 103 Personal Health students insight and direction in leading or The study of physical, mental, intellectual and assisting in the coaching of athletics. Students social well being for effective functioning, both may elect from a variety of coaching methods within the individual and by the individual, courses in the areas of baseball, softball, basket- within the environment. 3 hours. ball, soccer, volleyball, and wrestling. May be Hper 105 First Aid repeated for different sports. Prerequisite: Hper The study of basic anatomy and physiology of 105. 2 hours each. body systems as they relate to the prevention Hper 315 Adaptive Physical and care of injury and safety. More advanced Education than a standard first aid class outlined by the An introduction to adapted, corrective and American Red Cross. 1 hour. developmental physical education. Emphasis is Hper 170 Techniques of fitness, placed on instruction of physical activities for gymnastics, recreational the exceptional child. 3 hours. games, handball, self- Hper 316 Teaching Physical defense, racquetball, Education in the and pickleball Elementary School Methods and materials for teaching and evalu- A course based on a curriculum of sequential and ating in the areas of gymnastics, recreational progressive motor, fitness and social skills devel- games, handball, self defense, racquetball, opment for an elementary physical education pickleball, and fitness parameters. 3 hours. Fall. program. Emphasis will be placed on program Alternate years. and lesson planning resulting in the application Hper 204 Methods of Officiating of content, methodology, student assessment and The study of officials’ duties for various sports; classroom management in a practical teaching general officiating diagnosis to discover experience with students grades one to four. methods and techniques used for better officiating. Regulations, standards, and career opportunities 3 hours. will be discussed. Prerequisite: Hper 170, 270, 370, or junior standing. 3 hours. Spring. Hper 305 Measurement and Alternate years. Evaluation in Physical Education Hper 320 Sport & Society A course focused on the foundation principles, Investigation of sport as a social phenomenon, concepts and skills that inform measurement and including small groups in sport, sport organiza- evaluation practices in a variety of contexts. tions, sport subcultures, socializing institutions, Prerequisite: Spmd 204, Math 207, upper-divi- and an in-depth analysis of interscholastic and sion standing or consent of instructor. 1 hour. intercollegiate sport programs. 3 hours. Junior Standing. Alternate years. Hper 270 Techniques of swimming, badminton, tennis, rhythms, Hper 321 Elementary Human and track Performance Practicum Personal skill development, methods and mate- A supervised practical experience teaching rials for teaching and evaluating in the areas of physical education activities and concepts to swimming, badminton, rhythms, tennis, track elementary age school children. Prerequisite: and field. 3 hours. Spring. Alternate years. Hper 316. 1 hour. Hper 322 Sport Psychology Examination of the psychological basis of sport including effects on learning, perception, motivation, social, and behavioral aspects. 3 hours. Junior Standing. Alternate years.

88 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

Hper 323 Secondary Human Hper 480 Physiology of Exercise for Performance Practicum Human Performance A supervised practical experience teaching & Laboratory physical education activities and concepts to The study and application of principles to the Junior high, high school and/or college-age development of efficient human movement as it students. Prerequisite: Junior standing in exer- applies to human performance and educational cise science major or consent of the instructor. settings. Prerequisite: Biol 202 and 240. 4 hours. 1 hour. Alternate years.

Hper 330 Adult Fitness Principles A study of the physiological, psychological and sociological aspects of adult fitness. The course Sports Medicine (Spmd) includes materials and programs for use in OT 295 Medical Terminology initiating, prescribing, evaluating, monitoring Taken via independent study through the School and supervising adult fitness programs. Prereq- of Occupational Therapy. 1 hour. uisite: Biol 240 and Exsc 230. 3 hours. Spmd 204 Care & Prevention of Hper 331 Adult Fitness Athletic Injuries Programming Practicum A basic study of prevention and care of athletic A supervised practical experience working with injuries. Students will learn to prevent, evalu- adults in a physical fitness program. Prerequi- ate, and care for common injuries. Students will site: Hper 330. 1 hour. also learn the basics of emergency care and the application of preventive taping. 2 hours. Hper 370 Techniques of softball, Prerequisite: Hper 105. $5 Lab Fee. basketball, flag football, soccer, volleyball, Spmd 302 Sports Medicine Practicum archery and golf Observation of Pacific University athletic Personal skill development, methods and training facility and operations. Observation of materials for teaching and evaluating in the athletic training procedures and protocols areas of softball, basketball, flag football, soccer, during collegiate games and practice. Prerequi- volleyball, archery and golf. 3 hours. Fall. sites: SPMD 204, Co-requisite: BIOL 224. May Alternate years. be repeated for credit. 1-3 hours.

Hper 371 Principles & Techniques Spmd 304 Medical Kinesiology I of Coaching Advanced procedures in injury evaluation, care Principles technically applicable to the coaching and rehabilitation. Consideration for safety of sports, including strategy and tactics, moti- factors in athletic contests, sports equipment, vation, ethics, legal liability, budgeting, and and facilities. Theory and practice in the use of development of organizational, interpersonal therapeutic modalities. Prerequisites: Spmd 204 and communication skills. Prerequisite: Hper and Biol 224. Every other year (alternates with 105 and Hper 311. 3 hours. Spmd 404). 3 hours.

Hper 421 Principles & Administration Spmd 404 Medical Kinesiology II of Physical Education & Advanced procedures including gait analysis, Athletic Programs manual therapy, joint injury evaluation, taping A study of administrational functions in physical and bracing. Discussion of current issues in education and athletics, including program sports medicine including: drugs and sports, organization and evaluation program goals and communicable diseases, the female athlete and objectives, personnel, facilities, equipment, chronic illnesses. Prerequisite: Spmd 204 and fundraising, sport law and risk management. Biol 224. Every other year (alternates with Spmd Prerequisite: Junior Standing. 3 hours. 304). 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 89 institutions, social policy and other areas of FEMINIST STUDIES scholarly inquiry. The minor also encompasses courses that examine the roles of women and men Co-Directors in the community, the nature of work and the Jodi Parr, Natural Sciences Division family, and the importance of race, ethnicity, class, Darlene Pagán, Humanities Division and culture to the study of sex and gender. Associated Faculty The Feminist Studies minor has as its basis the theoretical framework of the introductory course Vernon Bates, Sociology and two advanced 400 level courses, which Jeffrey Barlow, History emphasize the diversity of feminist literature and research. The introductory course lays the Pauline Beard, English groundwork for the minor by introducing basic Sara Steinert Borella, French theory and exposure to field research. The Alyson Burns-Glover, Psychology advanced courses provide space for collaboration with beginning students, the practical application Susan Cabello, Spanish of theories, and completion of the senior capstone Patricia Cheyne, Art project. Elective courses concentrate on substantive issues in the areas of feminist, David DeMoss, Philosophy women’s and gender studies and offer a Lorely French, German multidisciplinary approach to the program. Such Linda Gallahan, Psychology courses address topics that relate directly to feminist theory or have become salient to the Johanna Hibbard, Media Arts minor because of feminist theory. Lawrence Lipin, History Students who wish to declare the Feminist Studies Cheleen Mahar, Anthropology Minor must consult with a co-director of Feminist Marc Marenco, Philosophy Studies or an FS core faculty member prior to submitting a declaration form. At that time, in Darlene Pagán, English consultation with the director or core faculty Kathleen Postma, English member, the student will choose a Feminist Studies Minor advisor. Students should plan to take the Sarah Phillips, Sociology first FS core course, Introduction to Feminist Martha Rampton, History Studies 201, in the spring semester of either their Jeff Seward, Political Science freshman or sophomore year. Students should plan to take FS 450 in the Fall of either their junior or Feminist Studies is an interdisciplinary minor that senior year, and FS 451 in the Spring of either investigates the significance of sex and gender in their junior or senior year. FS 201 and FS 451 will all areas of human life. Feminist analysis is based be taught only in the spring, and FS 450 will be on the assumption that sex and gender are crucial taught only in the fall. In addition to the core factors in the organization of our personal and courses, students must take 3-4 elective courses public lives and our social institutions. The Feminist (12 semester hours). No more than one elective Studies minor includes courses that utilize feminist course taken prior to FS 201 can be applied to perspectives to expand and reevaluate the the minor. assumptions at work in traditional disciplines in the study of individuals, cultures, social

90 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FEMINIST STUDIES ■

MINOR IN FEMINIST STUDIES Psy 420 Sp Topics: Women and Violence FS 201 Introduction to Feminist Soc 309 Sociology of the Family Studies4 (includes one credit for field work)* Counts Soc 317 Gender and Sexuality toward Humanities Span 485 Women Writers in Latin core requirement America FS 450 Feminist Studies Capstone .. 2 HPER 150 Women’s Self Defense FS 451 Feminist Studies Mentoring .. 2 Check individual departments for course Three or four electives ...... 12 descriptions and course schedules for semesters offered. Additional courses are 20 approved annually and may be applied to the minor. At least one course must be from either the Natural or Social Sciences and at COURSE DESCRIPTIONS least one must be from either the Arts or Humanities. FS 201 Introduction to Courses Approved for FS Elective Credit: Feminist Studies All the 300 and 400 level courses listed This introductory level course explores the vari- below when taken for Feminist Studies ous foundations of feminist theory, including credit have a prerequisite of FS 201. perspectives from across the disciplines. Stu- dents review and critique readings from early Anth 330 Gender in Cross-Cultural feminist writers, second generation feminist Perspective writers and contemporary feminist and Art 280 Women in Art deconstructionist theorists. The course consists Engl 220 Literature and Human of two components: a classroom experience with Concerns: Special Topics an emphasis on the breadth of feminist litera- Engl 430 Major Writers: Woolf ture and field work in the community. Spring only. 4 hours. Fren 401 Gender, Culture & Society: Women’s Writing FS 210 Action Projects in FS 300 Special Topics in Feminist Studies Feminist Studies This course is designed to promote student Hist 246 Gender and Sexuality in individual and collaborative work related to Victorian America issues in feminism and gender studies. Students may participate in a one-time action project Hist 400 Medieval Women centered around an event, a service learning FS 301 Gender and Film placement, or a collaborative project that MedA 401 Women Directors and promotes the goals of the minor. Projects may Feminist Strategies include, but are not limited to, serving at sites Phil 255 Feminist Epistemology approved by the FS faculty, working on events connected to Women’s History Month, carrying PolS 224 Women in Politics out their FS 201 action projects, and projects Psy 260 Psychology of Women designed to promote education in our commu- Psy 420 Sp Topics: The Development nity. Graded P/NP. Prerequisite: FS 201. of Gender

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 91 FS 300 Special Topics in Feminist Studies HISTORY This is a special topics course focusing on the specific interests of the faculty and students in Martha Rampton, Chair, the Feminist Studies Minor program. Topics Associate Professor addressed in the course will be derived from a variety of disciplinary standpoints, and may Jeffrey G. Barlow, Professor involve interdisciplinary collaboration. Some Richard I. Jobs, Assistant Professor examples of topics that may be offered through this course are: “The Development of Gender,” Lawrence M. Lipin, Professor “Women and Film,” and “Feminist Epistemol- The discipline of history is central to the liberal ogy” to name a few. Offered for 3-4 hours. arts; it draws on and contributes to neighboring Prerequisites: FS 201 (or permission of the fields, such as political science, literature, instructor). philosophy and the arts, to name but a few. FS 450 Feminist Studies Capstone History is essential to an understanding of the Feminist Studies 450 is designed to allow stu- evolutionary nature of the institutions and values dents an opportunity to complete the capstone that have not only shaped the past, but inform project required for the minor. The project will the present. The study of history prepares students be developed in consultation with one of the FS for a wide range of professions, including law, faculty members. Prerequisite: FS 201, two FS government, archival and museum work, electives, Junior or Senior standing. Fall only. 2 hours. professions in travel and teaching. Goals FS 451 Feminist Studies Mentoring The major in history is designed to provide In this seminar course, students read and ana- the student with a broad range of offerings lyze advanced works in Feminist Studies and in various fields of history. Through these review the material they have encountered in studies the department seeks to teach its their electives and FS 201 in light of advanced majors to conduct creative and comprehen- theory. It also gives the students the opportu- sive research projects, to read historical nity to fulfill the mentoring requirement of the materials with understanding, to engage in Feminist Studies minor. FS 451 students will critical analysis from a historian’s perspec- meet with FS 201 students from time to time. tive, and to write polished communicative During this semester the students present the prose. findings of the project they completed in FS 450 The curriculum established by the history to the Pacific Community in a public forum major leads the student from broad-based during Women’s History Month. Prerequisites: survey classes that cover the U.S., Europe, FS 201 and 450, two FS electives, Junior or Mexico, South America, Islamic Middle Senior standing. Spring only. 2 hours. East and Asia to more narrowly defined upper-division classes in the specialty of the student’s choice. Students encounter the scholarly methodology employed by historians, contributing to the development of verbal, analytical and reading skills. More specifically, throughout the curriculum,

92 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 HISTORY ■ history courses require students to produce Plus the following breadth requirements: written work that emphasizes focused 2 courses at the 300 level or above in analysis supported by historical evidence. English literature, 300 level or above in In addition, at the lower-division level, world languages and literature, or the 200 students become familiar with basic level or above in philosophy ...... 6-8 historical narratives. At the upper-division 2 courses in political science level, students use primary sources in or anthropology ...... 6-8 pursuit of questions of an increasingly thematic nature. Their research capitalizes 1 300-level course in sociology or any on the electronic resources currently avail- course in economics ...... 3-4 able. As seniors, history majors participate in a seminar emphasizing historical 48-59 perspectives, methodological techniques, and a variety of interpretive historical models. History majors complete a thesis MINOR IN HISTORY in the last semester of their senior year that demonstrates competence with historical theory and methods. Requirements The department also hosts the Journal of the For a minor in history a student must Association of History and Computing, http:/ complete seven courses in the History /mcel.pacificu.edu/JAHC/ and upper- Department, at least three of which must division students have an opportunity to be at the 300-level or above ...... 21-28 work as assistant editors in producing it. Any student interested in a history minor should consult with a faculty member in the MAJOR IN HISTORY history department. Requirements For additional information as to staff, At least three courses must be from the program, and student work, see the following: ...... 9 department’s web site at: http://mcel. pacificu.edu/history/index.html. Hist 101-102 Western Civilization I & II Hist 111 112 East Asia COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Hist 141-142 American History I & II At least six additional courses. If as one of History (Hist) these courses you count a 100 level class, Hist 101 Western Civilization I then you may count no more than one 200 This course covers the development of western level class. If none of these six courses is culture and institutions from the ancient world a 100 level course, you may count two 200 to the late Middle Ages. 3 hours. level classes. Of the six additional classes, at least one must be a 400 level seminar- Hist 102 Western Civilization II style class or an approved internship ... 18-24 This course covers the development of western culture and institutions from the Renaissance 27-33 to the modern age. 3 hours.

Hist 490 Senior Research Seminar ...... 3 Hist 495 Senior Thesis ...... 3

33-39

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 93 Hist 111 Foundations of East Asia Hist 200 The Islamic Middle East: This course deals with the intellectual, social, 570-1300 political, and religious foundations of three East This is a survey of the history of the Middle East Asian Societies: China, Japan, and Vietnam. The (from Morocco to India) from the birth of focus of the class is upon classical Asian Muhammed in 570 to the rise of the Ottoman notions of proper values and institutions, with Turks in 1300. The course concentrates on a concentration on intellectual (both philosophical political developments and institutions as well and religious) foundations considered in a as the growth and evolution of Islam and historical perspective. The course also considers Islamic cultures. Meets cross-cultural require- issues relative to modern Asia, and to Asian- ment. 3 hours. American family life and culture. The approach will be primarily through original Asian texts Hist 206 France from Caesar in translation. Although it is not required, to Napoleon concurrent registration in History 214, History This course covers the history and culture of in an Electronic Environment (2 hours credit), France from the Roman period until the end of is recommended. In that lab, students will learn the Napoleonic Wars in 1815. Equal attention to develop electronic materials for the World is given to political and social/cultural aspects Wide Web which will both teach them to create of French history. Through reading of primary web pages and will illuminate the contents sources, discussions, and lecture, the course of the course. Meets cross-cultural requirement. deals with the distinctiveness of France as well 3 hours. as placing the nation within a broad European historical context. 3 hours. Hist 112 East Asia This course surveys the modern histories of Hist 207 Spain from Rome China, Japan, Tibet, and Vietnam from the 17th to Revolution century to the recent past. Topics covered This course covers the history and culture of include the classical cultures of the countries, Spain from the Roman era through the Moorish economic and political foundations, and the period and touches lightly on the dissolution consequences of Western impact and modern of the Spanish Empire beginning in the seven- nationalism. The cultures, covered as independent teenth century. Equal attention is given to entities, are compared both to each other and to political and social/cultural aspects of Spanish European or Western patterns of development. history. Through reading of primary sources, There will be an opportunity in this course for discussions and lecture, the course deals with students to learn how to prepare “pages” for the the distinctiveness of Spain, as well as placing World Wide Web. Those who are interested the nation within a broad European historical should also enroll for one hour of credit in one context. 3 hours. of the two sections of History 214, History in an Electronic Environment. Although concur- Hist 208 England from Rome rent enrollment in 214 is voluntary, all students to Revolution are strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not This course covers the history and culture of only teach web page production, but will also England from the Roman period through the enhance student understanding of materials Glorious Revolution of 1688. Equal attention covered in the class itself. Meets cross-cultural is given to political and social/cultural aspects requirement. 3 hours. of English history. Through reading of primary sources, discussions and lecture, the course deals Hist 141-142 American History I-II with the distinctiveness of England, as well as This is a two-part survey of American history placing the nation within a broad European from European settlement to the Civil War, and historical context. 3 hours. from Reconstruction to the present. The parts may be taken separately. 3 hours per semester.

94 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 HISTORY ■

Hist 210 Ancient Kingdoms of (Confucianism and Communism), family and Indochina: Vietnam, gender, poetry and literature, arts, war and Cambodia, and Laos diplomacy, economic values and institutions, This course covers the pre-modern kingdoms of rebellion and protest, reform movements, etc. Vietnam, Cambodia, and Laos, with some Chinese film will be heavily used as a text to reference to contiguous areas of Southeast Asia. illustrate modern Chinese values and Chinese These kingdoms, such as those of the Vietnamese, interpretations of traditional values and insti- the Cham, the Lao, and the Khmer, will be tutions. There will be an opportunity in this considered within a historical perspective with course for students to learn how to prepare regard to such topics as political, social, “pages” for the World Wide Web. Those who religious, and economic institutions. The are interested should also enroll for two hours Vietnamese will be used as the unifying element of credit in a section of History 214, History in around which to understand the other peoples an Electronic Environment. Although concur- and their kingdoms. Although it is not required rent enrollment in 214 is voluntary, all students concurrent registration in History 214, History are strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not in an Electronic Environment (2 hours credit), only teach web page production, but will also is recommended. In that lab, students will learn enhance student understanding of the materials to develop electronic materials for the World covered in the class itself. Meets cross-cultural Wide Web which will both teach them to create requirement. 3 hours. web pages and will illuminate the contents of the course. Meets cross-cultural requirements. Hist 213 Vietnam & the U.S. 3 hours. This is a survey of the origins, development and results of the American war with Vietnam. This Hist 211 Japan Past & Present course, however, will be taught more within the with Film context of Vietnamese history and culture than This class will survey Japanese history and within that of American history and culture. culture using classical Japanese films as a Consequently, more emphasis will be given to primary text, supplemented with assigned the roots of the war in Vietnam than to its readings. The goals of the class are to acquaint origins in U.S. foreign policy. There will be an students with an overview of Japanese history opportunity in this course for students to learn and culture, and to learn to read films, particu- how to prepare “pages” for the World Wide Web. larly Japanese classical films, as text. There will Those who are interested should also enroll for be an opportunity in this course for students to two hours of credit in a section of History 214, learn how to prepare “pages” for the World Wide History in an Electronic Environment. Web. Those who are interested should also Although concurrent enrollment in 214 is enroll for two hours of credit in a section of voluntary, all students are strongly urged to History 214, History in an Electronic Environ- enroll as the lab will not only teach web page ment. Although concurrent enrollment in 214 production, but will also enhance student is voluntary, all students are strongly urged to understanding of the materials covered in the enroll as the lab will not only teach web page class itself. Meets cross-cultural requirement. production, but will also enhance student un- 3 hours. derstanding of the materials covered in the class itself. Meets cross-cultural requirement. Hist 214 History in an Electronic 3 hours. Environment This course will offer, in both lecture and Hist 212 China Past & Present discussion, introductions to the problems of with Film researching, writing and citing historical This course will provide a survey of the basic materials in electronic environments, and in institutions and values of China, considered addition will give hands-on introductions to the both within the past, or classical, and analysis, criticism and creation of these materials the present, or modern, forms. It will cover as well as more advanced multi-media materials such topics as political systems and values such as web pages. 2 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 95 Hist 232 The Holocaust of early colonial institutions in Spanish America This is a team-taught interdisciplinary course and Brazil. Special emphasis will be given to on the Nazi persecution and ultimate extermi- the clash of indigenous and European religious/ nation of the Jews of Europe, Gypsies, political spiritual outlooks, political economy, and the enemies of the National Socialist Dictatorship, interaction of issues of race, class, and gender and those considered undesirable by the in the emergence of syncretic New World NS State. It is cross-listed with Engl. 220, societies. 3 hours. Crosslisted with Pols 239 Literature and Human Concerns: The Holocaust. 3 hours. Hist 240 Colonial and Neocolonial Latin America Hist 235 Europe Since World War II This course is a survey of Latin American This course examines the history of Europe and history from 1650 to 1914 with a focus on the its relation to the world at large from the close mature period of Spanish and Portuguese colo- of Word War II to the current examining nialism in Latin America, the independence questions of the continent’s future in the global struggles of the early nineteenth century, and community. Since 1945, Europe has struggled the first century of independence for Latin to redefine itself in the context of the war’s America. Special emphasis will be given to the problematic legacy, the cold war’s competing evolution of indigenous/European and African/ ideologies, nationalist struggles of indepen- European relations and the tension between dence, discrepancies of affluence and poverty, formal political independence and continuing and the difficulties of global market competition. cultural and economic dependence on European It is a process that continues today as the societies even after independence. 3 hours. continent moves slowly toward economic and Crosslisted with Pols 240 political integration. 3 hours. Hist 243 American West: History, Hist 237 European Socialism Memory and Film Through Film A historical investigation into the reality and This course is designed as an introduction to remembered realities that go into the historical the history of European Socialism in the nine- reconstrucion of the past, using primary docu- teenth and twentieth centuries from the onset ments, motion pictures, and recent historical of industrialization to the collapse of the Soviet scholarship as they pertain to the development system in 1991. It focuses on the origins of of the American west, with an emphasis on socialism, its development and appeal as an Native Americans, the westward movement of ideology, its revolutionary variant of commu- Americans (both black and white), the eastward nism and its implementation as a state system. movement of immigrants from Asia, and early This course makes extensive use of film, both efforts to conquer and preserve nature. 3 hours. documentary and feature, to humanize these ab- stract conceptualizations. 3 hours. Cross listed Hist 245 Race and Ethnicity in with Pols 221 American History This course examines the historical experience Hist 239 The Conquest of of specific minority groups (African-Americans, the Americas Mexican-Americans, immigrants from Asia, This is a survey of Latin American history from and those from Southern and Eastern Europe) 200 C.E. to 1650 C.E. with a focus on the pre- in the United States, the historical roots of Columbian Mayan, Aztec, and Inca civiliza- racism and its connection to American tions; the conquest and settlement of Mexico, political and social thought. Meets cross- Central America, and South America by the cultural requirement. 3 hours. Spanish and Portuguese; and the establishment

96 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 HISTORY ■

Hist 300 The Ancient World to Hist 315 Modern Japan AD 400 This course covers Japanese history from the This class treats the ancient world from the first Meiji Restoration to the present, with an civilizations in the fertile Crescent through emphasis upon the 20th century. The primary ancient Egypt, to the early fifth century AD. focus of the course is upon the internal dynamics The course stresses both broad political, and of Japanese culture. Topics will include politi- social/cultural issues. The class is largely run cal and economic modernization, relations with as a seminar with some lecture. Class discus- East Asia and the United States, changes in sions are based on reading of primary texts. family and gender roles, the development of fine Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of arts, poetry and literature, the development of instructor. 4 hours. Japanese expansionism and the Pacific War, the Japanese Economic Miracle and the place of Hist 301 The Medieval World: Japan in the contemporary world. There will be 400-1500 an opportunity in this course for students to This class treats the medieval world from the learn how to prepare”pages” for the World Wide development of medieval institutions in the first Web. Those who are interested should also century AD through the mid-fifteenth century. enroll for two hours of credit in a section of The class stresses social/cultural issues, but also History 214, History in an Electronic provides an understanding of political and Enironment. Although concurrent enrollment constitutional developments of the period. The in 214 is voluntary, all students are strongly class is run as a seminar with some lecture. Class urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach discussions are based on reading of primary web page production, but will also enhance texts. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent student understanding of the materials covered of the instructor. 4 hours. in the class itself. Prerequisite: Hist 112 or 211 or consent of instructor. Meets cross-cultural Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, requirement. 3 hours. Revolt: 1500-1800 This is a history of early modern Europe from Hist 316 China from Mao to the Reformation to the French Revolution. The Tiananmen cause treats the spiritual, intellectual, social, This course will survey Chinese history and political and economic foundations of modern culture in the period from 1949 to the present, Europe. Prerequisite: Junior standing or with an emphasis on the mass campaigns, from consent of the instructor. 4 hours. the Great Leap Forward of 1957-58 through the Great Proletarian Culture Revolution, 1965-69. Hist 305 The History of Magic Topics will also include the Reform Movement and Witchcraft of Deng Xiaoping and the student protests This course deals with medieval and early culminating in the Tiananmen Incident of 1989. European conceptions of and reactions to magic, An unusual feature of this course is weekly role- sorcery, and witchcraft from pre-Christian Late playing in which students will be asked to Antiquity through the early modern period. The assume Chinese role-types such as peasant, major themes of the course are (1) the develop- soldier, female cadre, etc., and to play out ment of ecclesiastical/intellectual notions actual political problems drawn from the mass of magic and heresy, (2) popular beliefs and political campaigns. There will be an opportu- practices regarding magic and witchcraft, nity in this course for students to learn how to (3) placing the great witch trials of the late prepare “pages” for the World Wide Web. Those medieval/early modern periods in an historical who are interested should also enroll for two context of contemporary persecutions of hours of credit in a section of History 214. various minorities, (4) explication of the History in an Electronic Environment. “mature witchcraft theory” and the process of Although concurrent enrollment in 214 is the witch trials. Junior standing or consent of voluntary, all students are urged to enroll as instructor. 4 hours. the lab will not only teach web page production, but will also enhance student understanding of the materials covered in class itself. Prerequi- site: Hist 112 or 212, or consent of instructor. Meets cross-cultural requirements. 3 hours. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 97 Hist 333 Imperialism and Hist 339 History of Science Decolonization This is a study of the development of science as This course examines the history of modern doctrine, process and social institution, from imperialism from the nineteenth century race early Greek science to the present. Emphasis is for empire to the post-colonial world. The course on western science, including Arab and Islamic examines the political and economic impulses contributions. It examines the impact of culture for imperialism, the nature of various imperial on science and science on culture. Prerequisite: systems, the impact of imperialism on both the Sophomore standing. 4 hours. colonizer and the colonized, the turmoil of national independence and decolonization, and Hist 341 American Revolution the lasting legacies of imperialism in the post- & Constitution colonial world. Prerequisite: Junior standing or This course covers the ideological, social, consent of instructor. 4 hours. economic, and political causes of the American break with the British Empire, the democratizing Hist 334 Twentieth Century Russia influence of the revolution on the new state This course treats Russia’s development in late government, and the relationship between this Tsarist times, the Bolshevik revolution; Soviet tendency and the construction of the Constitu- communism under Lenin, Stalin, Khrushchev, tion. The course incorporates research regarding and Brezhnev; nationalism and the non- women, African-Americans, and common Russian republics; the Gorbachev reforms and people into the broader movement. Prerequisite: the collapse of the USSR; the current situation. History 141 or Junior standing. 4 hours. 3 hours. Hist 342 Civil War & Reconstruction Hist 335 The Era of the First This course treats the Civil War and its after- World War math in context of a broader Western move away This course explores the historical period of the from bonded servitude and restrictions on First World War in Europe. It focuses on the human liberty toward free labor and democracy causes, course and effects of the war within a and will measure successes and failures, European perspective in terms of the political, particularly with regard to the legacy of racial social, cultural and intellectual contexts. It is division that the war was unable to eradicate. designed to consider the impact of WWI on The course will cover the causes of sectional European society as the formative event of the conflict, the military problems of the war, the 20th century. Prerequisite: Junior standing or political, social, and economic conditions within consent of instructor. 4 hours. both North and South, and the cultural and political sources of support and opposition to Hist 338 The Era of the Reconstruction. Prerequisite: History 141 or French Revolution 142, or Junior standing. 4 hours. This course explores the historical period of the French Revolution from the Enlightenment Hist 343 Industrialization, Labor through the defeat of Napoleon. It focuses on and the State in America: the causes, course and effects of the Revolution 1877-1939 in terms of the political, social, cultural and This course covers the rise of modern industry intellectual contexts. It is designed to consider in the United States, the problem of labor the impact of the French Revolution as the de- conflict associated with it, and the steps taken fining event of the modern period. Prerequisite: by government, both at the state and the federal Junior standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. level, to regulate the new economy, beginning with laissez-faire governance of the late nine- teenth century and concluding with the full elaboration of FDR’s New Deal. The course focuses on social, economic and political forces. Prerequisite: History 142 or Junior Standing. 4 hours.

98 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 HISTORY ■

Hist 345 Gender and Sexuality in Hist 435 1968: Youth and Social Victorian America Change in the World This course treats the development and spread This seminar explores the historical period of Victorian culture in the United States surrounding the tumultuous events of 1968 in during the nineteenth century, particularly as global perspective. It explores the events of 1968 it defined ideas about gender and sexuality. as transnational phenomena with a particular Focus is on the creation of “women’s sphere” emphasis placed upon the significant role and ways in which women accommodated them- played by youth in the various movements and selves to domesticity, rebelled against it, or used uprisings worldwide. It considers the emergence it themselves to discipline their husbands and of youth as a social, political, and cultural force sons. Pre-requisite: History 141 or 142, or within the larger ferment of the late-sixties and Junior Standing. 3 hours. Crosslisted with FS 345. early-seventies. Junior standing or consent of Instructor. 4 hours. Hist 400 Medieval Women This course is a seminar on the attitudes Hist 441 Environmental History towards, roles, work, and responsibilities of This course focuses on historical scholarship that women in the period from the first century to has addressed the changing relationship between the fifteenth century. Women in their roles as human societies and “nature.” The course nuns, witches, prostitutes, brewers, mothers, explores the development of ecological science queens, and consorts are discussed. The course and environmental politics; it also explores is thematic as well as chronological, and inves- the ways in which Americans of European and tigates anthropological, feminist, and political indigenous background imposed their under- theories and paradigms associated with the standings on the landscape, and the conse- study of women generally. Assigned reading quences of these impositions. Other subjects consists of primary sources, secondary mono- include National Park Service policy, game graphs, and journals. Prerequisite: Junior conservation and class conflict, and the devel- standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. opment of governmental agencies dedicated to Crosslisted with FS 400. protecting or controlling the environment. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or Hist 401 The World of Charlemagne consent of instructor. 3 hours. This course is a seminar on the age of Charlemagne and the European empire he forged Hist 450 Special Topics in History in the early Middle Ages. The course material This is a seminar or tutorial course focusing on starts in the early sixth century as the Roman topics of special interest to students and faculty. West was mutating, and ends with the decline Prerequisite: Junior standing. Specific courses of the Carolingian Empire in the face of Viking taught in this series will be noted in more detail attacks and fratricidal warfare. The class in annual course schedule. Prerequisite: Junior concentrates on political and social/cultural standing.3 hours. developments in this very important period which formed a bridge from the Classical world Hist 490 Senior Research Seminar to the beginnings of the modern age. The class This course combines a variety of historical uses anthropological paradigms as one type methods with major historical themes and of historical methodology. Assigned reading controversies. It is required of all senior consists of primary sources, secondary mono- History majors prior to embarking on the graphs and journal articles. Prerequisite: Junior thesis. Prerequisite: Senior standing in History. standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Annually in the fall. 3 hours. Hist 491 Independent Research This is student-conducted individual research leading to a senior thesis. It is required of all History majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing in History and Hist 490. Annually in the spring. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 99 vision, and (iii) prepare a complete plan of HUMANITIES courses that s/he intends to take to fulfill the requirements of the major. The Humanities are composed of the courses in A list of proposed courses must comply English, History, Media Arts and Communication, with the following guidelines. A concise Philosophy, and World Languages and Literatures. justification statement should be provided While these departments have their own goals and for each course or sequence of courses specialized programs, they are united in a common proposed. endeavor to discover and make relevant the 1. 18 hours in one department in the ...... historical direction and essence of humans’ division (English, Media Arts and ...... cultural endeavors and to help students prepare Communication, Philosophy, or World Languages and Literatures) ...... 18 for a life of quality and meaning. In this sense, the humanities are at the heart of liberal arts 2. 24 hours of coordinated courses from . education. three of the following departments at . Pacific (English, Media Arts, Philosophy, World Languages and Literatures, History, Art, Music, Theatre, and COORDINATED STUDIES IN selected Peace and Conflict Studies and HUMANITIES MAJOR Feminist Studies courses ...... 24 By special arrangement, students may pur- 3. Senior Thesis in the Humanities (two . sue a self-designed course of study in the hours per semester) ...... 4 Humanities. Interested students should The Senior Thesis should be approved by submit,, no later than the beginning of their the Humanities Division Chair in consul- junior year, a written proposal with an iden- tation with the faculty adviser in the tifiable academic focus to the Humanities student’s area of emphasis before the end Division Chair. Admission is selective and of the student’s junior year. The student requires a 3.0 GPA. Coordinated Studies in must give a formal presentation of her or Humanities (CSH) majors must maintain a his thesis (for example, on Senior Presenta- GPA of at least 3.0 each semester to remain tion Day). The thesis and presentation may in the program. in some cases be incorporated with another Prior to submitting a written proposal, a senior project. prospective CSH major must consult with a professor in the Humanities Division to Minimum Total Hours 46 discuss his/her academic plan and prepare the proposal with the professor’s guidance. Interested students should consult with This professor should become the student’s Professor David Boersema, Humanities advisor of record. The proposal should Division Chair. (i) articulate a vision of the student’s own education, (ii) explain how the elements of the proposal work together to realize that

100 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 HUMANITIES ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Hum 208 Francophone Africa and the Caribbean Humanities (Hum) A general introduction to the literature, culture, peoples, and politics of Francophone Africa and Hum 100 Origins, Identity, the French-speaking Caribbean, focusing in and Meaning particular on the 20th century. Special emphasis A required seminar for first-semester first-year on the Maghreb, Senegal, and Haiti. Meets students that introduces students to college cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. Offered academic life and the skills needed for success intermittently. in that life. It is a humanities-based course in its content, intended to engage students in the Hum 300 Mentoring in the task of personal and cultural critique, and Humanities designed to provide a common learning experi- Each student serves as a mentor in one section ence for the entire first-year class. Students will of Humanities 100, the required First-Year also experience the educational advantages of Seminar course. Mentors attend all Hum 100 having a diversity of teaching methods and classes and co-curricular events and complete approaches both within and among the various all of the readings. They do not take exams, write sections of the seminar; although cross-sectional papers, or participate in the evaluation of stu- themes, texts, and events may be adopted by dents in Hum 100. The mentor is to act as a current Hum 100 faculty, the course will be peer in helping first-year students make the designed and taught in a manner thought most transition from high school to college. They hold appropriate by the individual instructor. study sessions and help students with note 4 hours. Fall semester. taking, writing assignments, and the development of proper study skills. They work closely with Hum 205 Japanese Culture faculty in developing the means to good This course is a general introduction to Japanese mentoring in their section of Hum 100. They people, society, and culture. Its major emphasis meet with the First-Year Seminar Coordinator is on Japanese cultural values, patterns of one hour each week to review their work and to behaviors, and ways of thinking manifested in discuss pedagogical issues associated with teach- their everyday life. Meets cross-cultural core ing the humanities. Mentors are selected by an requirement. 3 hours. Offered yearly. application process in the spring. 4 hours. Fall Hum 206 Latin America semester. Graded P/N. A general introduction to the geography, Hum 306 Latino Fiction peoples, and cultures of Latin America, and to A study of the fiction of Latino writers repre- their major social and political issues. Meets senting the diverse Hispanic cultures of the U.S. cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. with emphasis on the themes of immigration, Offered intermittently. culture adaptation, and the unique characteris- Hum 207 German Culture tics of the author’s Hispanic heritage. Meets A general introduction to the literature, film, cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Offered art and music of people in the German-speaking intermittently. countries, focusing on the time period from the Hum 325 Hispanics in the early 19th century to the present. Special United States emphasis on the intersection of culture with A study of the history, literature, culture, and historical, social, and political events. 3 hours. demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. Offered intermittently. An interdisciplinary approach will be taken toward placing in perspective the major political, social, and educational issues facing the se groups. Students will simultaneously be engaged in a field internship in the Hispanic community. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Meets cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 101 International Student and INTERNATIONAL Faculty Advising PROGRAMS The Director of International Programs holds the official designation from the United States Immigration and Naturaliza- The Office of International Programs services both tion Service (INS) as Designated School international students and scholars and those Official and the Director holds the title of interested in study abroad. Located in the English Responsible Officer from the Department Language Institute House, International Programs of State. The staff of International Programs provides immigration and cross-cultural services is knowledgeable in the areas of F, J, and to Pacific University’s community of international H regulations. Given the complex and students scholars and faculty. International ever-changing nature of immigration Programs also coordinates and administers regulations, members of Pacific’s interna- semester and year long study abroad programs tional community are strongly advised to (see Study Abroad section), working with faculty remain in close contact with International to ensure academic integrity. Programs for advising and counsel on immigration-related affairs. Staff from International Programs are active Advising related to immigration and cross- members in NAFSA: Association of International cultural issues are also available at the Educators, as well as other international education Office of International Programs. Any professional organizations, and represent Pacific member of the international campus com- University locally, regionally, and nationally in munity having questions, or experiencing professional conferences, workshops, meetings, difficulties with matters of immigration and other symposia. and cultural adjustment can utilize the International Program staff’s familiarity with such issues.

102 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS • STUDIES ■

Each area focus provides majors with a INTERNATIONAL multidisciplinary background in a language and STUDIES culture area. On campus International Studies sponsors lectures, festivals, music presentations, and filing. Cheleen Mahar, Anthropology, Chair Jeffrey G. Barlow, (History), East Asian Studies Coordinator MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Sara Steinert Borella, (French), Western Students are encouraged to apply for the European Studies Coordinator International Studies major in the first Victor M. Rodriguez, (Spanish), Latin semester of their sophomore year. Applica- American Studies Coordinator tions are available from the Director of International Programs, in the Office of Susan U. Cabello, Spanish International Programs on the second floor of Chapman Hall and from faculty mem- Nancy Christoph, Spanish bers of World Languages and Literatures. Lorely French, German Students who apply later in their academic career may find it difficult to complete the Kazuko Ikeda, Japanese requirements of the major and still gradu- Richard Jobs, History ate from Pacific in four years, especially if they choose to spend an entire year in a Martha Rampton, History study abroad program. Admission is Philip Ruder, Economics selective and normally requires a 3.0 GPA. IS majors must maintain a GPA of at least Jeffrey G. Seward, Political Science 3.0 each semester to remain in the program. Michael R. Steele, English Immediately after being accepted, students must consult with a member of the Inter- International Studies is designed for highly- national Studies faculty (see list above) as motivated students who plan careers in law, well as the chair of International Studies diplomacy, education, international research and and prepare a complete plan of courses that the globalized marketplace of business and they intend to take to fulfill the require- economics. National and state leaders have placed ments of the major. This plan should be a high priority on international studies in order to updated and resubmitted upon return from meet the critical need for college graduates who the study abroad experience. As part of that plan, each major must declare an area are competent in world languages and who are interest (East Asia, Latin America or West- familiar with world cultures. The national and ern Europe). regional commitment to internationalism in the International students (that is, foreign United States and the increasing interdependence nationals studying at Pacific on a student of nations around the world are reflected in a wide visa) may select the American Studies range of job opportunities in both government option (see the separate requirements for and the private sector. this option set out below). In this case, the foreign language requirement and the study Within the International Studies major, students abroad requirement are waived. Interna- are able to focus upon one of three international tional students may also complete the areas: East Asia, Latin America and Western regular International Studies major but may Europe. International students who wish to major not use their native language to fulfill the in IS may choose the American Studies option. foreign language requirement. Further, they may not use study in their home country to satisfy the study abroad requirement.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 103 International Studies majors are strongly 1. At least one semester of study abroad in encouraged to complete a second major in a country related to the student’s a standard discipline. Students may also chosen area interest. The country chosen want to include a Humanitarian Center must have as one of its principal multicultural field experience or other languages, the language the student has relevant internship. previously studied to fulfill the foreign The goals and formal requirements for the language requirement of the major. major (except for international students Study abroad in English-speaking choosing the American Studies option) are countries or programs conducted in as follows: English may not be used to fulfill this requirement. Goals for the Major Prior to study abroad, the student should fulfill at least the following In successfully completing a major in Inter- requirements: national Studies a student will possess the following attributes: 2. Foreign language study in one of the principal languages of chosen area • Strong written and oral communications interest through the 202-level. skills 3. One of the following to be chosen in • Proven research and analytical skills consultation with International Studies • Knowledge of the history and culture of advisor: IS 201 (Intercultural Communi- a specific area of the world cations) PSY 160 (Culture and Behavior) • The ability to build on that knowledge or ECON 341 (International Trade) to produce a final written thesis and 4. A base history course related to the related oral presentation student’s chosen area interest. For East • Well-developed intercultural skills Asia, this would normally be HIST 112 • The ability to work collaboratively East Asia; for Latin America, HIST/ POLS 255 Latin American History or • The ability to speak, read and write in a HUM 206 Latin America; for Western second or third language Europe, HIST 102 Western Civilization • Experience in living and studying II. However, more specialized upper- abroad division history courses approved in advance by the student’s IS advisor may Requirements: International Area also be used to satisfy this requirement. Studies Focus In addition, the student must fulfill the One of the following following requirements before, during, or after the study abroad experience: IS 201, ECON 341, PSY 160 ...... 3 5. At least 21 semester hours of electives Base history course related to chosen in consultation with the student’s area interest ...... 3 IS advisor to create a coherent program Electives coherently related to area of study related to the chosen area interest. interest (includes 12 Study Such courses should be approved by Abroad Credits) ...... 21 students’ IS or WORL advisors. No more Foreign language study at 300-level or than 12 semester hours from any single above ...... 6 department or discipline and no more Research methods ...... 3 than 12 semester hours taken during study abroad may be applied to this IS 401 & IS 402 Senior Thesis...... 4 requirement. 40

104 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES ■

6. At least six hours of foreign language 4. Six hours of upper-division courses in study at Pacific at the 300-level or above American literature. after returning from the study abroad 5. Twelve hours of electives chosen in experience. consultation with the advisor to create a 7. One course in theory or research methods coherent program of study of the United to be taken prior to enrollment for IS 401 States with at least six hours of electives Senior Thesis. Note that students plan- outside the Departments of History and ning to spend the entire junior year English. abroad should complete this require- 6. The same requirements for a methodol- ment prior to study abroad. Students ogy course, junior tutorial, and senior also need to be aware that several of the thesis as all other IS majors. courses approved for meeting this International students for whom English is requirement have one or more prereq- a second language and who elect the uisites. The course chosen should be America concentration are exempt from closely related to the research strategy the foreign language and study abroad appropriate to the student’s senior requirements and take instead 27 hours in thesis project. Approved courses which electives. meet this requirement are the following: Anth 300 Research Methods in Anthropology COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Econ 321 Introduction toEconometrics Engl 333 Theory of Literature International Studies (IS) Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics IS 201 Intercultural Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics Communication This course develops awareness and skills for Soc 300 Introduction to effective communication among people of Social Research different cultures. It explores problems related Soc 301 Social Statistics to value differences and examines perceptual 8. IS 401 and IS 402 Senior Thesis in which relativity, cultural self-awareness, verbal and the student prepares a senior thesis for nonverbal behavior, value analysis, and commu- a public and written presentation. These nication strategies. For both United States and two semesters of Senior Thesis may not International students. 3 hours. be taken concurrently. Students must make reasonable progress on their IS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis thesis project by the end of IS 401 in Sources, materials, and methods of research, order to continue with their thesis work writing, and critical analysis. Preparation and in IS 402. Students who do not meet this defense of major research project. Prerequisite: requirement will be asked to withdraw Senior Standing in IS. 2 hours per semester. from the IS major. IS 450 Special Topics in International Studies Requirements American Studies Focus This seminar course is an electiv,e which focuses Available only to International Students on topics of special interest to students and IS 1. IS 201 Intercultural Communication faculty. The course allows students to explore possible topics for their thesis and the methods 2. HIST 141-142 History of the United for approaching those topics. Students may take States. the course concurrently with IS 401. Prerequi- 3. Six hours of upper-division courses in site: Senior standing and study abroad. 3 hours. American history.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 105 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE program at Pacific allows each student to pursue Christine Guenther, Chair, Associate either a graduate education in Computer Science Professor, Mathematics or immediate employment with such industry Michael Boardman, Professor, Mathematics leaders as Intel, Microsoft, and Hewlett Packard. Bogdana Georgieva, Assistant Professor, The Mathematics major provides students a strong Mathematics mathematics foundation with emphases in several Michelle Hribar, Assistant Professor, key areas including analysis, abstract structures Computer Science and applied mathematics. Students completing this major are able to pursue careers in applied Shereen Khoja, Assistant Professor, mathematics, enter graduate programs in Computer Science mathematics and other fields, or complete Christopher Lane, Assistant Professor, certification requirements to teach mathematics Mathematics and Computer Science in K-12 (see the Education section of this catalog Nancy Ann Neudauer, Assistant for more details). Professor, Mathematics Douglas J. Ryan, Professor, Department Goals Computer Science The department maintains common goals for all The Department of Mathematics and Computer of its students (majors, minors and others). Science offers majors and minors in both Students in our courses will learn strategies for Mathematics and Computer Science. abstract problem solving, gain a basic understanding of computers and the broad The Computer Science program at Pacific implications of their use, be exposed to University is characterized by small classes, close mathematics as a liberal art, and be given the interaction with the faculty, and a deep yet broad opportunity to hone their computational skills. curriculum rarely encountered at a small university. To prepare students for a discipline that is For students majoring in Computer Science, we constantly changing, the curriculum integrates a provide, within the context of the liberal arts, wide variety of programming languages in a excellent preparation for high-tech careers or manner that emphasizes a thorough graduate study in Computer Science. understanding of language structure. By virtue Students with a program of study in Mathematics of both a devoted faculty and a strategic location will learn methods of mathematical modeling, next to Oregon’s acclaimed Silicon Forest, an abstraction, argumentation, and abstract internship program has been established with local mathematical constructs and paradigms, develop businesses that allows students to further practice competence in carrying out algorithms, and learn these skills in the context in which they will to read and speak the language of mathematics. ultimately be applied. The student experience A mathematics degree from Pacific prepares culminates with a disciplined two semester students for a wide variety of post-graduate Software Engineering Capstone sequence that activities including work in mathematics and results in a substantial piece of original software. science related fields or graduate study in The confidence and knowledge gained from the mathematics or education.

106 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE ■

MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 3. CS 490, CS 492 must be passed with a grade of “C” or better. Requirements Math 206 Computational Linear MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE Algebra ...... 3 CS 150 Introduction to Computer Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 Science I ...... 4 Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 CS 250 Introduction to Computer CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science II ...... 3 Science I ...... 4 Electives ...... 9 CS 250 Introduction to Computer Electives are selected from: CS 205, CS Science II ...... 3 230, CS 300, CS 305, CS 310, CS 315, CS CS 300 Data Structures ...... 3 320, CS 360, CS 430, CS 460, CS 480/481, CS 310 Theoretical Computer Math 206, Math 240, Math 324, Phys 364. Science ...... 3 At least one of the following: ...... 4 CS 320 Assembly Language Math 125 Precalculus Programming ...... 3 Math 226 Calculus CS 430 Computer Architecture ..... 3 CS 460 Operating Systems ...... 3 20 CS 480 Principles of Restriction: Six of the elective credit hours Compiler Design ...... 3 must be upper-division Computer Science CS 481 Compiler Laboratory I...... 1 courses taken at Pacific University. CS 490 Senior Capstone I ...... 3 CS 492 Senior Capstone II ...... 3 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Six credits selected from the following courses...... 6 Computer Science (CS) CS 305 Advanced Programming CS 120 The Information Era for Multimedia An exploration of how information technology CS 315 Introduction to Human is playing an ever increasing role in society. Computer Interaction Students will explore a host of topics for using CS 360 Special Topics* and accessing information such as: searching and navigating the Internet, the world wide web Phy 364 Electronics interactive multimedia, communications, and ethics. Students will learn to produce web pages 48 using HTML and web authoring software. This is not a programming class and is intended * Note: CS 360 can be counted twice as an to give students the ability to access and elective as long as the topics are different. manipulate information in a variety of ways. Restrictions Class includes lab projects. 3 hours. 1. At least 18 hours of upper-division CS courses must be taken from Pacific University (Credit by examination not acceptable). 2. At most 1 course passed with a grade below “C-” can count towards the Computer Science major.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 107 CS 130 Introduction to CS 250 Introduction to Computer Software Tools Science II Many disciplines are finding the need to gather, A second course in programming that is a manipulate, analyze, and graph data. This continuation of CS 150. The focus of this course course will introduce students to software tools is object-oriented programming. Concepts that aid in this process:Excel, PowerPoint, and taught include classes, function and operation various statistical packages. Class includes lab overloading and inheritance. These concepts will projects. Prerequisite: Math 125 with a grade be reinforced with topics such as beginning of “C” or better. 2 hours (10 weeks). Students data structures and windows programming. may not receive credit for both CS130 and CS230. Prerequisite: CS 150 with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science I CS 300 Data Structures A first course in computer programming Data structures are fundamental to advanced, fundamentals: no previous programming expe- efficient programming. Topics including stacks, rience is required. This course will be taught in queues, linked lists, trees, graphs, hash tables, C++ and include programming projects in a and search and sorting will be covered in variety of areas. Course content includes data discussions centering around more sophisticated types, selection structures, repetition structures, programming concepts and problem solving functions, arrays, structures and I/O. In techniques. Prerequisite: CS 250 with a grade addition to three lectures per week, the class of “C” or better. 3 hours. meets weekly for a laboratory session. Corequisite: Math 125. 4 hours. CS 305 Advanced Programming for Multimedia CS 205 Introduction to An introduction to state of the art scripting and Programming for macro languages such as Director & Lingo, Multimedia JavaScript & Java, Perl, and HTML which will This course introduces students to the prog- be used for Multimedia development. This ramming process and logic. Multimedia projects course will cover and include projects on topics will be discussed and developed using state of such as Interactive Multimedia on CD ROM, the art scripting and macro languages such as Animation & Sound, Digital Video, the Director and Lingo, Javascript/Java, HTML, Internet, and Client/Server applications. and/or Perl. Prerequisite: CS 120 with a grade Students cannot get credit for both CS 205 and of “C” or better or equivalent. Students cannot CS 305. Prerequisite: CS 250 with a grade of get credit for both CS 205 and CS 305. 3 hours. “C” or better. 3 hours. Offered occasionally. Alternate Years 2004-2005. CS 310 Theoretical Computer CS 230 Introduction to Advanced Science Software Tools This course introduces the foundations of This course covers the same topics as CS130 in formal language theory, computability, the first ten weeks. The last four weeks offer an andcomplexity, shows the relationship between in-depth exposure to spreadsheet and database automata and various classes of languages, software. Some programming in a language addresses the issue of which problems can be such as Visual Basic will be required. Prerequi- solved by computational means and studies the site: Math 226 with a grade of “C” or better. complexity of their solutions. It also studies 3 hours. Students may not receive credit for both Turing machines and equivalent models of com- CS 130 and CS230. putation, the Chomsky hierarchy, context free grammars, push-down automata, and comput- ability. Prerequisite: CS 250 with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2004-2005.

108 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE ■

CS 315 Introduction to Human CS 445 Introduction to Computer Interaction Database Systems Humans interact with computers through user This course is an introduction to both the theory interfaces; designing useful and effective and application of Database Management interfaces involves many challenges for both Systems (DBMS). Topics covered will include designers and programmers. This course will data modeling and abstraction using cover the basics of the field of human computer ER diagrams, UML, and relational algebra. interaction including the human factors of Effective and efficient database design will also interactive software, methods to develop and be discussed in the context of both normal forms assess interfaces, interaction styles and design (2NF, 3NF, and BCNF) and tree diagrams (B+ considerations. The class will include research and ISAM). All topics in the course will be and design projects as well as a programming implemented concretely using a modern DBMS project. Prerequisite: CS250 or MedA260 either (either Microsoft SQL Server or Postgresql) and with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. Alternate the database query language SQL. A substan- Years 2004-2005. tial project will also be required of each student that will put the topics discussed in the course CS 320 Assembly Language in their most modern framework and will Programming involve the use of embedded SQL and at least An introduction to digital logic, machine struc- one of C++, ASP, XML, Perl, PHP, Visual Basic, ture and instruction sets, assembly language or Java. However, no previous experience with programming (arrays, subroutines, I/O conver- these languages in this context will be assumed. sion, sorting, searching, lists, look-up tables), Pre-requisite: CS 300 with a grade of “C” or interrupts and resets. (Class includes lab better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2005-2006. projects using MASM) Prerequisite: CS 250 with a grade of “C” or better or instructor CS 460 Operating Systems consent. 3 hours. This course focuses on resource management by operating systems. Topics include processes and CS 360 Special Topics threads, CPU scheduling, memory manage- The topic of this course changes from year to ment, I/O systems, distributed file systems, year depending on the latest developments in multiprocessor operating systems, and case computer science and the research interests of studies. Prerequisite: CS 320 with a grade the faculty. Recent topics include Windows pro- of “C” or better. 3 hours. Alternate years gramming, interactive computer graphics and 2005-2006. event-driven programming for PDAs. Current and future topics include AI and robotics, CS 480 Principles of client/server web development and parallel pro- Compiler Design cessing. Prerequisite: CS250 with a grade of “C” An introduction to compilers. Topics to include: or better or instructor consent. 3 hours. attribute grammars, syntax-directed transla- tions, lex, yacc, LR(1) parsers, symbol tables, CS 430 Computer Architecture semantic analysis, and code generation. Prereq- An introduction to the hardware design aspects uisite: CS310 with a grade of “C” or better. 3 of all major components of a computer system. hours. Alternate years. 2004-2005. Topics include computer arithmetic, Boolean algebra and gate networks, logic design, memory CS 481 Compiler Laboratory (virtual and cache), I/O devices, pipelined A laboratory course which must be taken instruction execution, bus structures, micropro- concurrently with CS 480. Involves coding, gramming, and RISC/CISC philosophies. verification, and validation of a compiler. (Class Prerequisite: CS 320 with a grade of “C” or project is implemented on a SUN Ultra 5 using better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2004-2005. C/Unix). 1 hour. Alternate years 2004-2005.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 109 CS 490 Senior Capstone I Abstract Structures ...... 3 Students will learn the process of developing a Math 402 Abstract Algebra large software project. This process includes user Math 440 Topics in Algebraic Structures requirements analysis, a project proposal, a project design specification, implementation and Applied Mathematics ...... 3 testing. Students will choose a project and Math 324 Numerical Analysis complete the analysis and design for the project. Math 411 Partial Differential Equations Students will begin the implementation and testing of their projects. Pre-requisites: CS Supporting Courses ...... 3-4 major with Senior standing and at least one 400 CS 250 Introduction to level CS class with a grade of “C” or better taken Computer Science II at Pacific. 3 hours. Phys 242 General Physics II CS 492 Senior Capstone II Phys 380 Classical Mechanics During this course, students will complete the implementation, testing, and presentation of the 12-13 project that was designed during CS 490. Prerequisite: CS 490 with a grade of “C” or General Electives better. 3 hours. At least two other mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher ...... 6

MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS 49-50

Restriction: At most, one course passed Core with a grade below “C-” can count towards Mathematics Courses the mathematics major. Math 226,227,228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 MINOR IN MATHEMATICS Math 306 Linear Algebra ...... 3 Math 311 Ordinary Differential Core Equations ...... 3 Math 226, 227 Calculus I & II ...... 8 Math 490 Senior Capstone ...... 2 Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 23 CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science I ...... 4 Supporting Courses Electives ...... 9 CS 150 Introduction to Computer At least nine additional credits of math- Science I ...... 4 ematics courses numbered 200 or higher, Phys 232 General Physics I ...... 4 excluding Math 221 or Math 223. At least two of these courses must be numbered 8 300 or higher.

Elective Groups 24 At least one course from each of the Restriction: At most 1 course passed with following groups a grade below “C-” can count towards the Analysis ...... 3 mathematics minor. Math 405 Real Analysis Math 412 Complex Analysis

110 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS experimental study results. Various topics chosen from among management science, Mathematics courses of at least three voting theory, game theory, symmetry, propor- credits numbered 165 and above satisfy the tionality, or other modern topics offer the mathematics core requirement. opportunity to see connections of mathematics to business, political science, art and other fields. Mathematics (Math) 3 hours. Math 122 College Algebra This course offers students the opportunity to Math 206 Computational Linear polish their general algebra skills in prepara- Algebra tion for precalculus, statistics and other courses This course is intended as an introduction to where a working knowledge of algebra without Linear Algebra with emphasis on the computa- trigonometry is a prerequisite. Throughout the tional aspects of the material. Topics covered course, students are asked to translate informa- include matrices, determinants, Gaussian elimi- tion back and forth between grammatical and nation, vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvec- mathematical forms. Topics include modeling, tors, orthogonal matrices and least squares. This graphing and analysis with linear, quadratic and course will include programming assignments general polynomial and exponential expressions, in Maple and/or other computer algebra solving linear, quadratic and general polynomial systems. Corequisite: Math 226. 3 hours. equations and inequalities and curve fitting. Alternate years 2005-2006. Applications from social and natural sciences are emphasized as is using the topics from the Math 207 General Elementary course in mathematical modeling. 4 hours. Statistics A great deal of modern research in the social Math 125 Precalculus and natural sciences relies upon the mathematical Most science and mathematics courses require theories of probability and statistics. This course that students be comfortable working with func- will introduce students to the basic theory and tions symbolically, graphically and numerically. practice of statistics. Emphasis is on the Precalculus offers students the background they general ideas of hypothesis testing and estimation. need to pursue these courses. An integral Other topics include classification and presen- component of the course is translating informa- tation of data, descriptive statistics, basic tion back and forth between grammatical and probability distributions, and correlation and mathematical forms. Concentrating on func- regression. Prerequisite: Math 122 with a grade tions and their properties, the course includes of “C” or better or placement. 3 hours. the study of several classes of functions including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic and trigonometric functions. The conic sections This course is a survey of formal syntactic and and complex numbers are also studied. Prereq- semantic features of language, including topics uisite: Math 122 with a grade of “C” or better such as sentential logic, predicate logic, axiomatic or placement. 4 hours. systems and set theory, and nonclassical extensions such as multivalued logics. 3 hours. Math 165 Modern Topics in Mathematics Math 221 Foundations of Arithmetic This course exposes students to abstraction and Designed for elementary education majors. problem solving with mathematical constructs. Elements of logic, numeration, the number Elements of descriptive and inferential statis- systems of arithmetic, elementary number tics give students the foundation to understand theory, the algorithms of arithmetic. 3 hours. visual and numerical representations of data and Alternate years 2004-2005. to make informed judgments about survey and

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 111 Math 223 Foundations of Geometry Math 301 Mathematical Modeling Designed for elementary education majors. A wide variety of physical and social systems Intuitive geometry in two and three dimensions, can be described and analyzed using mathematics. systems of measurement, estimation and In this course, students will learn about the approximation. 3 hours. Alternate years mathematical modeling process through exami- 2005-2006. nation and analysis of frequently used models in physics, chemistry, biology and other Math 226 Calculus I sciences. Students will also experience generating The study of functions and their rates of change. and testing new models. Prerequisite: Math 226 Topics include the concept of derivative as rate with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. of change, limits and continuity, differentiation Alternate years 2004-2005. and its applications, Intermediate, Extreme and Mean Value Theorems, introduction to in- Math 306 Linear Algebra tegrals, and the Fundamental Theorem of Geometrical vectors; their applications and Calculus. Prerequisite: Math 125 with a grade basic properties; real vector spaces; dependence, of “C” or better or placement. 4 hours. basis, and dimension; systems of linear equa- tions; linear transformations and matrices; Math 227 Calculus II determinants; quadratic forms. Emphasis on Investigation of single variable integration argumentation. Prerequisite: Math 226, Math including techniques of symbolic integration, 240 both with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. numerical integration and error analysis, applications of integration, and improper inte- Math 311 Ordinary Differential grals. Infinite sequences, infinite series, and Equations Taylor series will be introduced. Prerequisite: Ordinary differential equations and their appli- Math 226 with a grade of “C” or better. 4 hours. cations. Topics include the theory of linear equa- tions, investigations of non-linear equations, Math 228 Calculus III systems of equations, numerical methods, The study of calculus of several variables. stability, long term behavior and Laplace trans- Topics include visualization techniques, vectors forms. Emphasis is placed on both quantitative and solid analytic geometry, vector arithmetic, and qualitative descriptions of solutions. partial differentiation and its applications, Prerequisite: Math 227 with a grade of “C” or gradients, optimization techniques, iterated better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2005-2006. integrals, line integrals, divergence, curl and related theorems. Prerequisite: Math 227 with Math 316 Mathematical Probability a grade of “C” or better. 4 hours. Summary and display of data, properties of prob- ability, discrete and continuous distributions, Math 240 Discrete Mathematics moment-generating functions, central limit This course introduces the fundamentals of theorem, and transformations of random number systems, sets, functions and relations, variables. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 240 logic and proof, elementary combinatorics, both with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. Boolean algebra and graph theory. It plays the Alternate years 2005-2006. role of a transition course for mathematics majors, moving them from calculus to the higher Math 321 Higher Geometry level courses in mathematics, and as an impor- A rigorous study of both Euclidean and tant course in logic for computer science non-Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: Math majors. Prerequisite: Math 125 with a grade of 240 with a grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. “C” or better or placement. Math 226 strongly Alternate years 2004-2005. recommended. 3 hours.

112 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE ■

Math 324 Numerical Analysis Math 411 Partial Differential Linear difference equations, iteration, accelera- Equations tion of convergence, interpolating polynomials, Addresses solution methods for the three basic Fourier analysis, numerical differentiation and partial differential equations of mathematical integration. Prerequisite: Math 227 with a physics: the heat, wave and potential equations. grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. Alternate years Methods covered will include power series, 2006-2007. Fourier series, Laplace transform methods, separation of variables, and the method of Math 385 Junior Seminar characteristics. Initial and boundary data will Designed to acquaint the mathematics major also be covered, as well as physical applications with recent advances in mathematics, help syn- and numerical simulations of solutions. Special thesize the student’s mathematical knowledge, topics as time permits. Prerequisite: Math 228, and provide experience in the oral presentation Math 311 both with a grade of “C” or better. of mathematical topics. Prerequisite: Mathematics 3 hours. Alternate years 2005-2006. major or minor with junior standing, and at least 6 hours of mathematics courses numbered Math 412 Complex Analysis 300 or higher with grades of “C” or better. Complex numbers, analytic functions, elemen- Admission is also possible with instructor tary functions, mapping by elementary consent. 1 hour functions, integrals, series, residues and poles, conformal mapping. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 402 Abstract Algebra Math 240 both with a grade of “C” or better. A survey of fundamental concepts in abstract 3 hours. Alternate years 2004-2005. algebra. Topics may include Group theory, including quotient groups, fundamental results Math 440 Topics in on group homomorphisms and the study of Algebraic Structures finite groups; Ring theory, including fundamental This course covers various important subjects homomorphism theorems, quotient rings and in mathematics in which algebraic structures Euclidean rings, vector spaces and modules; play a central role, introducing algebraic ideas Field theory including field extensions, Galois by their applications to these fields. Topics theory and classical results concerning may include number theory, matrix groups, constructibility and solvability. Prerequisite: topology, coding theory and algebraic geometry. Math 240, Math 306 both with a grade of “C” Prerequisite: Math 240, Math 306 both with a or better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2004-2005. grade of “C” or better. 3 hours. Alternate years 2005-2006. Math 405 Real Analysis A rigorous treatment of the limit concept, Math 490 Senior Capstone continuity, differentiation and integration. This course is intended as a senior capstone Sequence and series convergence, with some experience for mathematics majors. Students attention to regular methods of summability. will have the opportunity to use their math- Uniform and pointwise convergence of sequence ematical skills and knowledge to investigate and series of functions. Prerequisite: Math 228, projects of their choice under the supervision of Math 240 both with a grade of “C” or better. faculty. Prerequisite: Mathematics major or 3 hours. Alternate years 2005-2006. minor, Senior standing, and at least 9 hours of mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher with grades of “C” or better. 2 credits.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 113 • Providing students with an understanding MEDIA ARTS of the history and social and cultural roles of mass media in society, both Dave Cassady, Chair, Associate Professor through courses specifically focused on these topics and by incorporating these Michael Geraci, Assistant Professor themes into other, production-oriented Johanna Hibbard, Assistant Professor courses. • Developing in students an aesthetic Michael Annus, Instructor understanding of media production and Samuel Mathies, Director of Forensics technical proficiency in media areas such as video and visual production, writing A major in media arts prepares students for careers and computer skills. in a variety of media-related fields including journalism, broadcasting, video, film and multimedia production, public relations and MAJORS IN MEDIA ARTS advertising. The program emphasizes theoretical Students in media arts at Pacific may and social aspects of the media as well as the major in one of five areas: journalism, film/ creative and technical components. video production, integrated media or general media arts. Students may receive In addition to course work, students are able to credit for more than one major (journalism, gain further experience through work with student film&video or integrated media only) by media outlets such as the student newspaper completing the required courses in each (Index), video productions (Pacific Productions), major. In addition to the media arts major and radio station (KPUR) and a variety of campus requirements, students must also complete integrated media projects. All student publications a minor or second major in an area outside are open to any Pacific student. of Media Arts or may design, with the consent of the faculty, an 18-hour program Qualified Media Arts students are also eligible for of study outside the department. The internships in professional media. 18-hour program must include at least nine upper-division hours. Students interested in a major in Media Arts or careers in the media and related fields should consult the department chair, Dave Cassady. GENERAL MEDIA ARTS MAJOR

Departmental Goals Requirements The overall goal of the Media Arts Depart- MedA 111 Cultural and Historical ment curriculum is to produce graduates Foundations ...... 3 who are technically and aesthetically MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 proficient in creating mass media and non- media communication and knowledgeable MedA 225 Black and White in the legal, ethical and social aspects of the Photography...... 3 media. MedA 240 Writing for Print Media ..... 3 Specific goals include: MedA 250 Elements of • Developing graduates who are capable Video Production ...... 3 of understanding communication in a MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia media, organizational, interpersonal and Production ...... 3 social context. MedA 311 Writing for Electronic Media ...... 3

114 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MEDIA ARTS ■

MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 301 Special Topics: Film Theory MedA 434 Mass Media Law and OR Regulation ...... 3 MedA 401 Special Topics: MedA 495 Senior Project ...... 2 Topographies...... 3 MedA 496 Senior Project ...... 2 MedA 302 Documentary Film ...... 3 Upper division Media Arts electives ...... 6 MedA 312 Screenwriting ...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Production ...... 3 37 MedA 321 Sound Design ...... 3 MedA 330 Field Production ...... 3 JOURNALISM MAJOR MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Media Law and Regulation ...... 3 Requirements MedA 495 Senior Project ...... 2 MedA 111 Cultural and Historical MedA 496 Senior Project ...... 2 Foundations ...... 3 MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 40 MedA 225 Black and White Photography...... 3 MedA 240 Writing for Print Media ..... 3 INTEGRATED MEDIA MAJOR MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 MedA 363 Publication Design ...... 3 Requirements MedA 370 Advanced Reporting ...... 3 Core curriculum MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural & Historical MedA 434 Mass Media Law Foundations and Regulation ...... 3 OR MedA 495 Senior Project ...... 2 MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 MedA 496 Senior Project ...... 2 ART 110 Basic Design...... 3 Upper division Media Arts electives ...... 6 ART 217 Computer Graphics Design OR 37 ART 218 Computer Graphics Illustration ...... 3 ART 226 Photography I...... 3 FILM AND VIDEO MAJOR CS 120 The Information Era ...... 3 CS 205 Programming for REQUIREMENTS Multimedia ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural and Historical MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia Foundations ...... 3 Design ...... 3 Or MedA 265 Web Design ...... 3 MedA 305 Designing for Electronic MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 Media ...... 3 MedA 120 Survey of Film...... 3 MedA 311 Broadcast Writing MedA 205 Film Editing...... 3 OR MedA 250 Elements of Video ENG 207/208 ...... Creative Writing Production ...... 3 3 MedA 350 Integrated Media Production ...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 115 MedA 360 Integrated Media Project FILM STUDIES Design ...... 3 MedA 120 Survey of Film...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law & Regulation ...... 3 MedA 301 Special topics: Film Theory ...... 3 MedA 495 Senior Project I ...... 2 At least 6 hours from MedA 401 ...... 6 MedA 496 Senior Project II ...... 2 An additional three courses to be chosen 43 from MedA 401 (Film Topics), and film specific courses offered by other depart- ments including, but not limited to, MEDIA ARTS MINORS English, Politics and World Languages. Course list must be approved by director Requirements of film studies, Johanna Hibbard ...... 9 GENERAL MEDIA ARTS 21 MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & INTEGRATED MEDIA White Photography ...... 3 CS 120 The Info Era ...... 3 MedA 240 Mass Media Writing...... 3 MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia .... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 ART 217 or 218 MedA 260 Introduction to Integrated Media ...... 3 Computer Graphics ...... 3 MedA 311 Writing for Electronic MedA 305 Designing for Media ...... 3 Electronic Media ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law MedA 434 Mass Media Law and Regulation ...... 3 and Regulation ...... 3 Choose two from: 21 MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 MedA 360 Integrated Media JOURNALISM Project Design ...... 3 MedA 350 Integrated Media Project MedA 111 Cultural and Historical Development ...... 3 Foundations ...... 3 MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 ART 317 or 318 Computer MedA 225 Introduction to Black & Graphics II ...... 3 White Photography ...... 3 BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media ...... 3 CS 315 Human Computer Interface Design ...... 3 MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 MedA 363 Publication Editing and 21 Design ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and Regulation ...... 3

21

116 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MEDIA ARTS ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MedA 152 Pacific Productions: Crewing Media Arts (MedA) Working with Pacific University student video production organization doing video produc- MedA 101 Fundamentals of Speaking tions. P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. This course includes study of communication theory and the preparation and delivery MedA 205 Editing of speeches. Students are expected to give a Explores the relationship of image to image and number of relatively short speeches before the image to sound, both in terms of aesthetics and class. Emphasis is on the development of hands on manipulation of a 16mm flatbed speaking skills before an audience. 3 hours. editor and magnasync dubber. Editing outside class required. Prerequisite MedA 250. 3 hours MedA 110 Introduction to Communication MedA 225 Introduction to Black & An introduction to the study of human com- White Photography munication. Communication principles will be A course designed for Communication majors applied to interpersonal, small group, public, that consists of basic camera handling tech- organizational and mass media contexts. niques and black and white darkroom techniques 3 hours. and procedures. The course has a photo-jour- nalistic orientation and assignments are MedA 111 Cultural and Historical intended for students to photograph for the Foundations of Mass printed page. Students have an opportunity to Communication have work selected for the University’s student The historical and theoretical development of the paper, the “Index”. Students should have a American mass media. Emphasis placed on the 35mm camera and be prepared to purchase a integration of historical background, contem reasonable amount of film and paper for the porary mass communication theory and modern course. Non-majors must have consent of the mass communication institutions. 3 hours. Fall Instructor. 3 hours. Fall.

MedA 112 Media in Modern Society MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media A study of the mass media in modern America An introduction to writing for the print media. and the world. Focuses on the economic, tech- Course focuses on the basics of writing for print nological, legal and social aspects of the media. publication in the form of news and feature 3 hours. Spring. stories. Major emphasis upon conciseness and adaptation to the writing situation and MedA 120 Survey of Film material. 3 hours. Spring Introduces the study of film by examining its history. Film movements, national cinemas, the MedA 241 Introduction to Animation development of technology, the evolution of the This course will introduce students to the art industry, and major directors are areas that of animation from a historical, theoretical, and are explored. The course is international in technical standpoint. Students will be intro- scope, and regular screenings are included. duced to different formats and techniques of 3 hours. Fall animation and will get to experiment with various animation techniques as a part of the MedA 150 Pacific Index coursework. 3 hours. Spring. Working for the student newspaper in editorial, reporting, advertising, design and other capacities. MedA 250 Elements of Production P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. Study of the various elements which combine to create television and film products. Includes MedA 151 Intercollegiate Debate production planning, scriptwriting, camera- Participating in intercollegiate forensics as part work, sound, editing, and directing. Some time of the Pacific University team. P/NP. 1 hour. spent in the studio for application of learned May be repeated for credit techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 111, 112. 3 hours. Fall.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 117 MedA 260 Elements of MedA 312 Screenwriting Multimedia Design Explores the art and business of screenwriting, Introduces students to the fundamental tools acquainting students with various markets and and principles in the development of multimedia techniques necessary to produce professional applications. Prerequisite: CS 120. 3 hours. Fall. quality dramas for film and television. Empha- sis will be on character development, story MedA 265 Web Design construction, dialogue, conflict and resolution. A study and practice in the creation of World Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours Wide Web sites and their underlying technolo- gies. Students will approach web design from MedA 320 Studio Video both an aesthetic and technical perspective. The study of facts and practices of techniques Advanced technologies will be introduced such in studio production. Emphasis on writing, as XHTML, XML, JavaScript and Cascading lighting and directing. Introduction to post- Style Sheets. Historical and theoretical perspec- tives on the Web will also be addressed. Prereq- production techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 250. uisite: CS 120. 3 hours. Offered alternate years 3 hours. Spring in the Spring. MedA 321 Sound Design MedA 301 Special topics: Film Theory Develops a filmmaker’s aesthetic appreciation An intensive study focusing on a singular of the sound element in film/video production. application of film theory with an emphasis on Participants will develop a historical under- contemporary cultural and critical theories. standing of sound’s use in film, see and hear Topics vary each term offered. Prerequisite: clips from selected works and familiarize them- MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. selves with equipment in sound design firsthand May be repeated for credit. Offered alternate years. through hands-on exercises. Editing outside class is required. computers. Prerequisite MedA MedA 302 Documentary 250 3 hours. Spring The history, philosophy and analysis of the docu- mentary. Explores the documentary as personal MedA 330 Field Video essay, autobiography, journalism, political The study and practice of Electronic Field propaganda and social advocacy. Prerequisite: Production with an emphasis on non-fiction MedA 120 or permission of instructor. 3 hours. production and non-linear editing. Prerequisite: Offered alternating years. MedA 250. 3 hours. Spring alternate years

MedA 305 Designing for MedA 340 Reporting Electronic Media Development of news-gathering and reporting Introduces students to the advanced tools and skills, and techniques for the mass media. techniques associated with the development Prerequisite: MedA 240. 3 hours. Fall alternate of interactive media image, text and sound years. resources. Prerequisite: Art 110, MedA 260. MedA 350 Integrated Media 3 hours. Spring Production MedA 311 Writing for Explores the use of advanced multimedia tools Electronic Media in the development of a significant multimedia Various forms of writing for radio and televi- project. Students combine the various funda- sion. Includes extensive practice in preparing mental principles of design and human technology scripts for broadcast announcements, commer- interface to create a single interactive multimedia cials, and narrative drama. Prerequisite: MedA application. Prerequisite MedA 360 or consent 250 and Junior standing. 3 hours. Spring. of instructor. 3 hours. Spring

118 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MEDIA ARTS ■

MedA 352 Pacific Productions: MedA 422 Media Criticism Production Coordination In-depth analysis of the relationship of the mass Management/production experience with media and the political, social, philosophical and Pacific Productions. Requires Organization/ moral aspects of modern society. Includes management with Pacific Productions. Pre- historical and contemporary aspects of the requisite: MedA 250 and 320 or 330 and instructor modern mass media. Prerequisite: Senior standing, consent. P/NP 1-3 hours (Maximum 6 hours). MedA 111, or 112 or consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 3 hours. Spring. (G)

MedA 360 Integrated Media MedA 425 Media Topics Project Design In-depth study of specific areas in mass com- Provides students the opportunity to apply their munication and mass media. May be repeated advanced knowledge of interactive media to for credit. 3 hours. Offered intermittently. (G). issues currently affecting the industry. Students develop a complete proposal, including technical MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and design specifications, to bring an interac- and Regulation tive media solution to areas such as academic The study of mass communication law and and non-academic publications, advertising, regulation including First Amendment theory, dissemination of information and participation libel, slander, privacy, free press and fair trial, in the political process. Prerequisite: MedA 260 obscenity, FCC regulation and copyright. and consent of instructor. 3 hours. Spring Prerequisite: Senior standing, and MedA 111 or 112 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Fall. (G) MedA 363 Publication Editing and Design MedA 475 Media Internship 1-3 hours. Copy editing and print layout and design MedA 480 Internship Seminar techniques with the emphasis on publication An intensive review of internship experiences editing and design. 3 hours. Fall alternate years. with emphasis on the media work experience and the community in which the experience was MedA 370 Advanced Reporting gained. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Investigation of in-depth reporting techniques Approved internship. 1-3 hours. (Student may with specific attention paid to background and not receive credit for MedA 475 and MedA 480 analysis and the production of multi-source, for the same internship experience.) P/NP. multi-part stories. Emphasis is in idea conception Cassady. and development as well as information gathering and packaging. Prerequisite: MedA MedA 495 Senior Project 240 and 340. 3 hours. Spring alternate years. The student creates a product of professional quality. 495 is offered in the Fall and is the MedA 399 Independent Study planning and proposal stage. Prerequisite: Individual study in Media Arts: The student Senior standing and consent of the instructor. meets with an advisor for reading and discussion. 2 hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of the instructor. 2-3 hours. Staff. MedA 496 Senior Project Second half of the year-long senior project. MedA 401 Special topics: Film Prerequisite: MedA 495. 2 hours. Topographies In-depth look at various film movements, genres and directors. Will focus on the question of “what is style?” by examining a wide range of formal conventions, filmic genres, narrative movements and industrial production tech- niques. Topic varies each term offered. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 119 3. to prepare elementary and secondary teachers MUSIC of music. 4. to provide applied music instruction in voice, Scott Tuomi, Chair, Associate Professor wind, percussion, string and keyboard Michael Burch-Pesses, Associate Professor instruments; and to offer degrees with George Harshbarger, Professor performance emphasis in voice and piano. 5. to prepare students for graduate study in music. Tim Stephens, Associate Professor

Adjunct Faculty INTRODUCTORY COURSES & Lisa Actor, Instructor in Voice COURSES FOR GENERAL STUDENTS Brian Casey, Instructor in Bass The Music Department offers the following Steve Conrow, Instructor in General Studies courses for students with Trumpet/Brass Methods little or no previous experience with music. Note: All Music courses count toward Cherise da Cuhna, Instructor in Piano satisfying the Arts requirement in the Jason Fromme, Instructor in Violin/Viola Academic Core: Karen Gifford, Instructor in Flute Mus 101 Introduction to Classical Music ...... 3 Phil Hansen, Instructor in Cello Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock .. 3 Alan Juza, Instructor in Oboe Mus 110 Music Notation & Songwriting ...... 3 Steve Kravitz, Instructor in Woodwinds Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab ... 1 Steve Lawrence, Instructor in Percussion Mus 181 Class Voice ...... 1 Karen Mallory, Instructor in Voice Mus 183 Class Piano I ...... 1 Doug McMickle, Instructor in Guitar Mus 184 Class Piano II ...... 1 Janice Richardson, Instructor in Bassoon Mus 187 Class Guitar I ...... 1 Mus 188 Class Guitar II ...... 1 Jill Soltero, Instructor in Voice Mus 240 Introduction to Kelli Brown Stephens, Instructor in Piano World Music ...... 3 John Stowell, Instructor in Jazz Guitar All performing ensembles ...... 0 or 1 Private instruction ...... 0.5 or 1 David Wilkins, Instructor in Trombone/Tuba Santha Zaik, Instructor in Horn Ensembles The Department of Music is accredited by the Open to all students. See course descriptions. National Association of Schools of Music. It is also Mus 150 Choral Union accredited by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Mus 151 Jazz Band Practices Commission, and fulfills five major Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles functions within the University: (various) 1. to provide access to courses in music for all Mus 163 Chamber Singers students of the University regardless of their Mus 165 Wind Ensemble previous involvement or experience. Mus 167 Jazz Choir 2. to provide opportunities for active music- making in a variety of instrumental and vocal ensembles for all interested students, faculty, staff, and members of the community.

120 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MUSIC ■

Ensembles may be counted as upper-divi- MUSIC PROGRAMS sion credits in the Junior and Senior years. With Humanities Division approval, The Music Department offers: ensemble credits may count towards satis- • Bachelor of Arts in Music fying the Humanities requirement in the • Bachelor of Arts in Music: Performance Academic Core. Emphasis (voice or piano) Ensembles are activity courses. 3 credits • Bachelor of Arts in Music Education may count as satisfying the Arts require- • Minor in Music ment in the Academic Core, 4 more credits may be taken as activity courses toward the minimum total of 124 credits for gradua- BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC tion. Beyond that, except for music majors, they are considered excess credits. Music Theory: Mus 111, 111L, 112, 112L, 211, 211L, 212, 212L ...... 16 Music Department Mission Statement Music History: any three of and Goals Mus 321, 322, 323, 324 ...... 9 The Music Department at Pacific University Ensembles: Large ensemble appropriate seeks to prepare students: to the student’s instrument or voice • for lifelong interest, participation, and (Mus 150, 163, 165) each semester in enjoyment in music; residence...... 8 • to become informed audience members Applied Music: Private instruction with a (intelligent listeners and evaluators) of Pacific University instructor (MUS 171, music and musical performances; 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, 471, 472) every • to be functionally literate in the language semester in residence. 1 cr. each ...... 8 of music-reading, writing, speaking, and Piano: Mus 185* and 186*; or pass the listening; Piano Proficiency Test...... 2 • to pursue active music making both Recital Attendance: Mus 100 (0-credit) vocally and instrumentally; seven semesters ...... 0 • to create their own music; Electives in Music:...... 9 • to discover relationships between Music Capstone: Mus 495 ...... 2 music, the other arts, and disciplines other than the arts; Total credit-hours 54 • to broaden and deepen their under- At the end of the second year of music standing of the music of our cultural study, the progress of each music major or heritage; minor will be assessed to evaluate the • to increase their appreciation of musical student’s potential to complete upper-divi- systems and traditions of cultures other sion music requirements. Music courses than our own. fulfilling requirements in the music major • to become more proficient in the music or music minor must be passed with a grade technologies appropriate to their areas of “C-” or higher. of musical interest; *Waived for students who pass the Piano • for careers in elementary and secondary Proficiency Test without enrolling in these music education; courses. • to pursue rigorous and dedicated activity as performers specializing in voice BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC: or piano; PERFORMANCE EMPHASIS • for graduate study in music composition, music education, or performance. (for students whose primary instrument is voice or piano)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 121 Students choosing this degree option must licensure to teach in public schools may elect complete all of the requirements for the one of two paths: 1) They may complete Bachelor of Arts in Music except electives licensure courses through the School of in Music and Mus 495 Music Capstone. The Education concurrently with or following following additional requirements must be undergraduate study (34 credits), typically satisfied. requiring an additional year beyond the Music History (one additional course of baccalaureate degree, or degree and licensure Mus 321, 322, 323, 324, 326, in five years; or 2) pursue a Master in Arts 427, 428) ...... 3 in Teaching degree (twelve-month program) which includes licensure requirements. Pedagogy Mus 490 or 491, as Licensure requirements can be found in the appropriate ...... 2 Pacific University College of Arts and Recitals Mus 394 and 494 ...... 3 Sciences Catalog under Education/Required Mus 351 Diction for Singers (voice Professional Courses for Early Childhood & majors only)...... 1 Elementary School Authorizations or Middle Conducting Mus 282 ...... 1 School and High School Authorizations, as appropriate; and Master of Arts in Teaching Total additional credit-hours in Music requirements can be found in the School of 9 (10) Education section of the Pacific University Graduate and Professions Catalog.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC MINOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION Students choosing this degree option must Requirements complete all of the requirements for the Music Theory: Mus 111, 111L, 112, 112L .... 8 Bachelor of Arts in Music except Electives in Music. The following additional require- Music History: any two of Mus 321, 322, ments must be satisfied. 323, 324 ...... 6 Orchestration: Mus 310 ...... 3 Piano: Mus 185* and 186*, and pass Piano Proficiency Test ...... 2 Non-western Music: Mus 240 ...... 3 Recital Attendance: Mus 100 (0-credit) Techniques and Methods+: The appropriate four semesters ...... 0 four of: Applied Music on student’s primary MUS 181, 233, 234, 235, 236 ...... 4 instrument or voice: four semesters of 0.5 Music Education: Mus 301; and 302 or cr. each ...... 2 303, as appriopriate ...... 6 Ensembles (large ensemble appropriate to Conducting ... Mus 282; and 482 or 483, as instrument/voice, Mus 150, 163, 165) .... 4 appropriate ...... 3 *Waived for students who pass the Piano Music Capstone: Mus 495 ...... 2 Proficiency Test without enrolling.

Total additional credit-hours in Music 21 Total credit-hours 22

+A Music education major is to take the methods courses not representing the Other Requirements family of his/her major instrument or voice. Students of piano at the 300-level or above A student is excused from one credit of the are required to provide designated Depart- ensemble requirement if enrolled in Educ mental accompanying, which substitutes 475 Student Teaching. for major ensemble participation. Pianists accompanying a Departmental ensemble Note: This curriculum does not include are to enroll for that ensemble. Those teaching licensure/certification. Students majoring in Music Education and seeking

122 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MUSIC ■ engaged in other Departmental accompa- background necessary. 3 hours. Offered each nying are to enroll in Mus 280 Accompanying. semester. Transfer students and students in study Mus 111 Music Theory I abroad programs who major or minor in Introductory studies in harmony and counter- music at Pacific University must complete point. Emphasis placed on scales, intervals, Mus 100 Recital Attendance and enroll in triads, non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. the major ensemble appropriate for the Projects will include students’ original compo- student’s instrument or voice each semester sitions. Prerequisite: placement exam or in residence or until these requirements are consent. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment met. Applied Music requirements are met in Mus 111L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Offered only by Departmental examination. fall semester.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mus 111L Music Theory Lab I Connecting sound and notation through analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. For music Music (Mus) majors. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 100 Recital Attendance Mus 111. 1 hour. Offered fall semester. All music majors must enroll in recital atten- dance for seven semesters and attend at least Mus 112 Music Theory II seven performances per semester. All music A continuation of Mus 111. Emphasis is on the minors must enroll in recital attendance for four harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and basic formal semesters and attend at least five performances procedures of the common practice period. per semester. Students enrolled in Mus 111, 112, Primary topics will be secondary dominants, 211, or 212 (except non-music majors/minors) modulation, Neapolitan and Augmented sixth must also register for Mus 100. Prerequisite: chords, modulation and analysis. Projects will Must be music major or minor. 0 hours. include students’ original compositions. Prereq- uisite: Mus 111 or consent. Corequisite: Mus 101 Introduction to concurrent enrollment in Mus 112L and Mus Classical Music 100. 3 hours. Offered spring semester. This course pursues the development of listening skills, principally with respect to the traditions Mus 112L Music Theory Lab II of Western Classical Music. Emphasis is placed Connecting sound and notation through analysis, on the development of an aural sense of historical, aural dictation and sight singing. Corequisite: stylistic, and idiomatic contexts. Previous concurrent enrollment in Mus 112. 1 hour. musical knowledge or experience is neither required Offered spring semester. nor assumed. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock Introduction to Musical Instrument Digital Surveys the impact of jazz and rock music from Interface (MIDI) fundamentals and its practical both the social/historical and the musical points implications for music education and composi- of view. Emphasis is placed on historical tion. Basic Macintosh computer skills required. context and development of aural skills. The Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 1 hour. time frame will be 1900 to the present. 3 hours. Offered both semesters. Offered Spring semester. Mus 150 Choral Union Mus 110 Music Notation and Rehearsals and performance of traditional Songwriting choral literature for large, mixed choir. Open to Introduction to the expressive elements of all students, faculty, staff and members of music and musical notation. Topics include the community. Fundamentals of vocal tone intervals, scales, keys, melody, rhythm, harmony, production and musicianship. Public perfor- texture, and form. Recommended as preparation mance required. No audition. 0 or 1 hour per for the music theory sequence, and for aspiring semester. May be repeated for credit. songwriters. Projects will include students’ original compositions. No previous musical

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 123 Mus 151 Jazz Band literature each semester and for other various A jazz band open to all University students. The events. Prerequisite: high school level or better band regularly performs with regionally and ability to play a wind or percussion instrument. nationally-known soloists. Repertoire ranges 0 or 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. from early Jazz and Big Band to Jazz/Rock fusion. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mus 167 Jazz Choir audition. 0 or 1 hour. This ensemble is a performance outlet for singers, both majors and non-majors, who wish to Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles explore jazz from a vocal perspective. Perfor- Small ensembles of many different instrumen- mances will be both on and off campus and tations and voices open to Pacific students, participation in Northwest Vocal Jazz Festivals faculty, staff, and other interested members in is also planned. Prerequisite: Audition. 0 or 1 the community. Works from all periods and of hour. May be repeated for credit. all styles are studied. It is the responsibility of the students to form an appropriate ensemble Mus 171-2, 271-2, 371-2, 471-2 Applied and arrange for the appropriate faculty member Music: Private Lessons to provide coaching prior to enrolling in the Private instruction is available on all band and course. Prerequisite: Music Department Chair orchestral instruments, piano, organ, guitar, consent. Mus 159-06, -07 and -08 require an and voice for all University students, whether audition. 0 or 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. they are music majors or minors or not, for an additional fee. The fee is waived for music Mus 159-01 Chamber Ensemble – Brass majors and minors up to the number of credit- Mus 159-02 Chamber Ensemble – String hours required for their course of study. The _71_72 sequence of courses is proficiency-based Mus 159-03 Chamber Ensemble – using nationally accepted criteria for advance- Woodwind ment through the sequence of levels. Exact Mus 159-04 Chamber Ensemble – course requirements will be indicated on course Percussion syllabi and determined by the instructor to best serve the student’s individual needs and expe- Mus 159-05 Chamber Ensemble – Voice rience. Music majors and minors taking private Mus 159-06 Collegium Musicum – instruction are required to participate in the Vocal appropriate large ensemble for their primary instrument; and individual daily practice is Mus 159-07 Collegium Musicum – required. Lessons are letter graded. Applied Instrumental Music jury exams are required of all Applied Music students at the end of each semester, Mus 159-08 Stage Singers’ Workshop except Mus 171. Music majors and minors Mus 159-09 Combination (3 or more) enrolled in Applied Music courses 271 and higher are required to perform in a Student Mus 163 Chamber Singers Performance forum (student recital) each semester. A select mixed ensemble that performs regularly Full-hour weekly lessons, earning one credit- both on campus and off campus. Open to all hour per semester, are the norm for music students. Rehearsal and performance of choral majors and minors; but half-hour lessons, earning literature from the Renaissance to the present. one-half credit hour, are available for a lower Three to five major performances per year, plus fee. Course credit for full-hour or half-hour participation in choral festivals and tour on lessons is based on twelve lessons per semester. alternate years. Prerequisite: audition. 0 or 1 See the Music Department Chair for course sec- hour per semester. May be repeated for credit. tion assignment when enrolling for Applied Music. Prerequisites: none for 171; 271 and Mus 165 Symphonic Band higher require recommendation of the faculty, A large instrumental ensemble open to University based on progress demonstrated in the jury students, faculty, staff, and other interested exam. 0.5 or 1.0 credit-hours per semester. members in the community. The band performs major concerts of standard wind ensemble

124 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MUSIC ■

Mus 181 Class Voice jazz theory, keyboard harmony, solo transcription, A course designed for non-music majors to and required listening. Prerequisite: Mus 112 improve their singing skills. Emphasis is placed or consent. 1 hour. on improving the vocal technique, breath support, and tone quality of each member of the Mus 205 Creativity and Disability in class in a no-pressure, supportive group situation. Art and Music 1 hour. Offered Fall semester. This course will introduce the student to the topic of the artistic process and the impact of Mus 182 Class Voice II disability on that process. The course will in- A continuation of Mus 181, this course explores vestigate the intersection between creativity and vocal technique for those with some previous disability, whether the disability is physical or knowledge of singing who seek improvement as psychological. By examining the lives and the soloists and/or choral singers. Students study art works of selected artists and musicians the both classical and contemporary (musical class will discuss what happens to creative pro- theatre) literature and perform selections in a duction when there is a challenge of disability supportive group environment. Prerequisite: in the artist’s life and how disability may or may Music 181. 1 hour. not affect an individual’s artistic vision. 3 hours. Meets disability minor requirement. Does not Mus 183 Class Piano I fulfill art core requirement. Class piano for non-music majors/minors with little or no basic music or piano skills; scales, Mus 211 Music Theory III arpeggios, chords, and reading skills necessary A continuation of Mus 112. Emphasis is on the for the playing of piano for personal enjoyment. melodic, harmonic, rhythmic, and basic formal 1 hour. procedures of selected Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Classical and Romantic schools and Mus 184 Class Piano II styles. Projects will include students’ original A continuation of Mus 183. Prerequisite: Mus compositions. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or consent. 183 or consent. 1 hour. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 211L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Offered fall semester. Mus 185 Functional Piano I Class piano for music majors/minors with little Mus 211L Music Theory Lab III or no basic piano skills; scales, arpeggios, chords, Connecting sound and notation through analysis, and reading skills necessary for the playing of aural dictation and sight singing. Corequisite: simple accompaniments in the public school or concurrent enrollment in Mus 211. 1 hour. private studio. Prerequisite: placement exam or Offered fall semester. consent. 1 hour. Mus 212 Music Theory IV Mus 186 Functional Piano II A continuation of Mus 211. This course exam- A continuation of Mus 185. Prerequisite: Mus ines the basic harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and 185 or consent. 1 hour. formal procedures of late 19th and 20th century music;. Primary topics will be the extension of Mus 187 Class Guitar I tonality, chromaticism, impressionism, quartal An examination of various techniques and styles harmony, atonality, serialism, electronic media, of guitar playing including chord formations, and minimalism. Projects will include students’ positions, tuning and tone quality. 1 hour. original compositions. Prerequisite: Mus 211. Mus 188 Class Guitar II Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 212L A continuation of Mus 187. 1 hour. and Mus 100. 3 hours. Offered spring semester.

Mus 191 Beginning Jazz Mus 212L Music Theory Lab IV Improvisation I Connecting sound and notation through analysis, Techniques and materials used in the perfor- aural dictation and sight singing. Corequisite: mance of basic instrumental jazz styles such as concurrent enrollment in Mus 212. Offered the Blues and Standards. Studies will include spring semester. 1 hour.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 125 Mus 233 String Methods Mus 282 Basics of Conducting Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the Introduction to conducting gestures, movement string instruments of the orchestra. Violin, and basic analysis of scores for both vocal and viola, cello or bass are presented with members instrumental students. Students will conduct of the class playing the instrument. Particular other musicians with graded verbal and video emphasis is given to the techniques of strong feedback from the instructor. Prerequisite: Mus class teaching. Offered S 2000. Prerequisite: 112. This class is a prerequisite for Mus 482 Music Major or consent. 1 hour. and/or Mus 483. 1 hour. Offered alternate years.

Mus 234 Woodwind Methods Mus 301 Music in the Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the Elementary School woodwind instruments. Flute, oboe, clarinet, An examination of techniques and materials for saxophone, and bassoon are presented with teaching classroom vocal and instrumental emphasis on class teaching procedures, posi- music in the elementary school for the prospec- tions, and tone production, the care and minor tive music specialist. Emphasis on lesson repairs of the instruments. Prerequisite: Music planning. Orff, Kodaly methods; the rote song, Major or consent. Offered alternate years. 1 hour. reading-readiness, the reading song, the rhythm program, the listening lesson, and creative Mus 235 Brass Methods music. Observation of music-making in Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the elementary school classroom and directed trumpet, trombone, baritone, French horn and teaching. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or consent. tuba. Emphasis is placed on class teaching 3 hours. Offered alternate years. procedures, positions, tone production, and embouchure. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Mus 302 Music in the Secondary Music Major or consent. 1 hour. School (Choral) Selection and presentation of vocal music for Mus 236 Percussion Methods the high school; conducting skills; examination Laboratory classes in playing and techniques for of typical problems encountered in high school teaching, tuning, and care of idiophones, and music ensembles; methods and materials for membranophones, Offered alternate years. classroom as well as individual teaching; intro- Prerequisite: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. duction to basic vocal techniques; curriculum development, and organizational practices. Mus 240 Introduction to Observation. Prerequisite: Mus 212 and 282 or World Music consent. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Through lecture, discussion, structured listening and participation, students will explore various Mus 303 Music in the Secondary music cultures throughout the world including School (Instrumental) those in Japan, Eastern Europe, Latin America, Selection and presentation of instrumental Africa, Indonesia and India. In addition, the music for the high school; conducting skills; course includes an examination of Afro-American examination of typical problems encountered in and Native American music as well as other less high school music ensembles; methods and commonly known North American forms and materials for classroom as well as individual genres. Meets cross-cultural requirements. teaching; introduction to basic instrumental 3 hours. techniques; curriculum development, and orga- nizational practices. Observation. Prerequisite: Mus 280 Accompanying Mus 212 and 282 or consent. 3 hours. Offered A basic study of accompanying technique for alternate years. both instrumental and vocal literature. The course addresses problems of balance, ensemble, Mus 310 Orchestration and texture, and interpretive style. Prerequisite: Arranging piano major or minor and consent. May be Techniques of scoring and transcribing for repeated for credit. 1 hour. various combinations of orchestral and band instruments. Scoring and arranging for ensembles of incomplete instrumentation. Exploration of timbral combinations. Introduc-

126 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MUSIC ■ tion to computer applications in this field. Mus 351 Diction for Singers Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Mus 212 An introduction to International Phonetic Al- or consent. 3 hours. phabet and its application to the pronunciation of English, Italian, German, French, and Mus 311 Counterpoint Ecclesiastical Latin. A required course for Intensive studies in contrapuntal techniques vocal performance majors. Prerequisite: and styles, species and modal, as they developed Mus 171 and 172 or consent. 1 hour. Offered in music history. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or Spring semester alternate years. consent. Offered each semester on an arrange- ment basis. 3 hours. Mus 391 Piano Literature A chronological study of standard and lesser Mus 321 Music History: Antiquity to known works for solo piano, from pre-Bach to 1585 the present. Consideration of editions and A study of musical development beginning in library techniques included along with regular Ancient Greece an including Medieval, Renais- short performances by class members. Prereq- sance, and early Baroque periods. Attention will uisite: piano major or minor and consent. also be given to the relationships among music, 2 hours. the visual arts, and historical events. Prerequi- site: Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Offered Fall Mus 394 Junior Recital semester alternate years. Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music in Performance Studies are required to research Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 and perform one-half of a recital (one-half hour A study of works from the early Baroque to the minimum). This course is also open to other late Classic. The approach will be similar to that majors and to qualified non-majors enrolled in described for Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: Mus Performance Studies. 1 hour per semester. 111 or consent. 3 hours. Offered Fall semester alternate years. Mus 411 Composition Techniques of composition and arranging for Mus 323 Music History: various combinations of instruments and voices. Classic/Romantic Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. May be A study of works from the late Classic, through repeated for no credit. 3 hours. the Romantic to the early 20th century. The approach will be similar to that described for Mus 427 History of the Cantata Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or and Oratorio consent. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Examines the primary cantata and oratorio repertoire through in-depth analysis, listening, Mus 324 Music History: The and concert attendance. Both sacred and secu- Twentieth Century lar works will be examined, beginning with Surveys the major trends in twentieth-century examples from the 16th century and extending compositional thought and practice: chromatic through 20th century works in the idiom. An tonality, atonality, serialism, neo-classicism, elective class for music majors/minors. Offered nationalism, avant-gardism, etc. Emphasis will by arrangement. Prerequisite: Mus 112, 323, be on various composers, approaches to the 324, or consent. 3 hours. problems of tonal language. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or consent. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Mus 428 History of Opera A comprehensive study tracing the development Mus 326 Song Literature of opera and music drama through analysis, Surveys the development of the art song, begin- listening, and performance attendance. The ning with the troubadour and trouvere songs of course will concentrate on works beginning with the 13th century and extending through Claudio Monteverdi and continue through contemporary techniques in the genre. Score modern innovations in the genre. An elective study and in-class performance required. An class for music majors/minors. Offered Fall elective course for vocal performance majors/ semester alternate years. Prerequisite: Mus 112, minors. Prerequisite: Mus 272, and Mus 323, 323, 324, or consent. 3 hours. 324 or consent. 3 hours. Offered Fall semester alternate years. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 127 Mus 482 Instrumental Conducting A detailed study of conducting techniques and PRE-OCCUPATIONAL instrumental rehearsal procedures. The approach will be through music analysis, and will include THERAPY beat patterns, body movements, and baton tech- nique. Students will work with instrumental Admission to the School of Occupational Therapy ensembles. Prerequisite: Mus 212, Mus 282 or for qualified students most often occurs once the consent. 2 hours. Offered alternate years. student has earned a bachelors degree. However, Mus 483 Choral Conducting it is possible for qualified students (i.e., students A study of conducting techniques and choral who have completed admission prerequisites) who rehearsal procedures to include the teaching of have completed three years of undergraduate vocal production, breathing, diction, basic study to be considered for admission in this 3/3 musicianship, and performance. Choral litera- (3 undergraduate/3 graduate years) option. ture for ensembles of various age groups and Students who enter without a bachelor’s degree experience will also be examined. Students will will receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Human work with choral ensembles. Prerequisite: Occupation following completion of their first year Mus 212, Mus 282 or consent. Concurrent in the graduate curriculum. enrollment in a Pacific University choral ensemble is required. 2 hours. Offered alternate years. Students with an interest in occupational therapy should obtain a current brochure from the Office Mus 490 Introduction to Vocal of Admission for Professional Programs. The Pedagogy Laboratory classes in singing and teaching of brochure is the most current document outlining voice. Emphasis is placed on class teaching requirements and prerequisites. Students with procedures, tone production, and healthy questions regarding admission to the School are singing techniques. Prerequisite: consent of encouraged to talk with the Office of Admissions instructor. Offered Spring semester alternate for Professional Programs (Ext. 2900). years. 2 hours. Pre-Occupational Therapy (Pre-OT) is not an Mus 491 Piano Pedagogy undergraduate major, so students interested in Provides pianists with the skills to teach reading, becoming occupational therapists are free to techniques, and basic musical expression to choose any major, as long as they also complete beginning, intermediate, or advanced piano students. the prerequisite courses listed below. Students Prerequisite: piano major or minor. 2 hours. who elect to major in a science will need to take Mus 494 Senior Recital more math and science courses in the first Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music: semesters. The following prerequisite courses are Performance Emphasis are required to research designed to promote the student’s success in the and perform a full-length public recital of professional program. music (one hour minimum) from various periods during their senior year. Open to other The school of Occupational Therapy offers a 29- students enrolled in Applied Music only with month entry-level master’s degree program. The approval of the Music Department. 2 hours. curriculum consists of academic and laboratory experiences integrated with both part-time and Mus 495 Music Capstone full-time professional field work. Entrance to the The culminating event in undergraduate music program is in the fall semester only. Applications study, Music Capstone is typically a half recital, meeting requirements similar to those of Mus are usually due by December 1. 394. In consultation with the Music faculty, Prior to entrance, applicants must have: other formats such as lecture-recital, demonstrations, composition, or written thesis may be acceptable. • Acquired a bachelors degree and all specified Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of School of Occupational Therapy prerequisite the Music faculty. Corequisite: Concurrent coursework; OR enrollment in Mus 471 or 472. 2 hours.

128 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 MUSIC • OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ■

• For the 3/3 option: Completed a minimum of Various hands-on courses such as design, three academic years of college coursework (90 ceramics, dance, photography, or music. semester hours) including a minimum of four Communication (4) upper division courses, the specified School (debate or public speaking) ...... 2 hours of Occupational Therapy prerequisites Meda 201 or Meda 101, or IS 201 coursework, and Pacific University bachelor core Research Design ...... 2 hours requirements. Psy 348 or Soc 300 or Anth 301 • It is recommended that applicants have observed A research methodology course that in occupational therapy practice settings for at includes a qualitative research component least 40 hours, and preferably in more than one is strongly recommended. Statistics setting to foster a more complete understanding will be accepted as fulfilling the research requirement. of the profession. Humanities 6 hours Requirements Must include courses from two (2) of the following areas: Natural Sciences ...... 15 hours literature, religion, history, philosophy, Bio 202, General Biology I ethics, and history or appreciation of art, Bio 224, Human Anatomy with Lab music, or theater. Bio 240, Human Physiology with Lab Phil 307, Ethics, Medicine, and Health Care is strongly recommended Physics 202/204 is strongly recommended, or Chem 220/230 Cross-Cultural Studies ...... 2 hours Social Sciences ...... 12 hours Courses on the cultures of Asia, Africa, Latin America, or aspects of the American Must include courses from minimally two culture that draw upon these areas or the (2) of the following areas: psychology, soci- cultures of the indigenous peoples of ology, anthropology, politics, government, North America. business and economics. In these areas, include a life-span development course, Physical Fitness (may be taken “pass/no and an abnormal psychology course. pass”)...... 2 hours Social Science courses must include: Medical Terminology . Credit/No Credit • courses in human growth and develop- (Obtainable through School of O.T./ ment, preferably across the life span Independent Study) (Psy 180 and/or Psy 311); First Aid — A course and certification in • courses which promote an understanding First Aid including CPR must be current at of both normal and abnormal adaptive time of entrance. This need not be for credit. development at both the individual and group level (Psy 150 and/or Psy 160 Typical first year for Pre-OT students and/or Psy 308 and/or Psy 309 and/or Fall Psy 311) HUM 100 First-Year Sem Writing ...... 3 hours Language core Engw 201, Expository Writing Soc 101 or 102 OR Meda 201 Engw 301, Advanced Expository Writing OR Winter Engw202, Writing about Disability Humanities Core (strongly recommended) Applied Arts ...... 6 hours

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 129 Spring PRE-OPTOMETRY Soc course Psy 180 AND VISUAL SCIENCE Hper 150 Elective Admission to the College of Optometry, for qualified students, usually occurs after completion Typical second year for Pre-OT students of the bachelor’s degree. Occasionally, some exceptionally well-qualified students are Fall admissible after three years of undergraduate Art studies under what is known as the Bachelor’s Math 207 Degree Option. If admitted to the College of Psych 150 Optometry after three years of undergraduate Phil 307 study, those students may receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Visual Science as they are Winter completing their Doctor of Optometry degree. The Elective Visual Science degree is awarded after 90 semester Spring hours of undergraduate study and completion of Biol 202 the first two years of study in the College of Math 125 Optometry. Students should have a backup plan in place to complete their bachelor’s degree in the Hper 150 College of Arts & Sciences in case they are not Engw 202 admitted to the College of Optometry under the Bachelor’s Degree Option. Students are Typical third year for Pre-OT students encouraged to contact Graduate Admissions Fall early in their undergraduate career for more Phy 202 information and assistance in preparing for Biol 224 admission to the College of Optometry. Psy 311 Electives Optometry Prerequisites: Biol 202 (Gen Biol I) and Biol 204 (Gen Winter Biol II) are prerequisites for required Elective Bio courses ...... 8 hrs required Spring Biol 224 (Human Anatomy with lab) Psy 348/349 Biol 240 (Human Physiology with lab) Bio 240 Biol 308 (Microbiology)(total of 12 hours) HPER 105 (first aid) Chem 220; 230; and a complete Organic Electives sequence, either 240 OR 310 and 320;12 hours (or 16 hours with 2 semester Organic sequence) Comments: The 3 semester Biology se- Biochemistry (Chem 380) is strongly quence can be started the spring of either recommended, but is not required the freshman or sophmore year. Chem 220 can be taken instead of Phy 202, either can Math 226 ...... 4 hours be taken any fall semester. A second year Statistics (Math 207 suggested) .... 3 hours of a foreign language is encouraged. Phy 202 and 204 OR Phy 232 and 242 ...... 8 hours

130 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY • OPTOMETRY ■

Psy 150...... 3 hours Elective ...... 3 Engw 201 or 202 (Expository Writing) 15 plus 1 more writing course (at least 200 level) ...... 6 hours Winter Engw 200+ (1 more English course, either Elective ...... 3 writing or literature) ...... 3 hours 3 Spring VISUAL SCIENCE DEGREE (IN Biol 202 ...... 4 COLLEGE OF OPTOMETRY) Math 226 ...... 4 Humanities: 12 hours from at least two Chem 230 ...... 4 disciplines, including Art, English, Elective ...... 3 History, Humanities, Languages, Music, 15 Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Theater, and First Year Seminar ...... 12 hours Sophomore (Prerequisite coursework may fulfill part of this requirement) Fall Social Sciences: 12 hours from at least two Biol 204 ...... 4 disciplines including Anthropology, Phy 202 OR Phy 232 ...... 4 Business & Economics, Geography, Engw 201 ...... 3 History & Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, but not First Year Seminar ... 12 Foreign Language ...... 3 hours (Prerequisite coursework may 14 fulfill part of this requirement) Winter First two years of study in the College of Optometry. Math 207 ...... 3 Pre-Optometry students are advised to 3 complete the Arts and Sciences core requirements. Spring It is wise to begin immediately in Math- Phy 204 OR Physics 242 ...... 4 ematics. In addition, strong students take Engw 200+ ...... 3 General Chemistry in their freshman year. Foreign Language ...... 3 Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematics together are a heavy freshman science and Psych 150 ...... 3 math schedule, to be taken with care. Students 13 interested in this schedule for the spring semester should discuss it first with their Junior advisors. Students interested in a physics major should take physics their freshman Fall year if they have adequate math back- Biol 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 ground, and can delay their biology until Engw 301 ...... 3 their sophomore year. Electives ...... 9 SAMPLE of 4-Year Pre-Optometry 16 Curriculum Winter Elective ...... 3 Freshman 3 Fall Spring Math 125 ...... 4 Biol 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Chem 240 (Organic) ...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 131 Electives ...... 6 Sophomore 14 Fall Biol 204 ...... 4 Senior Biol 224 (Human Anatomy)...... 4 Fall Engw 201 ...... 3 Biol 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Foreign Language ...... 3 Electives ...... 9 14 13 Winter Spring Elective ...... 3 Chem 380 (optional) ...... 3 3 Electives ...... 9 Spring 12 Biol 240 (Human Physiology) ...... 4 *Note: Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 3 Biol 202 is a prerequisite for Biol 204 Foreign Lang ...... 3 Biol 204 is a prerequisite for Biol 308 Engw 301 ...... 3

Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 and 16 Chem 220 Junior Math 125 is a prerequisite for Chem 230 and Fall Phy 202 Phy 202 OR Phy 232 ...... 4 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phy 232 Biol 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Electives ...... 6 SAMPLE of 3-Year Pre-Optometry Curriculum 14 Winter Freshman Elective ...... 3 Fall 3 Arts/Soc Science ...... 3 Spring Math 125 ...... 4 Phy 204 OR Phy 242 ...... 4 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Chem 240 (Organic) ...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 Electives ...... 6 15 14 Winter **Note: Elective ...... 3 Biol 202 is a prerequisite for Biol 204 3 Biol 204 is a prerequisite for Biol 308 Spring Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 Biol 202 ...... 4 and Chem 220 Math 226 ...... 4 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Chem 230 Chem 230 ...... 4 and Phy 202 Electives: Arts/Soc. Sci./Humanities ..... 3 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phy 232 15

132 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PEACE & CONFLICT STUDIES ■ PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES

David Boersema, Philosophy, Chair COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Jeffrey Barlow, History Peace and Conflict Studies Vern Bates, Sociology (PACS) Lorelle Browning, English PACS 101 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies Alyson Burns-Glover, Psychology An introduction to concepts, issues, and approaches relating peace and conflict studies, Ellen Hastay, Director of Pacific including forms and causes of peace and Humanitarian Center conflict, contexts of conflict and violence, and Michael R. Steele, English, Distinguished proposed solutions for reducing violence and University Professor promoting peace. 3 hours.

Byron D. Steiger, Sociology PACS 105 Peace and Conflict Studies: Robert Van Dyk, Politics and Government Field Experience A course designed to introduce the student to The Peace and Conflict Studies (PACS) program service-learning, provided in a field site drawn and curriculum evolved from student and faculty from the Humanitarian Center’s database and interest and concern, and has drawn wide the consequent learning the student will attention. Students may elect a minor in Peace experience with regard to building community, and Conflict Studies. Courses are drawn from applying one’s academic and own personal faculty in six departments. They investigate the experience in the course of providing service. Graded P/NP. 1-3 hours. May be repeated once causes and manifestations of violence in self, in for credit.. society, and in the world of nations, and explore alternatives to violent resolution of conflict. PACS 208 Addictions and Behavior Students are encouraged to develop a closely This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- reasoned philosophical position on peace and plinary approach to the question of alcohol and conflict that can have lifelong application. substance abuse and the social costs of addic- tion and use. We will address the human motive to alter consciousness using classic and MINOR IN PEACE AND CONFLICT modern research in the physiology of addiction; sociocultural risk factors and changing cultural STUDIES representations of drug use. 4 hours. Meets PACS 101 and 105 ...... 4-6 social science core requirement. (Same as Psy 208.) Two courses chose from PACS 208, 211, PACS 211 Philosophical and 213, 214, 215, 220, 221, 222, 230 ...... 6 Theological Bases of Peace Three courses chosen from PolS 340*, From the philosophical and theological perspec- PACS 305, 313, 325, 411, 430 and 450 ..... 9-10 tive, what is peace and how is it to be defined? What are the conditions for its achievement? 19-22 Do human nature and the structure of the uni- verse promote or preclude its realization in history? What is the wisdom of human experi- ence and the teaching of the great philosophers and religious leaders on these questions? 3 hours. Meets humanities core requirements.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 133 PACS 213 Psychology of Altruism PACS 221 Community Psychology and Aggression The study of how psychology can be applied to Historical and modern review of the human and social services such as community mental health non-human primate behaviors related to centers to effect social change. Emphasis is on altruism, empathy, violence, competition and planning, prevention, early intervention, aggression from a social, biological, interspecies research and evaluation as well as how to and cross-cultural perspective. 3 hours. Meets strengthen existing social support networks and social science core requirements. (Same as create new ones. Empowerment and primary Psy 213.) prevention will be the focus of attention. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. PACS 214 Vietnam and the U.S. Meets social science core requirement. (Same as This is a survey of the origins, development and Psy 220.) results of the American war with Vietnam. This course, however, will be taught more within the PACS 222 The Civil Rights Movement context of Vietnamese history and culture than This course examines the causes, history, and within that of American history and culture. tactics of the struggle to guarantee Aftrican- Consequently, more emphasis will be given to Americans equal treatment under the law in the the roots of the war in Vietnam than to its United States. The primary focus of the course origins in U.S. foreign policy. There will be an material is on the political movement for opportunity in this course for students to learn equality in the Southern United States from how to prepare “pages” for the World Wide 1954-1968. 3 hours. Meets social science core Web.Those who are interested should also requirement. (Same as POLS 222.) enroll for two hours of credit in one of the two sections of History 214, History in an Electronic PACS 230 Navajo Service Learning Environment. Although concurrent enrollment This course permits selected students to engage in History 214 is voluntary. All students are in a cross-cultural immersion service-learning strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not only experience in the Navajo nation during the teach web page production, but will also enhance Winter Three term. 3 hours. Meets cross- student understanding of the materials covered culture core requirement. in the class itself. 3 hours. PACS 305 Advanced Service Learning PACS 215 Conflict Resolution This seminar seeks to build on the mature work Theories, strategies, and skills in resolving and insights of a variety of student placement conflicts are analyzed and applied. Emphasis is sites, growing directly from their major course placed on practical application of learned skills work and a well-considered personal inventory. through conflict simulations. 3 hours. The seminar is integrative of a wide variety of one’s educational experiences at Pacific. PACS 220 The Middle East Students will apply their academic and personal An introduction to the places, people and skills directly in a service-learning site place- politics of the Middle East, including such ment, seeking to contribute both to the site and concerns as the influence and importance of the people there as well as to augment their grasp religion, the revival of Islam and Islamic of the applied knowledge from the chosen fundamentalism, the impact and consequences major. Prerequisite: PACS 105. 2 hours. May of Western colonialism, the dream and possibil- be repeated once for credit. ity of panarabism, the Arab-Israeli conflict, and future relations with the West. 3 hours. Meets PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence cross-cultural core requirement. This course examines the social and structural causes, correlates, and consequences of violence. Topics included are social and political violence, subcultural violence, criminal violence, family violence, the media and violence, sports and violence, and racial violence. Prerequisite: PACS 101 or Soc 101. 3 hours. Meets social science core requirements.

134 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHILOSOPHY ■

PACS 325 The Vietnam War Era This course explores the origins, events and PHILOSOPHY consequences of American involvement in Indochina from historical, political, philosophical David DeMoss, Chair, Associate Professor and personal perspectives. 3 hours. Meets of Philosophy humanities core requirements. Meets cross- cultural requirement. David B. Boersema, Professor of Philosophy, Douglas C. Strain Chair of Natural Philosophy, PACS 411 Literature About War Distinguished University Professor A seminar on fiction and non-fiction writing Marc Marenco, Associate Professor about war, considering both text and the reality of Philosophy with which the author comes to grips. Readings may include works such as: The Great War, Aaron Bunch, Instructor Meditations in Green, All Quiet on the West- The Department of Philosophy seeks to acquaint ern Front, Testament of Youth, Johnny Got His Gun, Harp of Burma. 3 hours. Meets humanities students with various philosophical traditions, to core requirements. present the chief philosophic problems and types of philosophy, and to help students cultivate the PACS 430 Human Rights intellectual, civic, and moral virtues of the This course offers an in-depth investigation of discipline of philosophy as well as the art and skill conceptual and political issues related to rights of philosophical analysis. and human rights, including such issues as the source and extent of rights, the nature of rights- The department seeks to serve those students who bearers, the justification of rights claims, the intend to pursue graduate studies, those pursuing legitimacy and means of implementing universal interdisciplinary career programs, and those who human rights and critiques and evaluations of simply desire to understand human reflective the social role of rights. 4 hours. Prerequisite: traditions in order to enlarge their own horizon PACS 101 and Junior standing. Meets humanities of awareness. core requirements. Majors are educated in the liberal arts tradition PACS 450 Issues in Peace & and are carefully counseled to take courses in all Conflict Studies A course wherein students examine important areas of the College. Majors in the bioethics issues and ideas relative to peace and conflict emphasis are educated in the liberal arts tradition, studies, especially for the advanced student with a particular focus on the interface between completing a minor in PACS. Prerequisite: philosophy and the health professions. Permission of instructor. 3 hours. 100- and 200-level courses are open to all *Please see Social Sciences Division for students. 300-level courses are open to upper- PolS 340. division students, though prior lower-division coursework is recommended. 400-level courses generally require instructor approval. Courses in a foreign language are recommended.

Departmental Goals As a department, our goal is to educate our students with respect to the history, interpretive frameworks, and analytical techniques of the discipline of philosophy; given this goal, graduating majors and minors should be able to:

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 135 a. exhibit a general understanding of the Phil 494/495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 history and development of philosophy, Upper-division electives in Philosophy .... 12 and a specific understanding of some Additional philosophy course (200 or portion of that history, above) or one course from the b. describe and critique several of the most following list: ...... 3-4 important historical and contemporary PACS 430 Human Rights interpretive frameworks used in the discipline of philosophy (for example, Hist 339 History of Science Plato’s Theory of Forms, the deontological Psy 226 History & Systems approach to ethics, and the existentialist PolS 309 Classics of Political Philosophy analysis of the human condition), Psy 321 Sensation & Perception c. apply the analytical techniques of the discipline of philosophy (for example, by Soc 414 Sociological Theory presenting orally and in writing succinct Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics analyses of philosophical texts, and coherently structured arguments in 31-32 defense of their own philosophical claims). In addition, the department strives to help students cultivate the intellectual, civic, and MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY moral virtues of the discipline of philosophy (BIOETHICS EMPHASIS) (for example, intellectual integrity, objectivity, resilience in the face of obstacles and Majors in the bioethics emphasis are daunting problems, a commitment to educated in the liberal arts tradition, with consistency, a knack for seeing and articu- a particular focus on the interface between lating what issues are at stake, the courage philosophy and the health professions. to cross-examine opinions that one holds dear, respect for interlocutors and Requirements colleagues, a felt obligation to contribute to Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 one’s community, etc.). Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic ...... 3 We pride ourselves on preparing students who intend to pursue graduate studies Two courses fromPhil 205, 206, 207, 208 ..... 6 and/or interdisciplinary career programs; Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine & graduating majors and minors should not Health Care ...... 4 only be able to seek and obtain admission Phil 409 Moral Philosophy ...... 4 to graduate school, if that is their realistic goal, or find a job that will begin their Phil 494/495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 chosen career track; they should also be able One course in biology ...... 3 to philosophically reflect on and express Two courses from the following list:... 6-8 clearly their own goals and choices at this Phil 310 Philosophy of Science stage in their lives. Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology Psy 220 Community Psychology MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY Hist 339 History of Science Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine Requirements Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality 33-35 OR Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic ...... 3 Two courses from Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 6

136 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHILOSOPHY ■

MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY might we derive from such complex contempo- rary debates as abortion, freedom of expression, and sexual ethics? 3 hours. Offered annually. Requirements Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Meaning OR This course is an introduction to the academic Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 study of religion. What are the most fundamental Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic ... 3 meta-narrataives that supply people and their One course fromPhil 205, 206, 207, 208 ..... 3 communities with self-understanding? Typically, this course explores the identity mythologies of Upper-division electives in Philosophy ... 6-8 a variety of religious traditions. Religions nor- mally covered are: Buddhism, Hinduism, Chris- 15-17 tianity, Judaism and Islam. Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. MINOR IN RELIGION Phil 205 Ancient Philosophy A study of the major issues and personalities that constituted and shaped early western Requirements thought, from the pre-socratics (sixth century Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic ...... 3 BCE) through the Hellenistic and Roman Phil 110 Religion and the Quest era (fourth century CE). 3 hours. Offered for Meaning ...... 3 alternate years. Phil 205 Phil 206 Medieval Philosophy OR 206 Ancient Philosophy or A study of the major issues and personalities Medieval Philosophy ...... 3 that constituted and shaped medieval western Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion ...... 4 thought from the fourth century through the fif- teenth century. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Upper-division elective in philosophy 3-4 Phil 207 Early Modern Philosophy: 16-17 1500-1750 A study of the major issues and personalities that constituted and shaped modern western COURSE DESCRIPTIONS thought from the sixteenth century through the eighteenth century. 3 hours. Offered Philosophy (Phil) alternate years. Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality Phil 208 Late Modern Philosophy: An introduction to traditional issues in episte- 1750-1900 mology and metaphysics, including such topics A study of the major issues and personalities as the nature and sources of knowledge, that constituted and shaped modern western freedom and determinism, the relation of mind thought from the mid-eighteenth century and body, personal identity, the relation of through the nineteenth century. 3 hours. knowledge and values. 3 hours. Offered annually. Offered alternate years.

Phil 102 Ethics and Values Phil/Math 212 Language & Logic After developing a few tools of the trade for doing This course is a survey of formal syntactic moral analysis, this course will explore the moral and semantic features of language, including reasoning behind a number of contemporary topics such as sentential logic, predicate logic, moral issues. What is moral reasoning? What axiomatic systems and set theory, and nonclas- is the grammar ofmoral discourse? Is morality sical extensions such as multivalued logics. subjective or objective? Is moral discourse pos- 3 hours. Offered annually. sible in the 21st century? What ethical insight

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 137 Phil 214 Philosophy of Art Phil 310 Philosophy of Science This course is an introduction to philosophical An investigation of issues and concepts within issues related to the arts, including such topics science and about science, including such as the nature of art, the metaphysics of art (e.g., topics as the nature of explanation, the nature form, expression, art as process vs. art as ob- of confirmation, the nature of scientific progress, ject), the epistemology of art (e.g., the locus of the relations among science, technology, values meaning in art, what constitutes artistic and society. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. understanding, can art be “true”, and the 4 hours. Offered alternate years. axiology of art (e.g., art and morals, the social significance of art, how can art be evaluated). Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology Besides general philosophical issues connected An introduction to philosophical issues within to art, particular arts will be considered and about biology, including such topics as de- (e.g., painting, dance, music, theatre, film, sign, fitness, and adaptation; units of selection; architecture). 3 hours. Offered alternate years. the nature of species; taxonomy and classifica- tion; molecular biology and reductionism; Phil 303 American Philosophy sociobiology. Prerequisite: 8 hours in philosophy A survey of major themes, movements, and or biology. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. figures of American philosophical thought from the seventeenth century to the present. Prereq- Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind uisite: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. Offered This course focuses on the nature of mind and alternate years. consciousness as interpreted by contemporary philosophers of mind. What is consciousness? Phil 305 Asian Philosophy Who has it? How is it produced? Prerequisite: A study of Asian philosophical texts both his- Sophomore standing. 4 hours. Offered alternate torical and contemporary from various cultures, years. focusing for example on the Hinduism of India, the Taoism of China, and the Zen Buddhism of Phil 315 Philosophy of Law Japan, Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Meets An introduction to philosophical issues within cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours. Offered and about law, including such topics as the alternate years. nature of law, legal reasoning, liberty/rights and the limits of law, the nature of legal responsibility, Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine and the nature and justification of legal punishment. Health Care Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. A study of ethical issues that arise in the health Offered alternate years. care professions. After working through the processes of moral reasoning and learning about Phil 329 Feminism and Philosophy some of the major moral theories this course will This course explores the philosophical potential focus on major topics in health care today. in the application of feminist categories to Typically this course deals with such issues as traditional areas of philosophical inquiry such abortion, physician assisted suicide, genetic ma- as epistemology, logic, metaphysics and value nipulation and cloning, and comparative health theory. This course will also explore a variety of delivery systems. Students will be able to do philosophical critiques of feminist categories and some independent research on a topic of their theory. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. choice. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 4 hours. 4 hours. Offered intermittently.

Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion Phil 403 Twentieth Century An investigation of the structure and content Philosophy of religious truth-claims. The various arguments A study of the major issues and personalities in for and against the existence of God will be con- twentieth-century philosophy, in such movements sidered along with a few of the more important and schools as pragmatism, existentialism, phe- theories about the nature of religious belief, the nomenology, positivism, linguistic analysis, logical status of religious propositions and the structuralism, poststructuralism, and critical notion of a “religious use” of language. Prereq- theory. Prerequisite: Phil 208 plus one other uisite: Phil 110 or Phil 101 or instructor’s course in the history of philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Offered alternate years. approval. 4 hours. Offered alternate years.

138 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHYSICAL THERAPY ■

Phil 409 Moral Philosophy Intensive study in the field of moral philosophy, PRE-PHYSICAL including such topics as the nature of moral epistemology, metaethics, and the metaphysics THERAPY of morals. Prerequisite: nine hours in philoso- phy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Offered Admission to Physical Therapy School is highly alternate years. competitive for Pacific students as well as others. Pre-physical therapy requirements, like pre-medical Phil 412 Major Philosophers Intensive study of the works of a major philoso- requirements, concentrate in the sciences. Pacific’s pher. Prerequisite: nine hours in philosophy Physical Therapy School has always valued or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Offered proficiency in writing and a strong education in alternate years. the humanities and social sciences. To facilitate entry into the School of Physical Therapy, the Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy University has established a gateway program to A concentrated study of various issues in connect prospective students with the School of philosophy, including such topics as philosophy of language, advanced logic, aesthetics, environ- Physical Therapy during their years of under- mental ethics, moral philosophy, in-depth graduate study. This program is outlined below. analysis of particular works or philosophers, etc. Students do not major in “pre-physical therapy”. Prerequisite: Nine hours in philosophy or Students complete a bachelor’s degree in a major instructor’s approval. 4 hours. of their choice before beginning the Physical Phil 494 Senior Seminar I Therapy program. Required of all philosophy majors in the fall of the senior year; in the spring majors are required Physical Therapy Prerequisites to enroll in Phil 495. The purpose of this seminar is to prepare the student to product a Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 12 philosophical essay of significant length and Biol 224 Human Anatomy with lab quality, a senior thesis. This project will require Biol 240 Human Physiology with lab researching, writing, defending, and perhaps publishing the essay. In Phil 494 students will Chem 220 and 230 ...... 8 research and prepare a substantial prospectus Statistics (Math 207 or Psy 350 for the senior thesis; students will also read, or Soc 301)...... 3 discuss and critique the work of other members Phy 202/204 or Phy 232/242 ...... 8 of the seminar. Prerequisite: fifteen hours in Psych 150 (Intro) and one other philosophy and instructor’s approval. 2 hours. psychology course...... 6 Offered fall annually. English/Writing – must include one Phil 495 Senior Seminar II writing course beyond the introductory Required of all philosophy majors in the senior level (Engw 201 or higher)...... 8 year; in the fall majors are required to enroll in Humanities – This can be satisfied Phil 494. The purpose of this seminar is for each by carefully selected core requirements. student to produce a philosophical essay of (At least 3 hours must be outside of significant length and quality, a senior thesis. English) Fine Arts, humanities, history, This project will require researching, writing, philosophy, religion, English (in addition defending, and perhaps publishing the essay. to English prerequsite), music, foreign In Phil 495 students will write and defend the language, speech/communication ...... 6 senior thesis; students will also read, discuss, Social Sciences (at least 3 hours must be and critique the work of other members of the outside of psychology) ...... 6 seminar. Prerequisite: Phil 494 and instructor’s approval. 2 hours. Offered spring annually. Courses from two of the following disciplines: anthropology, sociology, psychology, political science, economics.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 139 SAMPLE of 4-Year Pre-PT Curriculum Junior Physics can actually be moved to any year Fall if Math prerequisites are met. Biol 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 Freshman Soc Sci elective ...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 9 Fall Chem 220 ...... 4 16 Math 125 ...... 4 Winter First Year Seminar ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Language Core ...... 3 3 15 Spring Winter Biol 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 HUM Elective...... 3 Engl elective ...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 8 3 Spring 15 Chem 230 ...... 4 Senior Math 226 or elective ...... 4 Fall Biol 202 ...... 4 Psy elective ...... 3 Language Core ...... 3 Math 207 ...... 3 15 Electives (for major) ...... 9 Sophomore 15 Fall Winter Phy 204 or 232 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Engw 201 ...... 3 3 Humanities or Art ...... 3 Spring Psy 150...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 13 13 13 Winter *Note: Engl Elective...... 3 Biol 202 is a prerequisite for Biol 204 and 3 Bio 224 Spring Biol 224 is a prerequisite for Biol 240 Phy 204 or 242 ...... 4 Social Sci (not Psy) ...... 3 Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 and Chem 220 Cross-cultural...... 3 Art or Humanities ...... 3 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Chem 230 and Phy 202 13 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phy 232

140 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHYSICAL THERAPY ■

GATEWAY PROGRAM FROM THE *If the student is below a 3.0 GPA at that COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES time, the student will meet with their TO THE SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL academic advisor and be expected to develop a plan to improve his/her GPA. This should THERAPY involve the student meeting with the counseling center/support services to obtain Objectives help with study skills. The plan should be reviewed by the student’s academic advisor. To establish ties with prospective under- Documentation of this process and improved graduate students, early in their college GPA will be required. education, who show an interest in physical therapy. 5. One hundred hours of time spent To guarantee to students who successfully observing physical therapists is a complete the Gateway program an inter- requirement for admission to Physical view for admission to Pacific University’s Therapy School. School of Physical Therapy. a. The 100 hours of observation should include 75 hours with a single physi- Milestones cal therapist allowing the student quality time with the therapist and 1. Students who indicate an interest in developing a relationship which physical therapy at the end of their fresh- would lead to a letter of reference. man year of college will be identified by The remaining 25 hours could be their advisors and given information used by the student to allow him/her about participating in this program. to observe other areas of physical Students who transfer from another therapy. This internship can be a part institution or who decide later than their of an internship for another course. freshman year that they are interested It is expected that the course would in physical therapy will also be able to have either an Exercise Science or Bi- enter this program. ology internship number attached to 2. Students should obtain a course prereq- it. Students in need of assistance in uisite form from the Office of Admis- identifying sites appropriate for this sions internship should send a written 3. During the undergraduate’s sophomore request to the School of Physical year, the student will be given the Therapy. opportunity to participate in a b. During the observation time, the mentoring program with a second year student will be expected to keep a physical therapy student. A minimum journal. To assist the student in pre- number of meetings will need to take paring the essays for the application place between these two students process, this written work should re- during the school year. This is for flect on the essay topics and related support, for encouragement, and to matters. The current essay questions provide the undergraduate student a are: “Why do you want to become a contact person to ask questions. physical therapist?” “Write about 4. By the end of the sophomore year in a patient who stands out to you college, the student will have earned at and explain why?” “Write about a least a 3.0 GPA, both overall GPA, as well situation in which you facilitated a as science GPA*. change.” c. At the end of the observation/intern- ship the student must rate himself/ herself according to the evaluation form found as part of the application. The student can self assess his or her strengths and weaknesses.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 141 6. Another milestone that the student will need to complete is a community service PRE-PHYSICIAN activity, with a minimum of 10 hours. This could occur during the school year ASSISTANT STUDIES or during the summer. Hours provided during a service learning course are Admission to the School of Physician Assistant applicable. Studies is highly competitive. The applicant must 7. During the student’s senior year, it is complete a bachelor’s degree in any discipline, recommended that he/she enroll in the the prerequisite courses listed below prior to Understanding Disabilities course enrollment in the professional program and have taught by Professors Nancy Cicirello, a minimum of 1000 hours of experience in direct John Medeiros, and Tim Thompson. patient care prior to application to the program. 8. The student would be expected to take In addition, the PA program utilizes computer- part in a mock interview through Career based learning throughout the program, Services to practice before interviewing therefore, each student is required to have a for admission to the School of Physical laptop computer and possess basic word Therapy. processing skills. 9. Students interested in learning more about physical therapy and sharing The Physician Assistant Program Admissions information with peers should consider Committee considers the following factors in the joining the pre-PT club. selection process:

Portfolio • Strength and breadth of academic record The student will put together a portfolio •Type and depth of prior health care experience during his/her time in the Gateway • Strength of letters of evaluation program. This must be completed before • Content of application forms and care with the application deadline of her/his senior which they have been completed year so that it could be submitted with the application for admission into the School • Quality of writing ability as demonstrated by of Physical Therapy personal narrative Contents of the portfolio: • Understanding of Physician Assistant profession A. Journal of observation experience. •Type of community activities B. Description of community service activity. • Strength of on-campus personal interview C. Documentation of types of interactions For additional information (other than with PT student mentor. prerequisites) about the Physician Assistant D. If the cumulative and/or science Program consult the graduate catalog GPA fell below 3.0 by the end of the sophomore year, a description of the Prerequisite Courses steps taken to improve the GPA needs All prerequisite course work and to be included. bachelor’s degree must be completed in E. Rating of self during observation time. December prior to enrollment. The appli- F. Work sheet for prerequisites. cant must complete the following courses with a “C” or better. • Biological Sciences – 11 semester hours (3 courses*) Anatomy (one course with lab) – human preferred Biol 224 Human Anatomy with lab Physiology (one course with lab) – human preferred

142 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES ■

Biol 240 Human Physiology with lab Clinical Experience Microbiology or Bacteriology Minimum 6 months (1,000 hours, paid or Biol 308 Microbiology with lab volunteer) • Chemistry – 11 semester hours At the time of application submission, the (3 courses*) applicant must be able to provide documen- tation of a minimum of 1000 hours of expe- Organic Chemistry or Biochemistry (one rience with direct patient contact in a health of the following courses, no lab) care setting. A wide range of types of expe- Chem 310/311 Organic Chemistry I rience will be considered such as: nurse RN/ with lab LPN, paramedic/EMT/corpsman, medical Chem 320/321 Organic Chemistry II assistant/nurses’ aide, medical technolo- with lab gist/technician, respiratory therapist, physi- Chem 380 Biochemistry cal therapist/assistant, occupational thera- pist/assistant, speech therapist/assistant, Two additional Chemistry courses with psychologist/therapist/counselor, medical lab (may include additional Organic or office manager, hospital/clinic/nursing Biochemistry Courses) home facility volunteer, home health aide, Chem 220 General Chemistry I outreach worker, social worker, acupuncturist, Chem 230 General Chemistry II chiropractor, naturopath, massage therapist in health care setting, patient educator, Chem 240-241 Survey of Organic dental assistant and others. Chemistry In addition to the required courses, students Or any course listed above are encouraged to learn Spanish and to take • Statistics – 3 semester hours (one medical terminology. Students or advisors course) with questions about the School of Physician Course must be taken in the department Assistant Studies should consult the of psychology, sociology, statistics or Graduate Admissions office and the current math. PA program brochure. Math 207 General Elementary Statistics Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics SAMPLE of 4-Year Curriculum of PA Prerequisites Soc 301 Social Statistics Freshman • Psychology or Sociology – 3 semester hours (one course) Fall Any course in psychology or sociology Math 125 ...... 4 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Soc 101 Intro to Sociology Chem 220 ...... 4 Psy 150 Intro to Psychology Elective ...... 3 • English/writing – 6 semester hours (two courses taught at an English speaking 15 university/college) Winter Must include at least one writing course Elective ...... 3 beyond the introductory level. 3 Courses must be taken in either the English or writing department. Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 Engw 201 Expository Writing or Chem 230 ...... 4 Engw 301 Elective ...... 6 plus a second course in writing or literature 14 *Courses taken to fulfill the science prerequi- Sophomore sites must be those for science majors. Fall Biol 204 ...... 4

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 143 Elective ...... 3 Engw 201 ...... 3 PHYSICS Foreign Language ...... 3 Psych 150 ...... 3 Juliet W. Brosing, Chair, Professor 16 James J. Butler, Associate Professor Winter Stephen Hall, Assistant Professor Elective ...... 3 Richard Wiener, Associate Professor 3 The program in physics is designed to prepare Spring students for careers in applied physics and Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 4 engineering, and graduate study in physics, Engw 301 ...... 3 Foreign Language ...... 3 engineering, and professional fields. Physics students are encouraged to gain practical Elective (optional) ...... 6 experience through participation in on-campus 15 experimental projects and industrial internships. Junior Facilities are available for student research in Fall optics, nuclear physics, astronomy, non-linear Biol 308 ...... 4 dynamics, and solid state physics. The majority of Biol 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 our graduates go to graduate school in physics Electives ...... 6 and related fields or take engineering-related positions in technical industry. 14 Winter Visit the Physics Department’s Web site at http:// Elective ...... 3 www.physics.pacificu.edu or through the main web site at http://www.pacificu.edu. 3 Spring Goals for the Physics Major Chem 240/241 (Survey of Organic) ...... 4 Biol 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 By successfully completing a major in Electives ...... 6 physics, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate conceptual understanding 14 of fundamental physics principles. Senior 2. Communicate physics reasoning in oral Fall and in written form. Electives ...... 16 3. Solve physics problems using qualitative and quantitative reasoning that includes 16 sophisticated mathematical techniques. Spring 4. Conduct independent research or work Electives ...... 16 successfully in a technical position. 16 Note: Biol 202 is a prerequisite for Biol 204 Biol 204 is a prerequisite for Biol 308 Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 and Chem 220 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Chem 230

144 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHYSICS ■

MAJOR IN PHYSICS Because there are so many possible career paths for physics majors, we would like to The student majoring in physics must offer some recommendations for upper complete the following: division electives (of which 6-8 hours are required for the major). Below are sugges- Physics Core Requirements tions for what we think would offer the Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) best preparation for these alternatives. Physics I-II ...... 8 However, each student’s interests are different; please discuss yours with a mem- OR ber of the department to develop a person- Phy 202-204 Introductory Physics I-II ... 8 alized selection of courses. All physics Phy 322 Modern Physics with majors are strongly encouraged to take Health Applications ...... 4 Math 311 (Differential Equations) and Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 CS 150 (Introduction to Computer Science). Students are also encouraged to take other Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: courses in Math and CS depending on Dynamics ...... 4 their interests. Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics ...... 4 Phy 460 Electric and Graduate School in Physical Science MagneticFields...... 4 Relativity Phy 490-492 Physics Capstone...... 6 Thermodynamics and Statistical OR Mechanics Phy 480-482 Physics Capstone Seminar .. 2 Modern Topics in Physics AND an internship Electronics OR research ...... 4 Optics/Optometry Upper-division electives ...... 6-8 Modern Topics in Physics Electronics 40-42 Engineering/Applied Science/ Health Other Requirements Science Careers Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II ... 8 Electronics Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 Engineering Mechanics: Statics Thermodynamics and Statistical 60-62 Mechanics

Students who are planning a career in Teaching Physical Science in teaching physical science at the high school High School level can, with prior department approval, substitute either Hist 339 (History of Relativity Science) or Phil 310 (Philosophy of Science) Thermodynamics and Statistical for four of the required upper division Mechanics elective hours. Students planning a teaching History of Science career also have the opportunity to gain valuable teaching experience by serving as Philosophy of Science teaching assistants for lower division courses.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 145 MINOR IN PHYSICS One of the following (if not counted above) ... 3-4 The minor in physics is designed to give Phy 322 Modern Physics with students a deeper appreciation of physics Health Applications than can be attained in a one-year sequence. The minor in physics can enhance studies Phy 332 Waves and Optics in other disciplines such as (but not limited Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: to) chemistry, mathematics, computer Statics science, and philosophy. Phy 384 Thermodynamics and Mechanics Requirements Phy 325 Modern Topics in Physics Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) One of the following ...... 4 Physics I-II Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: OR Dynamics Phy 202-204 Introductory Physics I-II ... 8 Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics, Math 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields Phy 322 Modern Physics with Health Applications OR 31-32 Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 Any student interested in a physics minor Seven additional upper-division should consult with a faculty member in the credits in physics ...... 7 Department of Physics. 27 Since all of our upper-division courses (except Physics Capstone) are taught on an alternate year basis, below is a schedule of MINOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS our courses for the next two years: The minor in applied physics is designed Upper-division Course offerings for students interested in employment in 2005-2006 the high tech industry or in engineering. The minor in applied physics can be used Fall toward completion of the applied science Modern Physics with Health Applications major. Electronics Requirements Physics Capstone I Physics Capstone Seminar I Math 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Winter III Physics I-II Relativity OR Spring Phy 202 -204 Introductory Physics I-II ... 8 Modern Topics in Physics Phy 322 Modern Physics with Quantum Mechanics Health Applications Physics Capstone II OR Physics Capstone Seminar II Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 Phy 364 Electronics ...... 4

146 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PHYSICS ■

Upper-division Course offerings Phy 204 Introductory Physics II 2006-2007 The second semester of an algebra-based sequence in physics. Topics include heat and Fall thermodynamics; electricity and magnetism; Waves and Optics sound and light waves. The laboratory compo- Classical Mechanics: Dynamics nent includes computer based experiments in heat and thermodynamics; electric circuits. Physics Capstone I Satisfies Natural Science core requirement. Physics Capstone Seminar I Prerequisite: Phy 202 or Phy 232. 4 hours.

Winter III Phy 232 General Physics I – Engineering Mechanics: Statics Workshop Physics I An introductory course in physics (calculus- Spring based) for science and pre-engineering students. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics First term includes Newtonian mechanics. This Electric and Magnetic Fields course is an inquiry-based, laboratory-oriented Physics Capstone II course. Satisfies Natural Science core requirement. Co-requisite: Math 226. 4 hours. Physics Capstone Seminar II Phy 242 General Physics II – Workshop Physics II A continuation of Phy 232 including electricity COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and magnetism, thermodynamics, and nuclear physics. Satisfies Natural Science core require- All prerequisite courses must be completed ment. Prerequisite: Math 226, Phy 232 or with a grade of “C-” or better. Phy 202. 4 hours. Physics (Phy) Phy 310 Relativity Phy 110 Physics of Everyday An introduction to Einstein’s special and Phenomena general theories of relativity, with emphasis on Designed to develop an understanding of the the special theory. Topics include the principle phenomena of our everyday life via the laws of of relativity, space-time effects of the Lorentz physics. The emphasis is not on problem solv- transformations, relativistic energy and momen- ing but on encouraging students to understand tum, Minkowski diagrams, the equivalence and appreciate their environment from a new principle, the geometry of space-time, and perspective. Includes topics in mechanics gravity. Prerequisite: Phy 202 or 232, Math 226. and other physics subfields such as thermal 3 hours. Alternate years. 2005-2006. physics, electrical phenomena. 3 hours. Phy 322 Modern Physics with Phy 202 Introductory Physics I Health Applications The first semester of an algebra-based sequence A project-orientated course taught in a work- in physics. Topics include Newtonian mechanics, shop environment that covers important topics work, momentum, and energy. The lab compo- in modern physics with applications to human nent includes computer based experiments in health. Topics include the Bohr theory of the mechanics. Satisfies Natural Science core atom, wave/particle duality, atomic and nuclear requirement. Prerequisite: Math 125 4 hours. physics, and an introduction to Schrodinger’s equation. Projects may include nuclear medi- cine, radiation therapy, neutron activation analysis, and magnetic resonance imaging. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, Co-requisite: Math 227. 4 hours. Alternate years. 2005-2006.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 147 Phy 325 Modern Topics in Physics Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: A class on topics of current interest in physics. Dynamics May be taken more than once for credit, as the Presentation and discussion of the kinematics topic will vary. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, and dynamics of single particles and systems of one upper division course in Physics, Math 227. particles, both in inertial and non-inertial 4 hours. Alternate years. 2005-2006. frames of reference. In addition to the standard analytical techniques, approximation techniques Phy 332 Waves and Optics and a computer algebra system will be used for A course on the mathematical description of problem solving. Several mechanical systems waves with application to optics. Topics will will be studied experimentally and include wave addition, an introduction to computationally. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, Fourier analysis, laws of geometric optics, Math 227. 4 hours. Alternate years. 2006-2007. image formation, optical systems, interference and diffraction, polarization, lasers, and an in- Phy 384 Thermodynamics and troduction to transform optics including Statistical Mechanics holography. The laboratory component will in- Presentation, discussion, and application of clude selected experiments in wave motion, the laws of thermodynamics and statistical geometric optics, and physical optics. Prerequi- mechanics including gas behavior, equations of site: Phy 204 or 242, Co-requisite: Math 227. states, phase transformations, kinetic theory, 4 hours. Alternate years. 2006-2007. probability distributions, ensembles, and the partition function. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242 Phy 364 Electronics and one upper division course in physics, Math The basic principles underlying circuit analysis 227. 4 hours. Alternate years. 2006-2007. and the operation of analog and digital electronic devices, including: diodes; transistors; op-amps; Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics logic gates; multivibrators; counters; registers; An introduction to quantum mechanics and its memories; and A/D and D/A converters. application to: free particles, barriers, the simple Prerequisite: Math 125, Phy 204 or 242. harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, 4 hours. Alternate years. 2005-2006. angular momentum, spin, and identical particle systems. A computer algebra system will be Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: utilized for problem solving and visualization. Statics Prerequisite: Phy 322 or Phy 332, Math 228 or Presentation, discussion, and application of the Math 311. 4 hours. Alternate years. 2005-2006. principles of static mechanics to problems in physics and engineering including: force analysis, Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields equilibrium in two and three dimensions, Development of the nature and mathematical trusses and frames, internal forces, centroids, description of electric and magnetic fields in free and cables. Special emphasis is given to space and material media, including: Maxwell’s problem-solving techniques. Prerequisite: equations, electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielec- Phy 232 or Phy 202, Math 226. 3 hours. Alternate trics, and solutions of Laplace’s and Poisson’s years. 2006-2007. equations. Prerequisite: Phy 322 or Phy 332, Math 228. 4 hours. Alternate years. 2006-2007.

148 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

Phy 480 Physics Capstone Seminar I The physics seminar portion of Phy 490. (See POLITICS AND description of Phy 490). Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics major, and research or an GOVERNMENT internship in physics. 1 hour. Robert Van Dyk, Chair, Associate Professor Phy 482 Physics Capstone Seminar II The physics seminar portion of Phy 492. (See Russell A. Dondero, Professor description of Phy 492). Co-requisite: Senior Jeffrey G. Seward, Associate Professor standing as a physics major, and research or an internship in physics. 1 hour. Politics and government is the process by which a community decides what common goals it wants Phy 490 Physics Capstone I to achieve, what its rules will be, and how those The capstone course involves a weekly seminar policies and rules will be carried out or enforced. and a year long research project. In the weekly Nothing is more important to a healthy society. seminar, students learn how to make presenta- tions and how to do “on-the-spot” problem solv- We are fascinated by the political process in the ing. Emphasis is on the integration of concepts United States and in the world and concerned learned throughout the undergraduate physics about its outcome, and we welcome all students curriculum. There also will be outside speakers who share that interest. on current physics research. The other portion of the capstone experience is a year long research While our program provides an excellent project, including weekly meetings in which foundation for graduate study in political science, students discuss their ongoing research projects. the primary focus of the Department is on The research project will comprise 2 credits of providing skills and habits of mind useful in a wide the course. Co-requisite: Senior standing as a range of professions. Recent graduates of the physics major. 3 hours. Department have found jobs and careers in law, politics, business, teaching, journalism, and Phy 492 Physics Capstone II A continuation of Physics 490. At the end of government service. Some of our graduates Physics 492 students will give final oral continue their education in professional programs presentations on their research project or their in law, business (MBA), international affairs, internship, and submit their research/internship education, public administration, and other fields. paper. Prerequisite: Physics 490. 3 hours. Many work directly after college (often as staff members for elected officials or government Phy 495 Research agencies) before going on to graduate school. Student-conducted individual research project. 1-3 hours. Goals The goals of our curriculum emphasize broad knowledge of political phenomena, practical skills of analysis and communica- tion, and an understanding of theoretical approaches to politics. Graduates will know how to analyze policy problems in a clear and logical way; how to make oral presen- tations; how to find information; how to write well in the form of a memorandum, short essay, a research report, and an academic paper; how to work in groups; and how to use electronic communication.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 149 Program Junior year is the best time for off-campus The curriculum is focused on a variety of study. Seniors off campus in the fall semes- approaches to political analysis, practical ter may omit the fall term senior seminar hands-on experience, and student research. but during that time must prepare a first An internship or study abroad is strongly draft of their senior project for completion recommended for all majors as a useful part and presentation in the spring. of their preparation. The required senior thesis may take a variety of forms ranging from a hands on project based on student MAJOR IN POLITICS AND field research to statistical analysis of quan- GOVERNMENT titative data to an abstract theoretical treat- ment of a problem in political philosophy. Introductory Courses The Department’s co-curricular program is The department offers three introductory highlighted by the annual Tom McCall level courses, PolS 101, PolS 140, and Forum, an event which brings pairs of PolS 180, described in more detail below. nationally prominent speakers to Pacific None of these courses are required for the and Oregon. Recent pairings have included major but any of them may be counted for Mary Matalin and James Carville (2000), the major. Students interested in the Ralph Reed and Alan Dershowitz (2001), possibility of majoring in politics and Ralph Nader and Newt Gingrich (2002), government are strongly encouraged to David Gergen and Bill Bradley (2003), and begin with one of these courses. Bill Kristol and Molly Ivins (2004). Required Complementary course Work Internships and Study Abroad The following complementary course work While it is not an absolute requirement, the outside the Department is a required part Department strongly encourages all majors of the major. Prospective majors should try to include in their program a semester-long, to complete these requirements as early as off-campus experience. possible in their academic program. Over half of our majors find internships, Econ 101 OR 102 (one required, both most commonly in the Oregon Legislature recommended) ...... 3-6 or Congressional offices in Washington. Other possible internship sites include Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 social service agencies, government agencies, Two semester courses in history approved interest groups, or law firms. Internships by the Department ...... 6-8 for credit involve close collaboration with a faculty advisor and are limited to one PolS Requirements semester. Only six hours of internship credit PolS 299 Political Analysis ...... 4 is directly applicable to the requirements of the major. PolS 309 Classics of Political Philosophy ...... 4 Pacific offers many study abroad possibilities in England, France, Germany, China, Japan, PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis .. 6 Ecuador, Mexico, and a number of other 21 Semester hours of PolS electives ...... 21 countries. These programs are described in These 21 hours must include: detail in the Study Abroad section of the 1. at least one course in American Politics catalog. Students going abroad should or Law include in their plan the language, history, culture, and economy of their area of inter- 2. at least one course in Comparative est. No more than six hours of academic Politics/International Relations at the work taken abroad (nine hours in the case 200 OR 300 level. of those studying abroad for an entire 3. at least two other upper-division academic year) may be directly applied to PolS courses. the requirements of the major.

150 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

Up to six hours of PolS internship credit PolS 221 Politics in Literature & Film may be counted toward the major, but Exploration of a single major theme of politics these six hours may not be counted through the medium of literature and film. toward any of the specific upper- Possible course themes include Latin American division requirements listed above. film, revolution, war, utopia, propaganda, the Cold war and American political culture. May 44-49 be repeated for credit when topics vary. Winter III only. 3 hours.

PolS 222 The Civil Rights Movement MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE This course examines the causes, history, and tactics of the struggle to guarantee African- Requirements Americans equal treatment under the law in the United States. The primary focus of course 18 semester hours of PolS electives, at least material is on the political movement for racial 12 hours of which must be at the upper- equality in the United States from 1954-1968. division level. Winter III only. 3 hours. Fulfills Cross Cultural core requirement. 18 PolS 223 Women in Politics This course surveys historical perspectives and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS contemporary realities about the role of women in political life. Major topics covered include the Political Politics and treatment of women in the classic texts of political philosophy and feminist reactions to Government (PolS) that tradition, a survey of historical and PolS 101 Power & Community contemporary women’s political movements and Exploration of such key concepts as power, political participation in the United States authority, legitimacy, justice, law, democracy, and a comparative view of women’s political social welfare, and human rights. Introduction participation in non-U.S. settings (cross-listed to analysis of policy problems. 3 hours. in Feminist Studies). 3 hours.

PolS 140 Conflict & Controversy in PolS 224 Environmental Politics American Politics This course introduces students to environmental The most enduring questions about politics are disputes and the forces that affect environmental the who, the what, the when, and the how policy. Topics include the history and evolution of politics. This course seeks to answer these of environmentalism and environmental questions as they pertain to the American policy and an extensive case study of a local political system. 3 hours. environmental issue. Students will attend the Environmental Law Conference in Eugene in PolS 180 The United States in March, and they will go on several shorter field World Affairs trips. 3 hours. Cross-listed in ENV A first course in international relations, focused on current problems and concerns in United PolS 225 The Politics of Healthcare States foreign policy. These include both “ This course examines healthcare issues in the offshore” issues such as human rights and peace- United States and the way these issues are keeping and “intermestic” issues such as trade affected by the political process. The course is and immigration. The course will begin highly recommended for students who are with an overview of American foreign policy considering a career in the health professions. traditions and attitudes and of the 20th century 3 hours. background. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 151 Pols/Hist 239 The Conquest of students will be required to present their own the Americas projects to the class and actively participate in Survey of Latin America history from 200 C.E. class discussion. Required for majors (should to 1650 C.E. with a focus on the pre-Columbian be taken sophomore year). Prerequisite: PolS 101 Mayan, Aztec, and Inca civilizations; the strongly recommended. 4 hours. conquest and settlement of Mexico, Central America, and South America by the Spanish PolS 301 Politics and the Media and Portuguese; and the establishment of early Examines the impact of the media upon the colonial institutions in Spanish America and political process; the relationship between the Brazil. Special emphasis will be given to the press and politicians; and whether the press clash of indigenous and European religious/ is a “neutral” force in American politics. spiritual outlooks, political economy, and the Biennially. 4 hours. interaction of issues of race, class, and gender PolS 302 Parties and Elections in the emergence of syncretic New World The development of political parties and their societies. May be counted toward the Cross- organization, function and campaign methods. Cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Analysis of interest groups and their effect on PolS/Hist 240 Colonial and NeoColonial government and political parties. Public opin- Latin America ion and propaganda. Involvement in a political Survey of Latin American history from 1650 campaign encouraged. Biennially. 4 hours. to 1914 with a focus on the mature period of PolS 303 Congressional Politics Spanish and Portuguese colonialism in Latin Course focuses on the organizational dynamics America, the independence struggles of the early of the Congress as the primary legislative body 19th century, and the first century of indepen- in our national government. The external envi- dence for Latin America. Special emphasis will ronment will also be examined to understand be given to the evolution of indigenous/ how the lobby, the media, the other branches of European and African/European relations and government influence the legislative agenda. the tension between formal political indepen- Biennially. 3 hours. dence and continuing cultural and economic dependence on European societies even after PolS 304 Grassroots Politics independence. May be counted toward the Course examines how citizens and interest Cross-Cultural core requirement. 3 hours. groups shape “grassroots” politics, state and local government in the United States. 3 hours. PolS/Hist 241 Modern Latin America Survey of Latin American history from 1914 to PolS 305 The Presidency the present with a focus on the rise of populism, An examination of the evolution of the American socialism, and economic nationalism; the presidency as the dominant office within our collapse of populist democracies and the rise of political system. Biennially. 3 hours. bureaucratic authoritarian military regimes; and recent transitions to democracy combined PolS 309 Classics of Political with economic liberalization. Course will also Philosophy: From Plato to include attention to issues of class, race and Postmodernism gender over the course of these political and Examines the evolution of ancient, modern and economic transformations and the history of contemporary political thought from the ancient US-Latin American relations in the 20th Greeks to the 20th century. Major political century. May be counted toward the Cross- theorists who may be studied include: Plato, Cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Aristotle, Augustine, Machiavelli Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Mills, Marx, Arendt, PolS 299 Political Analysis Seminar Rawls, Nozick as well as feminist and This course introduces students to some of the postmodernist critics of traditional political basic forms of political analysis including schol- thought. Required for majors. Prerequisite: Junior arly research, policy analysis, and political strategy. standing or sophomore PolS major. 4 hours. The course is organized as a seminar in which

152 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

PolS 310 Markets, Politics, Germany, Russia, China, Japan, Mexico, and Justice Brazil, India, Nigeria, Egypt, Iran, and the An examination of political economy (the European Union (as an emerging or quasi-state). interaction of politics and economics) with respect Issues analyzed will include competing theories to topics such as macroeconomic policy-making, of the origins and consequences of different industrial policy, income distribution, develop- political institutions, the relationship between ment strategies, and the welfare state plus the domestic political arrangements and the ability political dimensions of economic ideologies to cope with globalization, transitions to democ- including classical liberal, Marxist, and social racy and the consolidation of democracy, and democratic perspectives. Prerequisite: Economics the future of the nation-state. Prerequisite: 101 or 102 strongly recommended. 3 hours. Junior standing and one other POLS course or consent of instructor. Biennially. 4 hours PolS 320 Law and Society An introduction to the role of law in structuring PolS 340 Security, Rights, social relations. The course examines the and Globalization various ways we encounter the law as it is made Nationalism and cultural identity; the interna- by legislatures, as it is made by judges, and as tional system and world organization; problems it is practically applied. The course requires an of conflict and war; issues of human rights and extensive case study of the law as written and democracy; economic globalization and devel- applied in a business or political organization. opment; and security issues such as the spread Biennially. 3 credits. of weapons of mass destruction. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 4 hours. PolS 321 Protest, Dissent, & Social Change PolS 350 Special Topics in This course examines the causes and history of Political Science widespread movements that use protest to Courses of varying formats on specific topics promote political change. Topics include not included in the regular curriculum. Recent theories of social movements and case studies examples include Conservative Political that may include the labor movement, the civil Thought, Contemporary Mexico, and the rights movement, the women’s movement, the Salmon Crisis. May be repeated for credit when environmental movement, and the recent rise the topics vary. 3 hours. of conservative Christian activism. 3 hours. PolS 399 Independent Study PolS 325 Constitutional Law Student-conducted individual research/theoretical An introduction to the judicial process, legal project. Faculty supervised. 1-3 hours. reasoning and interpretation of the Constitution through analysis of court cases. Subjects include PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis federalism, property, race, gender, and privacy. In the first semester, students will define their Biennially. 4 hours. research project, gather necessary information, and write the first draft of their thesis. The PolS 326 Civil Liberties seminar will also meet weekly or bi-weekly to This course examines the development of civil discuss selected readings in political issues and liberties in the United States by focusing on the ideas. In the second semester, along with fur- role of the Supreme Court. Subjects include ther group meetings and discussions, students freedom of speech, freedom of press, freedom will revise and complete their project and of religion, and the rights of the accused. formally present it to the seminar. Both semesters Biennially. 4 hours. required of all majors in their final year. Prerequisite: PolS 299 and two 300-level PolS PolS 330 National Systems and classes. 3 hours each semester. Global Challenges Survey of national political systems in the PolS 475 Internship. context of the challenge of globalization. Countries Off-campus placements in political settings can studied and compared will include most or all be undertaken for credit. Requirements vary. of the following: United States, Britain, France, See Department Chair for more information.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 153 PRE-MEDICAL STUDIES

See Dr. Jon Schnorr Required courses: All medical schools require introductory courses Biol 202 General Biology I in Biology, Chemistry, English, Mathematics and Biol 204 General Biology II Physics, as well as a year of Organic Chemistry. Chem 220 General Chemistry I Medical schools, however, do not require a Chem 230 General Chemistry II particular major for admission. A list of courses Chem 310/311 Organic Chemistry I that will satisfy the admission requirements of Chem 320/321 Organic Chemistry II nearly all medical schools is given below. Students should consult the Guide to Medical Schools Engw 201 Expository Writing published by the American Association of Medical Math 226 Calculus I Colleges about specific requirements for schools Physics 202 Introductory Physics I of interest. OR All U.S. medical schools require the MCAT exam Physics 232 General Physics I for admission. For those students who wish to Physics 204 Introductory Physics II enter medical school in the year following OR graduation, it is necessary to complete all of the Physics 242 General Physics II listed courses by the end of the junior year to ensure adequate background for the MCAT exam. Strongly recommended courses: Note that the Biological Sciences portion of the MCAT includes significant amounts of material Biol 320 Cell Biology that are not covered in introductory Biology Biol 330 Genetics courses. For this reason, pre-medical students are Biol 400 Molecular Biology encouraged to take additional courses, such as Biol 470 Animal Physiology biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, and Chem 380 Biochemistry physiology. For those considering a major outside Math 207 General Elementary Statistics of the field of science, it is important to seek the advice of a faculty member within the major of interest as well as the advice of the pre-medical studies advisor, Dr. Jon Schnorr, to plan a schedule that will enable all requirements to be met. Applications to take the MCAT and applications for medical school (through AMCAS) are available on the Web or through the Career Development Center. Most medical schools require evidence of clinical experience prior to applying to medical school. Pre-medical students should begin obtaining clinical experience during their first year. The Career Development Center can assist students in finding an internship or field experience in the medical field.

154 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PRE-MED • PSYCHOLOGY ■ PSYCHOLOGY Goals of the Major The goals of the Psychology Department are to: Alyson Burns-Glover, Chair, Professor • introduce students to methods of critical Mark Bodamer, Assistant Professor analysis that will allow them to interpret and evaluate research and theory; Linda Gallahan, Associate Professor • expose students to a broad selection of Erica Kleinknecht, Assistant Professor courses that typify the breadth of the Todd Schultz, Associate Professor discipline and the expertise of depart- mental faculty; Psychology can be defined as the empirical analysis • instill in students cooperative learning of mind and behavior. The department members strategies that will enable them to believe that reliable knowledge of psychological participate effectively in group projects; processes represents a necessary condition for • perfect students’ abilities to write clearly, meaningful action in the world. History, culture, succinctly and with authority, and to art, economics, sociology, international affairs, orally present theory and data; health and biological sciences — virtually any field • and guide students’ career choices by of study profits from attention to psychological providing them with information variables. Psychology is a versatile, inherently on opportunities in basic and applied interdisciplinary, and multi-methodological Psychology, as well as allied health and enterprise. We concur with William James, who service professions. wrote: ”The union of the mathematician with the poet, fervor with measure, passion with MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY correctness; that surely is the ideal.” The Psychology major must complete the Our faculty teach a range of courses representing following required courses with a grade of the discipline’s major subject areas: Social, “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade point Developmental, Biocognitive, Personality and average for Psychology electives. In addi- Abnormal. Psychology classes stress the tion, students must simultaneously pass importance of data analysis, but at the same time with a grade of “C” or better both Psy 348 encourage students to keep theoretical, “Big and Psy 349: Picture” issues in mind. Because we support the traditional aims of liberal arts education, we help Requirements students learn how to think clearly and critically, Psy 150 Intro to Psychology ...... 3 challenge orthodox assumptions, organize and Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method ... 3 present complicated information, make use of Psy 348 Research Methods ...... 3 both qualitative and quantitative methods, write Psy 349 Lab Research Methods ...... 2 well, and develop a commitment to ideals of Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics ...... 3 scholarship and lifelong learning. Psy 390 Junior Seminar ...... 3 Initial requirements for the major in Psychology Psy 490 Senior Thesis Proposal...... 3 include Introduction to Psychology; Mind, Theory or and Method; Research Methods and Behavioral Psy 491 Senior Thesis Proposal Statistics. Students then choose from a menu of (non 499 track) ...... 3 elective courses, some focused on basic processes, (those in 491 must take an some strictly theoretical, and some applied. The additional 400-level class) major concludes with a required Senior thesis Psy 499 Advanced Senior Research 3 proposal in which students reflect over the field, (upon passing Psy 490) consolidate knowledge from previous classes, and form hypotheses of their own. 23

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 155 Plus required electives: Courses from other departments approved Courses that reflect the study of mind, for elective credits in Psychology: body, & behavior over time: Bio 330 Genetics ...... 3 Psy 180 or 340...... 3 Phil 103 Critical Thinking ...... 3 in diverse contexts: Psy 160, 213, Phil 310 Philosophy of Science ...... 3 260, 308 ...... 3 Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind ...... 3 Courses that explore the human psyche: Soc 317 Gender & Sexuality ...... 3 Psy 208, 309, 311 or 444 ...... 3 the function of brain/body: 212,214, 314 321, OR 352 ...... 3 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

12 Psychology (Psy) Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology Plus general electives: This course provides an overview of psychology Any two Psychology, or including psychobiology, learning, memory, approved electives ...... 6 perception, motivation, development, social, behavioral/emotional problems and treatments. 41 3 hours.

The requirements listed above are for the Psy 160 Culture & Behavior Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in This course provides a cross-cultural review of Psychology. Students pursuing a Bachelor general principles of human psychology. of Science degree with a major in Psychology Emphasis is on the organizing syndromes of must also complete the following require- particular cultures and how these world views ments. affect an individual’s emotions, cognitions and behaviors. Fills cross-cultural core requirement. Additional courses: 3 hours. Two additional natural science laboratory courses ...... 8 Psy 180 Lifespan Human Development 49 A survey of human development and develop- mental theories from conception until death focusing on physical, cognitive, and social MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY changes that occur across the lifespan. Recom- mended for non-majors. 3 hours. The Psychology minor must complete the following required courses with a grade of Psy 208 Addictions and Society “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade point This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- average for Psychology electives. plinary approach to the question of alcohol, sub- stance abuse and the social costs of addiction Requirements and use. We will address the human motive to alter consciousness using classic and modern Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology .. 3 research in the physiology of addiction; Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method ... 3 sociocultural risk factors and changing cultural Plus five electives (Two must have a Psy representations of drug use. 4 hours. (Same as prefix. Two must be upper-division courses.) PACS 208.) Psy 210 Current Issues 21 in Psychology Students interested in the Psychology A seminar-style course on subjects of special minor should consult with a faculty interest and current importance within the field, member of the department prior to such as The Nature of Self-Concept, Aging, choosing electives. Life-Story Models of Identity, Intelligence, 156 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PSYCHOLOGY ■

Evolutionary Psychology, or Buddhism, Psy 226 History and Systems Psychology, and the Mind. Precise topic varies of Psychology from semester to semester. May be repeated for An inquiry into the foundations of modern credit as topic varies. 3 hours. psychology. The intellectual heritage of the discipline within philosophy and the natural Psy 212 Introduction to sciences will be examined and critiqued. We Chimpanzee Behavior will consider major theories, emerging research Research from various field studies and captive directions and controversies within the sub populations will be read, as well as seen in film. disciplines of psychology. 3 hours. Students will also study the chimpanzees at the Oregon Zoo. Research methods will be taught Psy 248 Mind, Theory, and Method and students will collect and present a summary This course will present the historical dialectic of their data. Implications of the discoveries between rationalism [theory] and empiricism made through studying our sibling species will [data] within the discipline. We will focus our be discussed and current projects around the attention on the current rise of neuroscience, world to improve conditions for chimpanzees behavioral genetics and the return to mind in will be examined. 3 hours. (Same as SCI 252). psychological research. Students will learn the current status of several controversial dichoto- Psy 213 Psychology of Altruism mies: Mind-body dualism, Nativism-Environ- and Aggression mentalism, Essentialism-Operationalism, etc., Historical and modern review of the human and and the role that social values play in the non-human primate behaviors related to altruism, creation, testing, and interpretation of scientific empathy, violence, competition and aggression theories. Pre-requisite. Psy 150 or permission from a social, biological, interspecies and of instructor. 3 hours. cross-cultural perspective. 3 hours. (Same as PACS 213.) Psy 260 Psychology of Women A survey of the physiological, emotional, and Psy 214 Cognitive Science cognitive aspects of the female experience. This Cognitive science is an interdisciplinary course examines both the similarities and approach to examining the nature of the mind differences between women and men, with and mental process. In this course, an under- emphasis on experiences which are unique to standing of the mind and mental process will women. Cultural expectations are examined, be achieved by examining philosophy of mind, particularly those which either overemphasize traditional theories of cognition, relations sex differences or underestimate their psycho- between cognitive experience and brain activity, logical and sociocultural value. Prerequisite: Psy computer modeling of the mind, and artificial 150 or FS 201 or permission of the instructor. intelligence. 3 hours. 3 hours.

Psy 220 Community Psychology Psy 308 Social Psychology The study of how psychology can be applied to A consideration of humans as social beings-how social services such as community mental health they affect and are affected by others. Topics centers to effect social change. Emphasis is on included are: perception of persons, affiliation, planning, prevention, early intervention, communication and attitude change, group pro- research and evaluation as well as how to cesses, leadership, intergroup tension, cultural strengthen existing social support networks and syndromes, and social roles. Prerequisite: Psy create new ones. Empowerment and primary 150 and upper-division standing. 3 hours. prevention will be focus of attention. Prerequi- site: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or Soc 102. 3 hours. Psy 309 Personality Psychology Students study the grand theories of personality Psy 225 Learning through detailed examination of original Course investigates principles of learning and writings by Freud, Skinner, R.D. Laing, and motivation among humans and other animals. Maslow, among others. We explore the assump- Class will explore applications of these prin- tions, logic, and ramifications of psychological ciples in education and society at large. 3 hours. theory, and its place in modern experimental psychology. Some critique of psychology as a

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 157 discipline is included. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and survey research, observational research, and upper-division standing (or permission of the qualitative content analysis. Students will instructor). 3 hours. receive an introduction to data management and analysis as well. Must be taken as a co-require- Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology ment Psy 349 and both must be passed in the Students critically explore major categories of same semester with a “C” or better in Psy 150. disorder, with special emphasis on dissociative Must be taken in Junior year. Co-requisite: identity disorder, depression, schizophrenia, and Psy 349. 3 hours. Fall Only. borderline personality. Questions are raised about the use of psychiatric drugs, and atten- Psy 349 Research Methods tion is paid to the history of insanity. Includes in Psychology both textbook and original readings. Prerequi- A laboratory course to be taken concurrently site: Psy 150 and upper-division standing (or with Psy 348. 1 hour. Co-requisite: Psy 348. permission of the instructor). 3 hours. Fall only.

Psy 314 Memory and Mind Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics The focus of this course is on explaining memory An introduction to experimental design, and consciousness from a cognitive psychological descriptive and inferential statistics as well perspective. Students will be exposed to current as computer statistical analysis. Math 122 rec- theories and research on the structure and ommended. Prerequisite: Psy 348 and Psy 349. process of memory, memory development, the Any student substituting Math 207 for Psy 350 representation of knowledge, memory accuracy must obtain permission through the Psychology and fallibility, and how memory interacts with Department and must take one additional other aspects of cognition and emotion. Related topics such as attention, the self concept, and upper-division elective in Psy-chology.”C” or metacognition are also covered.Emphasis is better. 3 hours. Spring only. placed upon understanding both the process and the content of memory, and the complex Psy 352 Physiological Psychology interactions between memory processing and An introduction to the basic biological founda- social-cognitive behaviors across time. 3 hours. tions of behavior. This course examines neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, and Psy 321 Sensation & Perception explores how these principles help explain An in-depth analysis of how organisms perceive behavior. Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly recom- and comprehend their world. The course mended. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper- explores how receptors, transaction, and division standing. 3 hours. neural networks shape and constrain our perception of reality. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Psy 390 Junior Seminar upper-division standing (or permission of the An intensive and advanced review of issues instructor.). Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly central to the discipline of psychology which asks recommended. 3 hours. students to reflect critically on knowledge gained in previous psychology classes. Prereq- Psy 340 Child Development uisite: “C” or better in Psy 348/49, Upper- An in-depth analysis of child development with division standing and instructor’s consent. a focus on contemporary research from the Open to Psychology majors declaring in Junior bio-social-behavioral framework. Students Year. Spring only. 3 hours. will conduct an in-depth study on a chosen topic. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division Psy 420 Special Topics in standing. 3 hours. Psychology Seminar course focusing on topics of special Psy 348 Research Methods interest to students and faculty, such as in Psychology Adolescence, Aging, Women and Violence, This course examines the principles of research Personality, Self-Concept, and Intelligence. design, methodology, and data analysis in Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Junior standing and psychology. Method and design issues relevant permission of the instructor. May be repeated to a wide range of substantive areas in psychology for credit as topic varies. 3 or 4 hours. are covered, such as experimental designs,

158 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 PSYCHOLOGY • SOCIOLOGY ■

Psy 425 Basic Clinical Techniques This class introduces students to various theories SOCIOLOGY, of psychotherapy as well as an assortment of therapeutic techniques. Prerequisite: Psy 311 (or ANTHROPOLOGY permission of the instructor). 3 hours. AND SOCIAL WORK Psy 444 Psychobiography An effort to understand the form and content Vernon L. Bates, Chair, Professor of artistic work from the vantage point of of Sociology the artist’s life history. Previous classes have included analyses of artists Diane Arbus, Andrea Doerfler, Assistant Professor Kathryn Harrison, Sylvia Plath, Picasso, Oscar of Social Work Wilde, Jackson Pollack, Vladimir Nabokov, Cheleen Mahar, Professor of Anthropology Roald Dahl, Jack Kerouac, James Agee, and Truman Capote, among others. Significant use Sarah R. Phillips, Associate Professor is made of psychological theory as a means of of Sociology tracing meaningful connections between the life Byron D. Steiger, Professor of Sociology and creative products. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division standing (or permission of the Christopher Wilkes, Professor of Sociology instructor). 3 hours. The Department of Sociology and Anthropology Psy 490 Senior Thesis Proposal offers the following programs: a major in (499 track) Anthropology and Sociology; a major in Sociology; An intensive writing and research preparation and an interdisciplinary major in Social Work. In course to be taken by those planning to do addition to the majors, the Department offers a Advanced Senior Research (Psy 499), this class minor in Sociology and in Anthropology. emphasizes the selection of an area of interest from which to develop an independent research The major in Anthropology and Sociology project. Students formulate, draft, and submit recognizes that both fields share a common a Senior Thesis Research Proposal. Prerequisite: philosophical and theoretical history. “C” or better in Psy 350 and 390 and permission of instructor. 3 hours. Fall only. As well, both share a concern for the social and cultural conditions of human life. The fundamental Psy 491 Senior Thesis Proposal aims of the major are to provide students with (non-499 track) the analytical perspectives for the systematic An intensive writing and research preparation understanding of human social and cultural course to be taken by those not planning to enroll in Advanced Senior Research (Psy 499). existence and to prepare students for graduate This class emphasizes the selection of an area of education and professional employment in which interest from which to develop an independent cultural diversity and cross-cultural understanding research project. Students formulate, draft, and are essential. submit a Research Proposal. Prerequisite “C” or better in Psych 350 and 390, permission of The major in Sociology is designed to provide basic instructor, and pre- or co-requisite of any other knowledge about the development, structure and 400 level Psych class. 3 hours. Spring only. function of human groups and societies, and relationships among these groups and societies. Psy 499 Advanced Senior Research The program contributes to a liberal arts A class for select senior students who wish to education, prepares students for graduate training actualize the thesis proposal completed at the in sociology, and is preparatory for social services conclusion of Psy 490. Prerequisite: “C” or and other careers. better in Psy 490 and departmental GPA of 3.25 or better, and overall GPA of 3.00 or better. Students not satisfying these pre-requisites may petition the department for admission to the class. 3 hrs. Spring only.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 159 The interdisciplinary program in Social Work Requirements provides general knowledge about human needs Anth 101 Introduction to and resources, and elementary skills in building Anthropology...... 3 counseling relationships. The major is intended to Anth 301 Research Methods in either provide sufficient skills to function at an Anthropology, OR entry-level position, such as a Public Assistance Soc. 300 Methods of Social Research .. 4 Case-worker, or to provide the background Soc. 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 necessary for entry into graduate study. Anth 470 Senior Research Seminar ... 1 Anth 471 Independent Research ...... 3 Goals for the Majors Soc. 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Students who successfully complete one of the majors should have the ability to carry Three of the following courses in out an independent senior research project Anthropology: 202, 210, 320, 330, 340 .... 9-10 and to present that project in a coherent oral and three of the following courses in and written form to be evaluated by peers Sociology: 208, 266, 312, 313, 325 ...... 9-10 and by faculty. Students should also have the ability to carry out similar collaborative 37 or 38 projects. It is presumed that these abilities are a foundation for one’s life and career. In order to do this students must possess MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY the following: • an ability to exercise sociological/ anthropological imagination — observing Requirements the relationship between individuals Anth 101 Introduction to and historical, cultural, and social forces; Anthropology...... 3 • an ability to perceive the general in the Anth 301 Research Methods in particular — how one’s particular life Anthropology...... 4 experiences are shaped by the general Electives ...... 9 categories of class, age, race, ethnicity, Choose three courses in Anthropology (at gender, religion, and subculture; least two must be upper-division courses.) • a fundamental understanding of the important theoretical constructs of each 16 discipline; • a fundamental understanding of the basic scientific methods of the disci- MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY plines, both quantitative and qualitative, and an ability to choose the appropriate The Sociology major must complete the fol- methodologies for one’s work; lowing core courses with a grade of ”C-” • an ability to understand and use data or better and maintain a 2.0 average in the and statistics. major. These same standards apply to the minor in Sociology and Anthropology.

MAJOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY Requirements AND SOCIOLOGY Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology ... 3 A major in Anthropology and Sociology Soc 102 Social Problems...... 3 must complete the following core courses Soc 300 Introduction to with a grade of “C-” or better and maintain Social Research ...... 4 a 2.0 average in the major. These same stan- Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 dards apply to the minor in Anthropology.

160 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Soc 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Either Soc 101 or Soc 102 ...... 3 Soc 470 Senior Research Seminar ... 1 Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology Soc 471 Independent Research ...... 3 Soc 102 Social Problems Additional courses in sociology which SocWk Principles of Social Work .. 3 must include at least three Either Anth 300 or Soc 300 ...... 4 300-level courses...... 18 Anth 300 Research Methods in Note: Soc.W 300, 301, 470, and 472 cannot be Anthropology used for the Sociology major. Soc 300 Intro to Social Research Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 40 SocWk 300 Micro Social Work Practice .. 4 Strongly recommended for a sociology SocWk 301 Macro Social Work Practice.. 4 major: Hist 101, 102; Phil 101; Econ 101, 102. SocWk 470 Internship Seminar ...... 1 SocWk 472 Social Work Internship ... 4-14 MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY Two of the following courses ...... 6 Soc 204 Criminology Requirements Soc 208 Race Relations Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology ... 3 Soc 209 Sociology of the Family Soc 102 Social Problems...... 3 Soc 211 Delinquency Electives ...... 15 Soc 217 Gender and Sexuality Choose five or more 3-hour courses in Soc 266 Deviance sociology (at least two of which must be Soc. 321 Sociology of the City upper-division.) Soc. 325 Hispanics in the U.S. Note: SocW 300, 301, 470, and 472 can not be used for the Sociology minor. 47-57

21 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Any student interested in a Sociology minor should consult with a faculty member in the Sociology Department Anthropology (Anth) before the end of the sophomore year. Anth 101 Introduction to Anthropology The character of culture and the nature of MAJOR IN SOCIAL WORK social behavior as developed through the anthro- pological study of contemporary peoples. The Social Work major must complete the 3 hours. Mahar. Annually. following core courses with a grade of “C- ” or better and maintain a 2.0 average in Anth 202 Film, Text and Culture the major. This course examines the use of film, photography and text as data collection methods and repre- Requirements sentations for ethnographic research. Method- Psy 150 Introduction to ological and epistemological issues are explored Psychology ...... 3 in a comparison of ethnographic documentaries. As part of the course requirement students are Psy 180, Psy 318 or Psy 340 (a Develop- expected to complete short observational and mental Psychology course) ...... 3 photographic projects. Prerequisite: Anth 101 Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 or Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Mahar. SocWk/Psy 425 Basic Clinical and Counseling Techniques ..... 3 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 161 Anth 210 Mesoamerican Cultures Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102 or A survey of early Mayan and Aztec societies, consent of instructor. Prerequisite: 6 hours of how they fared under Spanish Colonial rule and Anthropology or Sociology or consent of their contemporary lives. The course focuses instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Meets upon indigenous peoples, examining their cross-cultural requirement. articulation in contemporary states in relation to ethnic consciousness and cultural processes. Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102 and Ritual or consent of instructor 3 hours. Mahar. Anthropological approaches to the study of Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. myth, ritual and symbols which focus upon cultural meaning. Examines the nature of myth Anth. 299 Field Experience and ritual in a variety of cultures. Prerequi- A course for students who wish to combine site: Anth 201 or 202 or Soc 413 or consent of anthropology and their service learning instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Meets experiences through the Humanitarian Center. cross-cultural requirement. 1-2 hours. Mahar Anth 356 Culture, Class and Cuisine Anth 301 Research Methods Explores people’s relationship to food with in Anthropology regard to the environment, gender, class struc- Helps students critically evaluate anthropological ture and the increasing globalization and methods and their own fieldwork strategies. homgenization of food. Of particular impor- Explores ethnographic fieldwork and methods tance are the cultural influences on cuisine as through an analysis of the nature of social food plays a social, symbolic and political- practice as it is reflected in the anthropological economic role across cultures. Prerequisite: literature. Ethnographic methods include Junior Standing. 4 hours. Mahar and Wilkes. participant observation, survey skills, inter- biennially. viewing skills, careful attention to language and the ethical dimensions of research. Students Anth 494 Senior Research Seminar have the opportunity to apply these methods in The focus is to assist students in selecting an research projects in the local community. area of interest from which to draw an indepen- Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology or Soci- dent research project, to do an initial literature ology or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Mahar. review, to develop a theoretical framework, and Biennially. to develop a research methodology for the se- nior research project. Prerequisite: 19 hrs. of Anth 320 South American Anthropology or Sociology including Anth 301 Traditional Societies or Soc 300. 1 hour. Annually in the Fall. Pass/ Ethnographic studies of the social, economic No Pass. Staff and political forms of small-scale non indus- trial societies. This class looks at a variety of Anth 495 Independent Research cultural systems from the Amazon Basin to Student-conducted individual research/theoretical the Andes, during historical and contemporary project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of Anthropol- times. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology ogy or Sociology including Anth 494. 3 hours. or Sociology or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Faculty supervised. Mahar. Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirements. Sociology (Soc) Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology Anth 330 Gender in Cross-Cultural Provides an intensive introduction to human Perspective behavior in groups including a study of family, This class investigates the notion of gender as education, religion, government, ecology, it has been constituted in different times and deviancy. Basic concepts and terminology are places. The course examines theoretical devel- emphasized. 3 hours. Staff. opments in the anthropology of gender and ex- plores gender cross-culturally, using examples from a wide range of societies, past and present.

162 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Soc 102 Social Problems Soc 217 Gender and Sexuality Study of the nature, scope, causes, effects alter- An introduction to the theories and methods natives and solutions to the major problems in used by sociologists to study masculinity and society, such as poverty, crime, and health. femininity, the social and historical construc- 3 hours. Staff. tion of sexuality, love, and romance. Discussion includes the sociology of homosexuality, bisexu- SocWk 201 Principles of Social Wrok ality, and heterosexuality, as well as issues Provides an introduction to the field of social of HIV/AIDS, teen pregnancy, prostitution, work practice with an emphasis on the historical pornography, sexual harassment and rape in development of social work as well as the the United States. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102 values and ethics that guide social work practice. or consent of instructor. Must be 18 years of Students will explore possible career age. 3 hours. Biennially. Phillips. opportunites in the field of social work and will gain volunteer experience in a social Soc 266 Deviance service agency. 3 hours. Doerfler. An analysis of definitions of deviance, causes of deviance, and societal reaction to deviance. The Soc 204 Criminology relationship between deviant behavior and An analysis of criminal behavior from theft to social justice will be explored. Topics include homicide, and society’s reaction to it. Specific drug use, mental disorder, the sex industry, areas covered include: the defining of criminal suicide, sexual preference, crime and corporate behavior, the varieties of crime, the causes of crime. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102 or consent crime, and the criminal justice system from of instructor. 3 hours. Bates. arrest to imprisonment. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Steiger. Soc 300 Introduction to Social Research Soc 208 Race Relations Analysis and application of the logic and methods The primary emphasis is on the relationships of science in sociology is studied. The student between dominant (majority) and subordinate learns by doing a research project that goes (minority) racial and ethnic groups in the through all stages: theory, hypothesis, United States. Designed to enable the student operationalization, research design, population/ to understand the principles and processes sampling, data collection, and analysis. Prereq- which shape the patterns of relations among uisite: Soc 101 or 102. 4 hours. Biennially. racial, ethnic, and other groups in society. Meets Phillips. cross-cultural requirement. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102 or by consent of instructor. Soc 301 Social Statistics 3 hours. Bates. Introductory statistics course for students in the social sciences. The emphasis of the course will Soc 209 Sociology of the Family be on understanding how social scientists use The primary emphasis is on the relationship numerical data to understand social phenomena, between the familial institution and the society and how to use and interpret statistical in which it is being studied. Attention is given measures and techniques commonly reported in to trans-historical and cross-cultural data, the social sciences literature. Prerequisite: Math social change, definitions of the family, social- 122 or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Phillips. ization, courtship, marriage, divorce, sex roles, sexuality, socio-economic forces, alternative SocWK 300 Micro Social Work Practice forms, and the future. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or This course focuses on the change process at the 102 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Bates. three levels of social work practice (individual, family and group). Students will acquire spe- Soc 211 Juvenile Delinquency cific skills which will assist them in assessing, An analysis of the definition of delinquency, its contacting, working with and terminating history, causes, societal reaction, and treatment some clients. Prerequisite: SocWk 201 and and prevention. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102 Junior standing. 4 hours. Doerfler or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Phillips.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 163 SocWk 301 Macro Social Work Practice Soc 315 Equality and Inequality This course provides an overview of the major The course analyzes inequalities of wealth, influences on the service delivery system, power, and prestige in societies. The sources including social work values and ethics. The and consequence of inequality as well as the student will trace the evolution of social wel- moral issues involved are emphasized. Impli- fare and American social policy in a cations for social mobility for the individual or multicultural context. Macro intervention and for social groups are analyzed. Prerequisite: the change process at three levels of social work Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. practice (organizations, community, and state and federal public policy) will be the focus Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine of the course. Prerequisite: SocWk 201 and The course analyzes the social and demographic Junior standing 4 hours. Doerfler variables affecting health, morbidity, and mor- tality rates. It also examines the social roles in Soc 307 Collective Behavior and illness (e.g., doctor and patient): their defini- Social Movements tions and consequences. Attention is given to Description and analysis of human behavior in the study of medical care institutions and their collectives. Concentration focuses on the systems and structures. The relations between dynamics of rumor, panics, crowds, mass social policy and health are debated. Prerequi- behavior, mass communication, fashions, fads, site: Soc 101. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. public opinion, and social movements. Prereq- uisite: 9 hours of Sociology. Junior standing Soc 321 Sociology of the City 4 hours. Bates. Biennially. An exploration of the modern United States city. We will use Portland as a “laboratory” for Soc 312 Social Interaction understanding the evolution of cities, how A study of the interaction process as the central modern cities “work,” the problems and element in human social life, the primary occa- successes of urban areas. Prerequisite: Soc 101 sion for communication, and the origin of both or 102. 3 hours. Phillips. social structure and the individual human iden- tity. Attention is given to symbolic communi- Soc. 325 Hispanics in the U.S. cation, interaction, socialization, role theory, A study of the history, literature, culture, and self-concept, deviance. Prerequisite: 9 hours of demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. Sociology. 3 of the 9 may be taken in Anthro- An interdisciplinary approach will be taken pology. Junior standing. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. toward placing in perspective the major politi- cal, social, and educational issues facing these Soc 313 Sociology of Religion groups. Students will simultaneously be A sociological analysis of religious belief, ritual, engaged in a field experience in the Hispanic experience, and organization. Issues to be community. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. considered include the social origins of religion, Meets cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours. its significance as a social force and as a form Bates/Phillips of social control, and the relation between religious institutions and the larger society of Soc 357 Social Change which they are a part. Prerequisite: 9 semester Review and critique of theories of social change. hours of Sociology. 3 of the 9 may be taken Analysis of factors causing change and the in Anthropology. Junior Standing. 3 hours. mechanisms by which social change comes Bates. Biennially. about. Emphasis is placed on understanding the 20th century. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociol- PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence ogy. 3 of the 9 maybe taken in Anthropology. (See PACS in section on Special Academic Junior standing. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. programs.) Counts toward the major in Soci- ology. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially.

164 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Soc 350 Special Topics in Sociology SocWk 472 Social Work Internship Seminar or tutorial course focusing on topics An internship in a social service agency may be of interest to students and faculty. This course chosen as one alternative to fulfill the require- may be repeated for credit when topics vary. ment for social work majors. Interns will be 3 hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or 102 and required to meet with the instructor, with other Junior Standing. social work interns, and with those students doing evaluation research, in a seminar setting Anth 356 Culture, Class and Cuisine (Soc 470) to discuss their work in this field place- Explores people’s relationship to food with ment. Prerequisite: 2.75 G.P.A., 19 hours in regard to the environment, gender, class struc- Social Work required courses including Soc 300 ture and the increasing globalization and or Anth 301 and Soc 301, and Soc 470. 4-14 homgenization of food. Of particular importance hours. Doerfler are the cultural influences on cuisine as food plays a social, symbolic and political- Soc 470 Senior Research Seminar economic role across cultures. Prerequisite: The focus is to assist students in selecting Junior Standing. 4 hours. Mahar and Wilkes. an areas of interest from which to draw an biennially. independent research project, to do an initial literature review, to develop a theoretical Soc 414 Sociological Theory framework, and to develop a research methodol- The origin and development of sociology are ogy for the senior research project. Prerequisite: analyzed through the examination of major 19 hrs of Sociology, including Soc 300 and Soc. historical theorists and of contemporary schools 301. 1 hour. Staff. Annually in the Fall. Pass/ of sociological thought. Prerequisite: 9 hours of No Pass. Staff. Sociology. Junior Standing 4 hours. Steiger. Biennially. Soc 471 Independent Research Student-conducted individual research/theoretical SocWk 470 Social Work Research project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of Sociology Seminar including Soc. 470. 3 hours. Faculty supervised The focus is to assist students in selecting an area of interest from which to draw an indepen- dent evaluation research project for social work. Students will do an initial literature review to develop a theoretical framework and to develop a research methodology. This course is to be taken before or concurrently with Soc 471 or Soc 472. Prerequisite: 19 hours in Social Work required courses including Soc 300 or Anth 301 and Soc 301. 1 hour. Doerfler

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 165 STUDY ABROAD Eligibility To be eligible for overseas study, students, typically sophomores or juniors, must dem- In accordance with Pacific University’s mission onstrate proper personal and academic statement and goals, Pacific University study abroad preparation for the program, be in good programs provide students with a unique academic standing, and have attended opportunity to develop skills and knowledge which Pacific full time for one semester. Applica- will prepare them for the diverse community, tions from freshmen to study abroad during their sophomore year will normally nation, and world. Pacific University considers not be approved unless there is a compelling international study important and encourages all academic reason for the request. In general, students to gain exposure to other cultures, applicants are expected to have an overall languages, and ways of life. GPA of 3.0. For language programs the completion or equivalent of 202 is required. Study abroad is required for a major in modern A personal essay, letters of recommenda- languages and international studies, but is open tion, and a personal interview are also to all students who meet the selection criteria. required of all applicants. Students with a Pacific University students who participate in a GPA below 2.5 at the time of application will study abroad program can earn a maximum of 31 have their applications rescinded. credits which will count toward their graduation. However, students should consult with their faculty Cost advisor(s) to determine which courses taken abroad The cost for most Pacific University can and cannot be used toward their majors or to approved study abroad programs will be satisfy other specific University requirements. equal to Pacific tuition, room and board. The University will also provide up to $750 Pacific has an agreement with the Oregon University for transportation to and from the study System (OUS) that gives Pacific students access to abroad site. For specific program cost all OUS study abroad programs. These programs information, please contact the Interna- now include some 24 different study abroad sites tional Programs Office. in China, Ecuador, France, Germany, Japan and The University does extend financial aid for Mexico, to name a few. approved study abroad programs taking into account both the total expenses associ- Pacific also offers access to a wide array of other ated with a particular program and the study abroad programs. European study in Austria, demonstrated need of the individual England, France, Spain, Wales, and The Netherlands student. The University may also facilitate is available in cooperation with Central College of student access to study abroad programs Iowa and University of Minnesota. In Japan, not affiliated with Pacific, but no financial Pacific is affiliated with Kansai Gaidai in Hirakata, aid from Pacific will be awarded for such just outside of Osaka, and Nagoya Gakuin unaffiliated programs. University in Nagoya. In Ecuador, Pacific has an affiliation with the Universidad Especialidades Application Deadline Espiritu Santo (UEES) in Guayaquil. In China, Pacific The deadline for application to all Pacific has sent students in recent years to Guanxi study abroad programs is normally at the University in Gualin and has an exchange beginning of second semester (late January- agreement with East China Normal University in early February) preceding the academic year in which the study abroad program Shanghai and Central University for Nationalities will be undertaken. Application forms, in Beijing. current cost data, and informational brochures about all study abroad programs are available in the International Programs Office, in the ELI House.

166 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 STUDY ABROAD ■

CHINESE Students are housed in the University’s residence halls along with their Welsh Pacific has an exchange agreement with classmates. East China Normal University (ECNU) in the dynamic city of Shanghai. Students England study intensive Chinese language and cul- ture while at ECNU and represent Pacific Students who participate in the Central University in a variety of ways during their College program in London enroll in British semester of academic year of study in Studies courses and seminars on special China. topics in the arts, literature, and social sciences. Students may also enroll in up to A sister school relationship provides stu- two courses at the University of North dents with an opportunity to study in London. Almost all students also partici- Gualin at Guanxi University. Famous for its pate in the internship program, choosing natural rock formations, Gualin is a smaller from more than 50 internships in a wide setting in which to study. Intensive Chinese variety of fields. language classes are offered along with classes for international students. Students are generally placed in dormitories, how- The Netherlands ever, limited homestays can be arranged. Less then 40 minutes away from OUS provides a semester-long program at Amsterdam, Leiden is home to the nation’s the Central University for Nationalities in oldest University, Leiden University. The Beijing. This program focuses on intensive Central College program in Leiden allows language training at the beginning, inter- Pacific students to experience continental mediate, and advanced levels and offers Europe while taking classes in English. a course entitled Chinese Culture and While studying in Leiden, Pacific students Chinese National Minorities that includes can take courses in Art, Business, Economics, a three-week study tour to two minority Management, Political Science, History, regions in China rarely visited by Westerners. Psychology, Literature and Music. Students International students are housed together must take a beginning Dutch language in a University dormitory. course while participating on the program. All students live in Dutch residence halls and, whenever possible will be placed as ENGLISH the only American on the floor. All resi- dence halls have single rooms with shared bathroom and kitchen facilities. Meals are Scotland and Ireland not included on this program. Pacific has direct enrollment study abroad options at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland and at six colleges and universities FRENCH in the Irish Republic and Northern Ireland. Four French programs are available to These institutions in Scotland and Ireland Pacific students in Paris, Montpellier, offer almost every course of study in a Lyon, and Poitiers through Central College, challenging academic environment. In all University of Minnesota, and OUS, respec- cases, a GPA of at least 3.0 is required to be tively. considered. The Central College program in Paris Wales includes a two-week intensive French language program in Nice, prior to the start Students who choose to study in Wales of classes at the Sorbonne. For the rest of attend Trinity College, a small liberal arts the year or semester, students are housed college in Carmarthen, a rural setting with in residence halls located throughout the opportunities for many outdoor activities, student sections of Paris. including canoeing, backpacking, camping, The OUS year long program in Lyon offers hiking, and rock climbing. Students may students a chance to explore France’s enroll in any of Trinity’s five divisions. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 167 second largest city. The program begins to Oregon, begins with a four-week pro- with an intensive language program and gram of intensive German. This is then continues at the Centre International followed by study in regular German d’Etudes Françaises with the opportunity university courses at any one of nine to take selected regular courses at four different universities, each with its own different universities in Lyon. Advanced distinctive academic emphasis. These are students who pass a qualifying exam may located in the cities of Stuttgart, Tubingen, also opt to take all of their courses in the Konstanz, Hohenheim, Ulm, Freiburg, French universities that participate in the Heidelberg, Mannheim, and Karlsruhe. In program. There is a wide variety of housing addition, students with special interests in options, ranging from homestays with education, music, and art may enroll at families, to sharing apartments with French three more specialized institutions in students, to staying in university dormito- Ludwigsburg and Stuttgart, although an ries. This program is for the full academic audition and/or portfolio may be required year only. for admission to the music and art schools. The OUS year long program in Poitiers exposes students to life in a small French Austria city of 100,000 residents. This program also The Central College German language begins with homestays with French families program provides students with an oppor- and an intensive language program. Most tunity to study in Austria for either a single students then continue with courses in the semester or an entire year. The program Department of French for Foreign Students begins with one or two month intensive of the University of Poitiers as well as regu- German program at a Goethe Institute lar University courses if their language facility in one of several sites in southern skills are sufficiently advanced. As at Lyon, Germany. Following the intensive German a wide variety of living arrangements, course, the remainder of the semester or including homestays with French families, year is spent at the 600-year-old University boarding houses, and University dormitories, of Vienna in Austria. Students can take are available. This program is also for the regular courses at the University in lan- full academic year only. guage and literature, fine arts, humanities, The University of Minnesota’s program in and the behavioral sciences. At the same Montpellier, France offers a comprehensive time, students take three courses per semes- academic and culturalexperience at the ter on different aspects of art, music, and intermediate and advanced language levels literature through Central College’s at the Universit Paul Valery. Montpellier is Program in Vienna. Students are housed in located in southern France, ten miles away residence halls scattered throughout the from the Mediterranean. Classes are held city which serve both international and at the Universit Paul Valery and are taught Austrian students. Residence halls do not by faculty from the University. Housing offer meal plans, and meal plans are not options vary and include homestays, included in the Central program fee. dormitory or apartment living. JAPANESE GERMAN Pacific University enjoys a sister school Pacific gives students of German the oppor- relationship with two Japanese universities tunity to pursue study abroad in either that allow Pacific students to enroll in their Germany or Austria through programs study abroad programs in Japan for either offered by OUS and Central College. a semester or a full year. Nagoya Gakuin is located in a scenic Germany suburb of Nagoya and offers a comfortable The year-long OUS program in the state of campus atmosphere. Kansai Gaidai is Baden-Würtemberg, the German sister state located in Hirakata near Osaka and half an

168 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 STUDY ABROAD ■ hour train ride from Kyoto and Nara, the (USFQ) is located in Cumbaya, a suburb of cultural and religious centers of traditional Quito and has 2,000 students. The program Japan. Both programs offer Japanese in Quito is available as either a year-long language classes and courses, taught in program, or as a one-semester program in English, on the history and culture of the fall and/or spring semesters. All Japan. At both schools, students may live students are housed with families for one either in an international dormitory or semester with an option to move to an enjoy a home stay with a Japanese family apartment for second semester students. arranged by the school. In addition, under some circumstances, Spain Pacific students may have access to year- A year-long or semester program is available long OUS programs in Tokyo at Waseda through Central College at the University University and Aoyama Gakuin University. of Granada in southern Spain. The Central At both universities, intensive Japanese is College program begins with a three week offered as well as a variety of courses, orientation. The orientation includes inten- taught in English, in Japanese history, sive Spanish and cultural orientation cul- literature, politics, economics, and culture. minating in a language placement exam. Course work at Aoyama Gakuin, however, Throughout the orientation and the semes- is especially focused on business, economics, ter, students are housed with Spanish host and politics. At Aoyama Gakuin housing is families. In Granada, students may choose provided in University dormitories with from three different course options, including Japanese roommates; at Waseda University regular classes at the University of Granada home stays with Japanese families are for those who have passed the language provided. placement exam. The Granada program also incorporates the opportunity for service-learning projects in the local area. SPANISH

Ecuador OTHER PROGRAMS Pacific has a special relationship with the Pacific students also have access through Universidad Especialidades Espiritu Santo the Oregon University System (OUS) to (UEES) in Guayaquil, Ecuador’s largest city, study abroad programs in South Korea and principal port, and main commercial Thailand. However, Pacific does not offer center. UEES offers a one-semester program language training in support of this study each fall for Pacific students. The program abroad option. More complete information features homestays with carefully selected about these, and other programs, is avail- Ecuadorian families, a series of excursions able in the International Programs Office. in and out of Guayaquil, including trips to the Andean highlands, the Amazon basin and the Galapagos. The academic program OVERSEAS PROGRAMS includes service-learning with a local school WINTER III or social service agency, intensive Spanish and course work in Latin American history, A variety of credit-earning overseas study geography, economics, and literature. programs are also available during Pacific’s three week winter term (Winter III). These Pacific students may also apply to the OUS programs are faculty-led and vary from program in Ecuador’s capital city, Quito. year to year. Recent program destinations Students may choose from one of two have included Vietnam, India, Barcelona, schools: Pontificia Universidad Cat—lica Spain, Switzerland, London, England, del Ecuador (PUCE) and Universidad San Germany and Costa Rica. For a schedule of Francisco de Quito (USFQ). PUCE is located upcoming Winter III programs, contact the in the center of Quito and is a private, International Programs Office at 503-352-2913. independent institution with 7,000 stu- dents. Universidad San Francisco de Quito

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 169 THEATRE Theatre Major Goals Through theatrical production and academic study the Pacific Theatre Department Jennifer Camp, Instructor of Dance* strives to provide students with: Greta Christensen, Costume, Make-up Instructor* 1. A broad spectrum of high-quality Barbara Stalick, Instructor of Dance* theatrical production experiences • Appreciation for the Theatre Arts; David Thorpe, Technical Director* plays, dance, and musical theatre. *adjunct faculty • Human interaction and social issues At Pacific, the theatre experience is offered to all from historical and foreign cultures. students regardless of background or major. As • Dramatic literature: serious drama; the most collaborative of the arts, theatre blends historical and social drama; comedy. performance with literature, history and the visual • Theatrical spectacle. arts and provides practical, technical and 2. Theatrical production: organizational training. • Performance: acting; dance musical theatre; improv and public speaking. For those interested in professional theatre or teaching, the curriculum provides a well-rounded • Production management. foundation for graduate school or the professional • Directing and producing. world. Students in theatre-related fields such as • Design: scenography, costume, audio the performance arts of dance and music, or and lighting. literature, television, film, and advertising, may • Playwriting. enroll in theatre courses to develop skills which 3. Real-world work experience for careers can best be practiced in theatre productions. Dual after college: majors are often advised. • Team and small group projects. At Pacific, students are encouraged to become • Practical problem solving. involved. Acting, directing, scenic and costume • Management, budget and project construction, design, playwriting, lighting and organization. makeup are but a few of the variety of activities • Personal and group communication. available. We invite you to participate. • Aesthetic decision making • Time and stress management • Publicity and audience development 4. Preparation for careers in television, film, theatre, advertising, arts manage- ment, public relations, etc. 5. Preparation for graduate study and careers in teaching.

170 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 THEATRE ■

MAJOR IN THEATRE Danc 400 Engl 310, 323, 340 Requirements Fren 304 Drama Mus 321-324 History Core courses Span 304 Drama Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals ..... 3 Thea 310, 325, 360, 370 or Thea 120 Technical Theatre...... 3 approved individual Thea 150 Theatre Company: Study Topics Performance ...... 1 Thea 151 Theatre Company: Technical Total credit-hours: 36-39 and Organizational ...... 1 Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design ...... 3 Thea 225 Makeup ...... 1 MINOR IN THEATRE Thea 330 Directing I: Fundamentals ... 3 Thea 350 Theatre History or Thea 360 Requirements Modern Theatre ...... 3 Thea 110 Acting I...... 3 Thea 495 Thesis (Directing, play Thea 150 Theatre Company: Perfor- writing, choreography, mance (P/N) ...... 1 design or performance – Thea 151 Theatre Company: Technical Learning Contract and Organizational (P/N) ... 1 required) ...... 3-6 Thea 120 Technical Theatre...... 3 Arts Electives (6 hours from the following) ...... 6 Thea 330 Directing I: Fundamentals 3 Art 110, 210, 218, 226, 235, 270 Thea 350 Theatre History ...... 3 MedA Television, film or Electives: Six upper-division hours in audio production Theatre Arts in consultation with the Theatre Director ...... 6 Danc 105, 121, 126, 205, 221, 400 (all 1 hour) Total credit-hours: 20 Mus 101, 111, 112, 211, 212 Upper-Division Electives (9 additional hours [6 in Theatre] chosen from the following or others with the approval of Theatre Advisor)...... 9 Art 310, 326 MedA Television, film or audio production upper division classes

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 171 The Modern Languages major student may WORLD LANGUAGES concentrate in Chinese, French, German, & LITERATURES Japanese, or Spanish as a primary language. Majors are required to complete 12 semester hours in an accredited program outside the United Victor Rodriguez, Chair, Associate Professor States, offered in the language in which the of Spanish student is specializing. Students may also select a Susan U. Cabello, Professor of Spanish major in Japanese or Spanish or a major in French Nancy Christoph, Associate Professor or German Studies. Pacific students may apply of Spanish their financial aid awards to foreign study undertaken through the Study Abroad program Lorely French, Professor of German of the department. (For more information on Sandra Garcia, Instructor of Japanese* studying abroad, see the appropriate section in Kazuko Ikeda, Associate Professor of Japanese this catalog.) Atsuko Kurogi, Assistant Professor All courses in the department are open to non- of Japanese majors having the appropriate prerequisites. Students are invited to pursue their area of interest Gabriella Ricciardi, Assistant Professor of within the framework of departmental offerings. French and Spanish Katya Monge-Hall, Instructor of Spanish For information about language courses, the major, or the Study Abroad program, contact Sara Steinert Borella, Associate Professor Professor Sara Steinert Borella. of French Mariana Valenzuela, Instructor of Spanish Goals for Majors in the Department of Jingzhu Wu, Instructor of Chinese World Languages and Literatures * indicates part-time The department seeks to graduate majors who: The Department of World Languages and • embody the essence of liberal arts values; Literatures seeks to provide the general student • have a high level of proficiency in all with awareness of and sensitivity toward the four skill areas of the language of con- cultural and linguistic diversity of an increasingly centration: listening, speaking, reading, interconnected world. For students specializing in and writing; language study, the Modern Languages curriculum • have participated in at least a semester teaches proficiency in speaking, writing, and of study abroad and are sensitive to comprehending a modern language. Majors cultural differences; spend a semester or a year in study abroad. The • have some knowledge of the major curriculum is designed to ensure mastery of literary and intellectual trends of the the languages studied through intensive culture of concentration; conversational training. • are acquainted with the different modes of research within their field; The faculty of the Department is diverse and international. There are eleven full-time faculty • have conducted original research and members and one part-time member. Six written a senior thesis in the language of specialization or have completed a languages are represented in the curriculum: capstone project; Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, and • are prepared to pursue graduate/profes- Spanish. All the members of the faculty carry out sional studies or immediately enter the research or creative writing projects, publish job market able to seek employment in regularly, and participate actively in professional a broad spectrum of career possibilities. organizations.

172 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

MAJOR IN MODERN LANGUAGES Japn 490 Senior Capstone ...... 3 One course from the following list: Art Requirements 274, Hist 111, Hist 112, Hist 211, Hist 315, Hum 205, Phil 305, Pols 344 ...... 3-4 Primary Language (French, German, Japanese, Spanish)...... 30 42-47 Lower Division ...... 12 A student majoring in Japanese must com- 2 300-level classes (at Pacific) ...... 6 plete all courses with a grade of C- or better. Upper-Division (overseas) ...... 12 Students will enter the sequence at a level 400-level class in primary appropriate to their previous preparation language (capstone)...... 3-4 and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of Secondary Language(s) ...... 12 lower-division credit. May include two full years of one language, or one full year of two different languages. MAJOR IN SPANISH One course from the list of the following: Requirements Engl 332, Engl 343, Span 320, Worl 301, Worl 302, Worl 430 ...... 3 Span 101-102 ...... 6 Span 201-202 ...... 6 48-49 3 300-level classes in Spanish (including at least one of the following courses: Sp 302, 303, 304, 305, 308) ...... 9 A student majoring in Modern Languages (one of these classes may be waived, if must complete all courses with a grade of student studies abroad for the whole year) C- or better. Upper-Division hours Students will enter the sequence at a level earned overseas ...... 12-16 appropriate to their previous preparation. *Span/Educ 465, 466, 467 do not count Students who enter with previous foreign toward the major language training may be exempt from a maximum of 6 hours of the major require- 2 classes numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 6 ment. Students entering the sequence at the Span 485 Seminar in Hispanic Studies ... 4 300-level will complete a minimum of 12 hours selected from upper-division offerings. 43-47 International students, who have taken ESL A student majoring in Spanish must com- classes at the university level and who want plete all courses with a grade of C- or better. to major in Modern Languages, may be exempted from the 12 credits of a secondary Students will enter the sequence at a level foreign language. appropriate to their previous preparation and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of lower-division credit. MAJOR IN JAPANESE MAJOR IN FRENCH STUDIES Requirements Rationale: To provide a viable major Japn 101-102 6 that emphasizes France and the French- Japn 201-202 6 speaking world. Upper-Division hours earned overseas ...... 12-16 Requirements 4 Upper-Division classes at Pacific, at Fren 101-102 ...... 6 lease two of which must be Fren 201-202 ...... 6 numbered 400 ...... 12 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 173 Upper-Division hours earned overseas Note: Check individual departments for in a French-speaking country...... 12-16 course descriptions and course schedules for 2 French classes semesters offered. numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 Fren 494/495 Thesis, normally written in 1 French class numbered 400 at Pacific .. 3 French (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 3 classes from the following list of related classes: (Must include at least 6 credit 46-53 hours taken at Pacific) 9-12 A student majoring in French Studies must Anthropology: complete all courses with a grade of C- Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth or better. and Ritual ...... 3 Anth 400 Transnationalism in a MAJOR IN GERMAN STUDIES Postmodern World ...... 3 Art: Rationale: To provide a viable major that emphasizes Germany and the German- Art 271 History of Western Art II: speaking world. Renaissance through Impressionism...... 3 Requirements Art 272 History of Western Art III: Post Impressionism Through Ger 101-102 6 20th Century ...... 3 Ger 201-202 6 English/International Studies: Upper-Division hours earned overseas in Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics .. 3 a German-speaking country ...... 12-16 OR 2 German classes numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Theory ...... 3 1 German class numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 3 OR 3 classes from the following list of IS 201 Intercultural related classes: ...... 9-12 Communications ...... 3 (Must include at least 6 credit hours taken History: at Pacific) Hist 206 France from Caesar to English/International Studies: Napoleon ...... 3 Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics .. 3 Hist 235 Europe Since 1945 ...... 3 OR Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Hist 301 The Medieval World: and Theory ...... 3 400-1500 ...... 3 IS 201 Intercultural Hist 333 Imperialism and Communications ...... 3 Decolonization ...... 4 Engl 220 Literature and Human Hist 335 Era of World War I ...... 4 Concerns: The Holocaust Hist 338 The Era of the French History: Revolution ...... 4 History: Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era.. 3 Hist 232 The Holocaust ...... 3 Media Arts: Hist 235 Europe Since 1945 ...... 3 MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Hist 301 The Medieval World: Philosophy: 400-1500 ...... 3 Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy* ..... 4 Revolt: 1500-1800 ...... 3 (*will depend on topic)

174 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Hist 335 Era of World War I ...... 4 Requirements Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era.. 3 Chinese: Media Arts: Chin 101-102 Introduction to Chinese MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Language and Culture...... 6 Music: Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese...... 6 Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 .. 3 Upper-Division work in Chinese ...... 6 Mus 323 Music History: 1809-1918 .. 3 18 Mus 324 Music History: The Twentieth Century ...... 3 French: Philosophy: Fren 101-102 Introduction to French Phil 208 Late Modern Philosophy Language and Culture...... 6 1750-1900 ...... 3 Fren 201-202 Intermediate French ...... 6 Phil 403 Twentieth Century Philosophy Upper-Division work in French...... 6 Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 18 Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy*..... 4 (*will depend on topic) German: Note: Check individual departments for Ger 101-102 Introduction to German course descriptions, prerequisites, and course Language and Culture...... 6 schedules for semesters offered. Ger 201-202 German Conversation and Grammar Review ...... 6 Ger494/495 Thesis, normally written in German (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 Upper-Division work in German ...... 6

46-53 18

A student majoring in German Studies must Japanese: complete all courses with a grade of C- or Japn 101-102 Introduction to Japanese better. Language and Culture...... 6 Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese ...... 6 MINORS IN MODERN LANGUAGES Upper-Division work in Japanese ...... 6 Students interested in a minor are urged to consult with the professor of the language 18 they wish to pursue. Spanish: Students who enter with previous foreign language training may be exempt from a Span 101-102Introduction to Spanish maximum of 6 hours of the minor require- Language and Culture...... 6 ment. Students entering the sequence at the Span 201-202Intermediate Spanish ...... 6 300-level in Chinese, French, German or 3 Upper-Division classes in Spanish Japanese will complete a minimum of (including at least one of the 12 hours selected from upper-division following courses: Sp 302, offerings. (See below for specific Spanish 303, 304, 305, 308) ...... 9 requirements). A student minoring in any language taught at Pacific must complete all courses with a grade of C- or better. 21

Students who wish to minor in Spanish and enter the sequence at the 300-level will complete a minimum of 15 hours from upper-division offerings.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 175 MINOR IN SPANISH FOR WorL 430 Methods of Teaching ELEMENTARY TEACHERS Foreign Languages Theoretical and practical considerations in the Proficiency level of teaching of foreign languages at the elementary Spanish 202 required ...... 6 and secondary school levels. Required of all Span/Ed 465 Spanish in who are working for certification as language the Elementary School ...... 4 teachers. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 3 hours. Span/Ed 466 Mexico: A Cultural Mosaic ...... 4 WORLD LANGUAGES Hum 306 OR 325 (Latino Fiction or & LITERATURES Hispanic in U.S.) ...... 3/4 Span/Ed 467 Practicum in Chinese (Chin) Tapalpa, Mexico ...... 3 Chin 101-102 Introduction to Chinese 20-21 Language and Culture The beginning course is intended to give 5th year/MAT students can student teach training in the basic listening and reading of in Mexico for 3 of their 18 weeks in Chinese (Mandarin). Introduction of Chinese the schools. characters and presentation of the cultural (The above Spanish courses may not behaviors that influence language usage. 3 hours replace Spanish 401, 402, 411, 412 in the each semester. Spanish major.) Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese The intermediate course is intended for expan- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS sion of conversational skills, reading practice, and grammatical constructions. Development Teaching Languages of writing skills. Emphasis on effective spoken communication and reading practice. Prerequi- World Languages (WorL) site: Chin 102 or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours WorL 301-302 Mentoring in each semester. Language Teaching Each student serves as a mentor in one section Chin 301 Communicating in Chinese of a beginning language class (101 and 102 Development of communicative competence in classes in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Chinese with emphasis on conversational skill. Latin, and Spanish). Mentors attend all three Application of cultural awareness in various of the regular sessions of the class, which will communication situations. Prerequisite: be taught by the professor. Mentors are respon- Chinese 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught sible for facilitating the activities for the fourth in Chinese. 3 hours. Offered intermittently. hour. They do not participate in the evaluation Chin 305 Chinese Reading of students, except to take attendance during and Writing the fourth hour. The mentor meets once a week Study of Chinese writing and the enhancement with the supervising professor in the language of reading skills. Acquisition of more vocabu- to develop activities that build oral proficiency, lary to facilitate Chinese reading and writing. grammatical accuracy, and cultural under- Cultural and social influences on expressions standing of the language. Mentors also meet and styles will be discussed. Taught in Chinese. as a group with language faculty to discuss 3 hours. Offered intermittently. pedagogical issues associated with language instruction. Mentors are selected by an appli- cation process in the spring. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 3 hours. Graded P/NP.

176 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Chin 401 Selected Chinese Short ESL 103 Advanced Speaking Stories and Listening This course will focus on selected topics in con- Students develop communicative competence temporary Chinese short stories, which include with emphasis on both academic and conversa- such themes as nature and humans, life and tional idiom. Cassette tapes, videos, oral inter- death, love and loyalty, family and friends, and views and classroom presentations are a few of self and public. Students will understand the activities used to promote new vocabulary, Chinese values, beliefs, and norms through foster grammatically correct speech, develop extensive analysis of these topics. The course both comprehension and production skills. Only also provides the opportunity to enhance available to students of English as a second Chinese reading skills by studying various language. Prerequisites: Completion of interme- styles of the stories. Taught in Chinese. Prereq- diate ELI courses. 1.5 credit hours. uisite: Chinese 301 and 305, or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core ESL 104 Advanced Composition requirement. Offered intermittently. and Grammar This class offers extensive practice in academic English as a Second writing modes and review of grammatical Language (ESL) concepts. Emphasis will be placed on academic writing conventions and pedagogical ESL classes are available only to students approaches students are likely to encounter in enrolled in the English Language Institute. their further university studies. Students will ESL 101 Academic Skills: Strategies also review basic principles of punctuation, for College Learning sentence structure and grammar while working Students are introduced to and receive practice toward the ability to express complex ideas in in the skills and strategies necessary to succeed grammatically correct English. Only available in the American college classroom. Areas of to students of English as a second language. focus include critical thinking, close reading, Prerequisites: Completion of intermediate ELI active listening, note taking skills, research courses. 1.5 credit hours methodologies, and using citations. Only avail- able to students of English as a second language. French (Fren) Prerequisites: Completion of intermediate ELI Fren 101-102 Introduction to French courses. 1.5 credit hours. Language and Culture The beginning course is intended to give training ESL 102 Advanced Reading and in the basic patterns and structures of French. American Culture Conversation and reading related to the cultures Students develop reading comprehension skills of French-speaking areas. Classroom work is and the ability to summarize, outline, para- supplemented by laboratory experience. 3 hours phrase, and respond to academic readings. Stu- each semester. dents expand their active and passive vocabu- lary use through readings and discussions. Fren 201-202 Intermediate French Readings will focus on the history and culture Focus on conversational skills, comprehension, of the United States. Only available to students French and francophone cultures, reading, of English as a second language. Prerequisites: and grammar. Prerequisite: Fren 102 or an Completion of intermediate ELI courses. 1.5 equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. credit hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 177 Fren 265/365 French in the Fren 307 The Contemporary Elementary School Short Story This course is an introduction to the principles Study of significant short stories by major writers of second language acquisition and instruction in the French-speaking world, among them in elementary school programs. Students will Maupassant, Leciezio, Kamanda, Roy, and plan and implement lessons for after-school others. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or an equivalent French program involving first through fourth proficiency. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets graders. Class includes weekly trips to local Humanities core requirement. Offered intermit- elementary schools. Does NOT meet the upper- tently. (G) division major requirement for French Studies, International Studies, or Modern Languages Fren 308 Contemporary Issues in with an emphasis in French. Prerequisite: Fren French Press 102. 0-3 hours. May be repeated once for credit. Reading and discussion of selected articles from French newspapers and magazines. Course work Fren 301 Composition and would be supplemented by relevant video and Conversation audio -visual materials. Prerequisite: Fren 202 Practice in conversational idiom through or equivalent proficiency. Taught in French. reading and discussion of contemporary short 3 hours. Offered intermittently. (G) stories, periodical literature and oral interviews. Extensive practice in composition with analysis Fren 401 Gender, Culture, and and correction of students’ errors in the class- Society: Women’s Writing room. Taught in French. Prerequisite: Fren 202 in the Francophone World or equivalent competency. 3 hours. Offered Survey of women’s writing in the Francophone alternate years. world throughout the 20th century. Special focus on the novel and the development of Fren 304 Twentieth Century alternative prose forms. Authors from France, French Theatre Switzerland, Belgium, Quebec, the French Analysis of representative plays by French and Caribbean, Senegal, and Algeria may be Francophone authors including Jarry, Sartre, included. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Anouilh, Genet, Beckett, Ionesco, Schwarz-Bart, Humanities and Cross-cultural core require- and others. Introduction of theoretical texts ment. Offered intermittently. (G) relevant to the plays studied. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or an equivalent competency. Taught in Fren 485 Seminar in French Studies French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core require- A concentrated study of one of the major move- ment. Offered intermittently. (G) ments in French and Francophone literature, art, and culture. Topics include: the rise of Fren 305 French Literature and Classicism, the French Revolution, the 19th Culture: 1637 to the present century French novel, writing and resistance: An introduction to major developments in 1848-1968, and literature in French-speaking French literature and culture including Classi- Switzerland. May be taken more than once for cism, the Enlightenment, Romanticism, Real- credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. ism, surrealism, and the “nouveau roman”. Taught in French. 3 hours. Offered intermit- Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. Taught tently. in French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Offered intermittently. (G)

178 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Fren 494/495 Senior Thesis in Ger 303 German Literature and French Studies Culture 1750 to the present This course is designed to assist senior students Study of significant developments in literature who are writing a thesis for a major in French and culture with focus on the Enlightenment, Studies. Students will receive direction in Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Expression- completing their research proposal and help in ism, the Nazi period, and the post-WW II conducting and writing their senior thesis in period, including the 1990 unification. Prereq- French. These are student-conducted individual uisite: Germ202 or equivalent proficiency. research theses. Students take 494 and 495 in Taught in German. 3 hours. Meets Humanities consecutive semesters. Prerequisite: Senior core requirement. Offered intermittently. (G) standing and study abroad. Taught in French. 2 hours per semester. Ger 304 German Drama Analysis of representative theater pieces by writ- German (Ger) ers in the German-speaking world from the eigh- Ger 101-102 Introduction to German teenth century to the present, including Louise Language and Culture Gottsched, Lessing, Schiller, Goethe, Schnitzler, The beginning course is intended to give Brecht, DŸrrenmatt, Frisch Jelinek, and others. training in the basic patterns and structures of Students will improve language skills through German. Conversation and reading related to analyzing texts closely, viewing performances the cultures of German-speaking areas. 3 hours on video, performing short scenes in class, writ- each semester. ing critiques of the plays, and adapting a play for performance. Taught in German Prerequi- Ger 201-202 Intermediate German site: Germ 202 or equivalent competency. 3 Designed to prepare students to identify hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. conversational vocabulary. Expansion of con- Offered intermittently. versational, reading, and comprehension skills. Review and development of grammatical con- Ger 315 Advanced Grammar structions most commonly used in speaking. and Composition Use of periodical and literary sources and Extensive review of advanced grammatical audio-visual materials. Prerequisite: Germ 102 concepts and practice of written idiom through or an equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. reading, viewing, discussing, and writing using short stories, newspapers, films, and Ger 301 Topics in German Culture magazine articles. Development of vocabulary Extensive practice in composition and conver- and grammatical constructions through sation. Reading and discussion of materials composition with analysis and correction of from German newspapers, magazines, and short students’ errors in class. Prerequisite: Germ story collections. Audio-visual materials 202. or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Offered develop the students’ comprehension of the intermittently. (G) German language, media, society and culture. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or an equivalent Ger 400 German Film proficiency. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Analysis of significant 20th-century German films with concentration on films from the Ger 302 Contemporary Short Weimar Republic and on New German Cinema. Stories and Narrations Study of theoretical and literary texts in Study of significant short stories by major relation to the cultural and political climate. writers in the post-WWII, German-speaking Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Taught world: Ingeborg Bachmann, Peter Bichsel, in German. 3 hours. Offered intermittently. (G) Heinrich B ll, Irmtraud Morgner, Peter Schneider, Christa Wolf, and others. Students report on stories or authors not covered in the classroom. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or equiva- lent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Offered intermittently. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 179 Ger 485 Seminar in German Studies Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese An in-depth study of various cultural issues Expansion of conversational skills. Develop- as reflected in the literature, art, history, and ment of reading and writing skills in three politics of German-speaking countries. Topics different characters in Japanese. Application of include: survey of German literature in histori- cultural awareness in Japanese language learning. cal context; German unification; gender and Prerequisite: Japn 102 or an equivalent profi- society; politics and culture. Taught in German. ciency. 3 hours each semester. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 3 hours. Offered intermittently. (G) Japn 301-302 Communicating in Japanese Ger 494/495 Senior Thesis in Development of communicative competence in German Studies Japanese with emphasis on conversational skills. This course is designed to assist senior students Reading and writing skills will also be practiced who are writing a thesis for a major in German to expand vocabulary and cultural knowledge. Studies. Students will receive direction in Application of cultural awareness in various completing their research proposal and help in communication situations. Prerequisite: Japn conducting and writing their senior thesis in 202 or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. German. These are student-conducted indi- vidual research theses. Students take 494 and Japn 307 Readings in Contemporary 495 in consecutive semesters. Prerequisite: Japanese Writers Senior standing and study abroad. Taught in Study of short stories and essays written by German. 2 hours per semester. major writers in Japan. Reading materials are utilized for vocabulary expansion, Kanji recog- Italian (Ital) nition and writing in order to achieve better understanding of the content by grasping Ital 100 Elementary cultural meanings. Prerequisite: Japn 202 or Conversational Italian equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Humanities This beginning course is intended to give core requirement. Offered alternate years. (G) immersion training in Italian during the Winter 3 period. Conversation and reading related to Japn 315 Grammar and Composition the cultures of Italian-speaking areas. Classroom Extensive review of grammatical concepts and work is supplemented by video work and labo- practice of written idiom through reading, writing, ratory experience. This course does NOT meet and discussing short stories, newspapers, films, the Foreign Language core requirement. 3 hours. and magazine articles. Development of vocabu- Offered intermittently. lary and grammatical constructions through composition with analysis and correction of Japanese (Japn) students’ errors in class. Prerequisite: Japn 202 Japn 101-102 Introduction to Japanese or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Offered Language and Culture alternate years. (G) Intensive introductory Japanese. Training in the basic patterns and structures of Japanese. Japn 401 Topics in Contemporary Emphasis on oral and aural skills. Japanese Literature writing of Hiragana and Katakana is introduced Study of Japanese culture through selected from the beginning to ensure the overall devel- topics in contemporary literature. Topics include opment of language skills. Development of various human relationships in Japan, love and cultural awareness that influences language death, aesthetic attitudes, attitudes toward usage. 3 hours each semester. religion. Extensive analysis of these topics by understanding Japanese cultural values, beliefs, norms and behavioral patterns. Taught in Japanese. Prerequisite: 2 300 level courses. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Offered alternate years. (G)

180 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Japn 402 Selected Issues in the Japn 490 Senior Capstone Japanese Press This capstone course is required of all Japanese The course provides the opportunity to enhance majors. Seniors will conduct extensive projects, Japanese reading skills and acquisition of exploring social, cultural, linguistic or literary cultural knowledge through newspaper and issues under the supervision of faculty. Empha- magazine article reading. Supplementary sis will be placed on acquisition of translation materials are brought in to broaden the students’ techniques and critical analysis of various understanding of the Japanese language, people, written materials. Prerequisite: Senior standing and culture. Prerequisite: 2 300 level courses. in Japanese, study abroad in Japan, and Taught in Japanese. 3 hours. Offered intermit- consent of instructor. 3 hours. tently. (G) Latin (Lat) Japn 415 Structure of Japanese Development of linguistic knowledge about Lat 101-102 Introduction to Latin the Japanese language. Study of structure The beginning course is intended to give training of Japanese words and their categorization. in the fundamental grammar, syntax, and Grammatical and syntactical analysis of vocabulary of Latin. Focus on reading, writing, Japanese sentences. Structural analysis of and pronunciation rather than aural under- Japanese paragraphs. This course will be of use standing and speaking proficiency. Students to both students of Japanese and to those who will develop a foundation for reading Latin and intend to become teachers of Japanese. Prereq- be exposed to the cultures of peoples who spoke uisite: 2 300 level courses, or equivalent Latin in the medieval past. This course does proficiency. 3 hours. Offered intermittently. (G) NOT meet the Foreign Language core require- ment. 3 hours. Japn 445 The Sociolinguistics of Japanese Spanish (Span) This course will provide the opportunity to Span 101-102 Introduction to Spanish study the impact of the Japanese social norm, Language and Culture and cultural attitudes and values on language The beginning course is intended to give usage. Attitudes toward standard language and training in the basic patterns and structures of dialects will be discussed. Variations of styles Spanish. Conversation and reading related in spoken and written Japanese will be also to the cultures of Spanish-speaking areas. analyzed. This course will be of use to both Classroom work is supplemented by laboratory students of Japanese and to those who intend practice. 3 hours. to become teachers of Japanese. Prerequisite: 2 300 level courses, or equivalent proficiency. Span 201-202 Intermediate Spanish 3 hours. (G) Focus on conversational skills, comprehension, Hispanic cultures, reading, and grammar. Japn 485 Seminar in Japanese Prerequisite: Span 102 or an equivalent profi- Studies (G) ciency. 3 hours. An in-depth study of various cultural issues as reflected in the literature, art, history, and Span 301 Composition and politics of Japan. Topics include: survey of Conversation Japanese literature in historical context; Practice in conversational idiom through gender and society; politics and culture. Taught reading and discussion of contemporary short in Japanese. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. stories, periodical literature, and oral interviews. 3 hours. May be taken more than once for Extensive practice in composition with analysis credit. (G) and correction of students’ errors in the class- room. Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Offered annually.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 181 Span 302 Contemporary Span 310 Contemporary Spanish Spanish Novel Music and Cultures Study of representative 20th century novels Study and analysis of representative genres of from both Spain and Latin America. Student popular music and their relationship to culture reports on works and authors not covered in the and literature in twentieth-century Spanish classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or an equiva- America and/or Spain: “Música Folklorica,” lent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. “El bolero y la balada,” “canción politica;” Meets Humanities core requirement. Offered “mœsica Afro-hispana,” “Latin-Jazz,” “Rock en intermittently. (G) español” and others. Students will report on material not covered in the classroom. Prereq- Span 303 Introduction to uisite: Span 202. 3 hours. Offered intermit- Hispanic Literatures tently. (G) An introduction to the study of literature in Spanish through the genres from different Span 315 Advanced Grammar periods and countries of the Hispanic world. and Composition Continued practice in composition with in-class This course is designed to ‘fill in” the Spanish student presentations. Prerequisite: Span 202 grammar and vocabulary gaps of the advanced/ or an equivalent proficiency. Taught in intermediate student. Course reviews the more Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core difficult grammatical structures in Spanish requirement. Offered annually. while introducing advanced vocabulary, idioms and colloquialisms. Emphasizes vocabulary Span 304 Contemporary building, composition skills and comprehension Spanish Drama of the wide range of Spanish found in litera- Analysis of representative plays of contempo- ture, journalism, and everyday speech. Taught rary dramatists from both Spain and Latin in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span 202. 3 hours. America: Garcia Lorca, Buero Vallejo, Gambaro, Offered intermittently. (G) Skarmeta, Berman and others. Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught in Span 320 Mentoring in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core Teaching Spanish requirement. Offered intermittently. (G) This course combines theory and practice in the teaching of Spanish. Each student will serve as Span 305 Contemporary a mentor in one section of Spanish 101 or 102. Spanish Poetry Mentors attend at least two regular sessions of Analysis of representative poems of the major class per week and assist the professor with contemporary poets of Spain and Latin America: conversation. Mentors plan and teach the fourth Antonio Machado, Garc’a Lorca, Juan Ram—n weekly hour themselves, broadening the Jim nez, Vicente Alexandre, Pablo Neruda, students’ experience of the language with Cesar Vallejo, and others. Student reports on enrichment activities. Mentors will meet twice poems and authors not covered in the classroom. a week with the supervising instructor to discuss Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent proficiency. pedagogy and share instructional ideas. Taught Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Humanities in Spanish. Prerequisite: Study abroad or con- core requirement. Offered Intermittently. (G) sent of instructor. Only 3 credits of mentoring may be counted toward Spanish major or Span 308 Contemporary Short Story minor. 3 hours. Offered fall semester. (G) A study of short stories by major contemporary writers in the Spanish-speaking world: Borges, Span 401-402 Survey of Peninsular Cortazar, Rulfo, Onetti, Garcia Márquez, Spanish Literature Concha Lagos, Carmen Conde, Medardo Fraile, A study of the major works and literary move- and others. Student reports on stories and ments of Spain. Student reports on authors, authors not covered in the classroom. Prerequi- genres, or works not covered in the classroom. site: Span 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught Prerequisite: a Spanish course at 300 level or in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core consent of the instructor. Taught in Spanish. requirement. Offered intermittently. (G) 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Offered alternate years. (G)

182 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Span 411-412 Survey of Spanish Span 485 Seminar in American Literature Hispanic Studies A study of the major works and literary move- Detailed study of the works of one or more ments of Spanish America from the contemporary writers or of selected areas of pre-Columbian era through the 20th century. Hispanic culture. Students will conduct Prerequisite: a Spanish course at 300 level or research and complete a major paper. Taught in consent of the instructor. Taught in Spanish. Spanish. Prerequisite: completion of study 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. abroad or near-native fluency. May be repeated Offered alternate years. once for credit when content varies. 4 hours.

Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Span 490/491Thesis in Spanish. Elementary School This course is designed to assist senior students This course is an introduction to the principles who are writing a thesis for a major in Spanish. of second language acquisition as they apply to Students will receive direction in completing bilingual education and second-language their research proposal and help in conducting instruction in elementary school programs. and writing their senior thesis in Spanish. These Students will become acquainted with dual are student-conducted individual research language materials, bicultural perspectives, and theses. Students take 490 and 491 in consecu- strategies for the achievement of biliteracy. This tive semesters. Students enrolled in this class class includes an observation component in a are exempt from senior seminar (Span 485). bilingual classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 Prerequisites: Senior standing, study abroad, or equivalent. Taught in Spanish and English. and permission of the instructor. Taught in 4 hours. Does not count towards Spanish Spanish. 2 hours per semester. major. Offered intermittently. (G)

Span/Ed 466 Mexico: A Cultural Mosaic This class will focus on Mexican history, folk- lore, culture, music, and visual arts with the needs of the elementary classroom in mind. The class will be taught bilingually and discuss the historical and cultural basis for the Mexican aesthetic. In addition, students have opportu- nities to participate in musical experiences and hands-on art projects also suitable for the elementary classroom. As a culminating event, the students will design and implement Festi- val day that will include community participa- tion. Includes an observation component in a bilingual classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent. 4 hours. Does not count towards Spanish major. Offered intermittently. (G)

Span/Ed 467 Practicum in Tapalpa, Mexico Students will complete a teaching practicum in an elementary/middle school in Tapalpa, Mexico. This will also include a weekly semi- nar and weekend cultural excursions and a two day orientation prior to departure. Prerequisite: Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Elementary School or consent of instructors. 3 hours. Does not count towards Spanish major. Offered intermit- tently. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 183 Academic Policy Administration

In the College of Arts and Sciences, the A student is officially registered for classes Assistant Dean, in cooperation with the only after needed approvals from the advi- Registrar, handles matters of academic rules sor and instructors have been filed with the and regulations. The office of the Assistant Registrar and classes are entered into the Dean is located in Bates House. computer registration system.

REGISTRATION POLICIES Course Registration Course registration procedures are distrib- Registration Requirements uted each semester by the Registrar’s In keeping with Pacific’s philosophy Office, indicating when continuing students regarding the student-advisor relationship, may pre-register for classes (see Academic prior to registration all students are Calendar). The University reserves the right required to meet with their advisor and to cancel the registration of any student together develop the student’s schedule who is delinquent in meeting their finan- of classes. cial obligation to the University. New students meet with their assigned Measles Vaccination Policy advisors during the summer; continuing students are advised in April for the fall The State of Oregon requires all full-time semester, and in November for the winter college students born after 1956 to have had term and spring semester. An early regis- two doses of the measles vaccine. Students tration occurs at the end of those advising who have not satisfied this requirement by periods in November and April, with November 1 of Fall semester (March 15 for students registering in priority according to Spring semester) will not be permitted to the number of credits earned. pre-register for future classes until they are All new students must complete their in compliance. Please direct questions initial registration no later than the fourth regarding this matter to the Student Health day of classes (or equivalent) of the semes- Center at 503-352-2269. ter; continuing students may complete initial registration through the 10th day (or Oregon Independent Colleges equivalent) of the semester. Students may Cross-Registration add and drop classes through the 10th day Pacific University participates in the (or equivalent) of the semester. The adding Oregon Independent Colleges (OICA) of classes is not normally allowed after the Cross-Registration program, in which 10th day. Students may withdraw from students enrolled full-time at any OICA classes through the 10th week (or equiva- college may take a maximum of one under- lent) of the semester, with a “W” posted on graduate course per term at another OICA the student’s academic record. Please refer campus. No additional tuition will be to the Schedule of Classes for add/drop charged for the cross-registered course by equivalents for Winter III and summer either institution, with the exception of terms. possible overload or special course fees.

184 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC POLICY ■

Students may not cross-register for a course Instructors may withdraw a student from that is offered on their own campus unless class for poor attendance, poor participa- scheduling conflicts prevent taking the tion, misconduct, or for disruptive or en- course. Registration is permitted on dangering behavior that interferes with the a “space-available” basis. For more infor- faculty member’s obligation to set and meet mation contact the Pacific University academic and behavioral standards in each Registrar’s Office. class. Instructors will distribute a syllabus that includes a clear statement of policy Withdrawals regarding attendance, participation, and withdrawing students from class. Miscon- Students may drop a class through the first duct or disruption does not apply to the ten class days of the semester (first three content of speech or written work protected days of a three week term) without having by freedom of expression or academic the class appear on the transcript. Students freedom. Due process will be followed and may withdraw through the tenth week of students may appeal such decisions to the the semester (second week of a three week appropriate committee or administrator. term) and receive a “W” on the transcript, with no grade penalty. Late withdrawals are The Dean of Students, acting on behalf of normally not permitted unless approved the University, may withdraw a student by the appropriate Academic Standards from the University if the student has mental committee. or physical health problems that cause the student to engage in or threaten to engage It is the responsibility of the student to in behavior which (a) poses a danger of notify the Registrar’s Office and the instruc- causing physical harm to the student or to tor regarding withdrawing from a class, others or (b) directly and substantially otherwise the student may receive a failing impedes the activities of other members of grade. Prior to the end of the withdrawal the campus community. (The procedure to period instructors may notify the Registrar be followed in these withdrawals is printed of student(s) not attending class, and may in its entirety in Pacific Stuff and is in withdraw them and issue a grade of “W”. accord with the guidelines of the American If a student has been pre-registered for a Psychiatric Association and Section 504 of class and does not attend two class periods The Rehabilitation Act of 1973.) Re-enroll- or the first academic week, whichever is less ment will be at the discretion of the Dean (first day of a three week term), the instructor of Students, in consultation with appropri- may have the Registrar drop the student from ate health professionals. the class (unless prior arrangements have been made between the student and the instructor). Normal Load, Overloads If a student wishes to withdraw from all classes, an exit interview with the Dean of To be a full-time student, the student must Students is necessary to initiate the formal be registered for at least 12 hours in the withdrawal process. semester. Students who must withdraw for health Students may register up to 18 semester emergencies or other emergency reasons hours with no additional tuition charges. A may be granted an Administrative With- normal load is 14 or 15 hours. Registration drawal by the Dean of Students (for under- for more than 18 hours requires the graduate students) or by the appropriate approval of the advisor and the Dean. Dean or Program Director (for Professional In the Winter III a normal load is one course students). The Dean/Program Director will or three credit hours. Overloads during consult with the course instructors and may Winter III are not possible. require a statement from a physician or other documentation.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 185 Class Standing: IB- 2.7 ...... Incomplete; • Freshman/0-29 semester hours completed contingent grade B- IC+ 2.3 ...... Incomplete; • Sophomore/30-59 semester hours completed contingent grade C+ • Junior/60-89 semester hours completed IC 2.0 ...... Incomplete; • Senior/90 + semester hours completed contingent grade C IC- 1.7 ...... Incomplete; Auditing contingent grade C- As an auditor, a student enrolls in, pays for, ID+ 1.3 ...... Incomplete; and attends classes, but does not necessar- contingent grade D+ ily complete assignments or take examina- ID 1.0 ...... Incomplete; tions. No credit is received for an audited contingent grade D course. Students must declare the Audit IF 0.0 ...... Incomplete; option before the end of the add-drop contingent grade F period. Once you declare the Audit option W ...... Withdrawal you may not revert back to the graded option. See Business Office section for AW ...... Administrative payment information. Withdrawal X ...... Continuing Course GRADING POLICIES (Limited to courses approved by the College. The grade of “X” will revert to a Grades are recorded by letter, with the “P, ” “N,” or letter grade when work is following point values: completed.) A 4.0 ...... Excellent A- 3.7 ...... Excellent Pass/No Pass Option B+ 3.3 ...... Good Students must declare the Pass/No Pass B 3.0 ...... Good option before the end of the tenth week of the course, by completing the appropriate B- 2.7 ...... Good form in the Registrar’s Office. Once you C+ 2.3 ...... Satisfactory declare the Pass/No Pass option you may C 2.0 ...... Satisfactory not revert back to the graded option. C- 1.7 ...... Substandard In Arts and Sciences, the “P” grade is D+ 1.3 ...... Substandard equivalent to a “C” or above. In Arts and D 1.0 ...... Substandard Sciences, students may take one course, in F0...... Failure addition to courses requiring P/N grading, each semester on a Pass/No Pass basis; P ...... Pass such courses may not be used to fulfill core H ...... Pass-A equivalent requirements, major or minor requirements, HP ...... Pass-B equivalent or teaching endorsement requirements. L ...... Actual grade will be turned in late Incompletes N ...... No Pass Instructors may issue a grade of Incomplete I 0.0 ...... Incomplete only when the major portion of a course has IA 4.0 ...... Incomplete; been completed satisfactorily, but health or contingent grade A other emergency reasons prevent the student from finishing all requirements in IA- 3.7 ...... Incomplete; the course. The instructor and the student contingent grade A- should agree upon a timeline for the IB+ 3.3 ...... Incomplete; completion of all work, with the following contingent grade B+ limitations: IB 3.0 ...... Incomplete; contingent grade B

186 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC POLICY ■

1. Incompletes given for Fall and or Grade Reports Winter III terms must be completed by Grades will be available to students at the the following April 15. end of each grading period. Grades 2. Incompletes given for Spring semester normally are available at “Boxer online,” on or Summer session must be completed Pacific University’s web site. According to by the following November 15. the Student Academic Records Policy, Instructors will issue the grade the student parents of students will be mailed grade would have earned by not completing the reports only if the student has provided the course, preceded by an “I”. This grade is Registrar with a signed release. determined by including a failing grade for Transcripts the missing assignment(s) in the calculation of the final grade. If the agreed upon course Students must review their academic work is not completed in the period allotted records online or order a transcript of their and an extension has not been granted, the Pacific University record in accordance with grade issued will become permanent. The the Family Rights and Privacy Act guide- contingency grade will be used in the lines. A signed request for the transcript computation of the GPA until such time as must be supplied to the Registrar’s Office, a new grade is recorded. with a $3 fee assessed for each official tran- script requested. Faxed copies are available Repeated Courses for an additional $3. Unofficial transcripts for currently enrolled students are free, with If a course taken at Pacific University is a limit of two per request, and are to be repeated at Pacific University, in the College picked up in person. of Arts and Sciences and in Education, only the higher grade is used in computing the Up to one week may be necessary for offi- grade point average; in all other profes- cial transcript requests or two days for sional programs BOTH grades are counted unofficial transcript requests (available to in the grade point average. current students only). If transcripts must be processed within two business days, a If a course taken at Pacific is repeated at “rush” fee of $12 is charged in addition to another institution, the Pacific grade will the normal processing fee(s). still be counted in the GPA. No course may be counted more than once towards gradu- Dean’s List ation requirements. In order to make the Dean’s List in the College of Arts and Sciences, a student must Grade Change achieve a term GPA of 3.70 with 12 or more Once a grade is submitted to the Registrar graded hours. it shall not be changed except in the case of recording errors. Grade changes must be Transfer Credits and GPA approved by the appropriate Dean or Only grades earned at Pacific are calculated Program Director. into the Pacific GPA. Courses taken else- where, if approved by the Registrar, can be Retro-Active Credit used to meet degree requirements, but the There is a one year time limit for granting grades in transfer courses are not included retro-active Pacific University institutional in the calculation of the GPA. A grade of credit for which the student did not initially below “C-” earned at another institution register. This course work must be docu- will not transfer to Pacific University. Transfer mented, with the instructor’s approval, and courses used to satisfy a major or minor completed at Pacific University. requirement may need department approval.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 187 SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS Students on academic probation are not in good academic standing and are ineligible Students will maintain satisfactory to participate in University sponsored academic progress with: activities including intercollegiate athletics, 1. a cumulative GPA at Pacific University forensics, student media and in other of at least 2.0. activities as the Dean of Arts and Sciences 2. 12 hours of coursework credited toward may direct. graduation in the previous semester in Readmission after Suspension which they were enrolled as a full-time student. Suspended students may apply to the 3. a GPA of at least 2.0 in the previous Dean’s Office to begin the readmission semester. process one year after suspension. Appli- cations will be reviewed by the Standards Warning and Advising Committee. Complete appli- Full-time students who do not meet each cations for readmission for fall semester of these three standards for the first time must be received no later than August 1st; will be placed on Warning. Students on complete applications for spring semester warning, after meeting with their faculty must be received no later than January 2nd. adviser, may be asked to consult with the Completed applications received after those Assistant Dean, who can help students get dates will be considered for the following the help they need. semester. The academic progress of students receiving Within the application for readmission stu- an academic “warning” who have received dents should present evidence of renewed a “warning” for any previous semester at motivation and commitment to academic Pacific University will be reviewed by the success such as successful employment or Standards and Advising Committee to study at another college during the interim. etermine if their status should be changed With such evidence readmission may be to “probation” or “suspension”. granted, unless the Standards and Advising Committee determines that academic Students encountering academic problems success at Pacific is still unlikely. are reminded that financial aid and athletics eligibility also depend on academic Students re-admitted after being on suspen- achievement. See Financial Aid section in sion will be placed on probation (see above). this catalog, and consult with the Financial If a re-admitted student subsequently does Aid office and Registrar. not meet the academic standards of Pacific University and becomes eligible for suspen- Suspension and Probation sion, that student may be dismissed from Students on Warning who fail to meet one the University by the Standards and or more of the three standards in any sub- Advising Committee. sequent semester may be suspended from the College; a typical suspension lasts for VETERANS’ EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS one academic year. Students on Warning whose records show significant improve- The Registrar is the certifying official for all ment, or whose circumstances are unusual, Veterans’ benefits for students. All eligible may be allowed to continue on academic students are requested to fill out necessary probation. Decisions on suspension or application and certification documents probation are made by the Standards and prior to the start of classes. Advising Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences.

188 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC POLICY ■

SUMMER SESSIONS Attendance Each summer, Pacific University offers Students are responsible for class atten- three intensive 4-week terms through the dance, participation, and completion of Summer Sessions program. A variety of assignments. The University believes that classes are available which apply to under- students should attend all classes. graduate degree requirements and gradu- Individual faculty members should notify ate teacher education programs. Summer students in their classes of their attendance Sessions provide an affordable option for policy at the beginning of each semester; earning additional credits or accelerating students should request a clear statement degree completion. The Summer Sessions of policy. The instructor may lower a catalog is available in mid-March. student’s grade or may officially withdraw the student from the course through the tenth week of the semester for poor atten- OTHER POLICIES & PROCEDURES dance or participation. Note that the instructor cannot drop pre-registered stu- Academic Advising dents from a course until after two class periods or the first academic week, which- Students are assigned a faculty advisor by ever is less (first day of a three-week term). the Dean’s Office upon admission to Pacific. Advisors work closely with students to Students are encouraged to inform their develop a sequence of courses that meets instructors of unavoidable absence in ad- individual needs. Experience shows that vance. Assignment of make-up work is at successful students are those who have the discretion of the instructor. frequent contact with their Faculty Advi- Independent Study (Learning Contract) sors, and students may not register for classes until they have consulted with their To undertake advanced and independent advisor. study in subjects not covered by regular courses, students may arrange independent When students declare a major, during the study with a professor. NOTE: One semester sophomore year, they should be working hour of credit is equal to approximately 40 with a Faculty Advisor in their major area. hours of contact and associated work. An Problems with advising should be taken to independent study form, available at the the Dean’s office. Registrar’s Office, must be submitted to the Students who expect to apply to Pacific Dean’s office, complete with all approval programs in Teacher Education, Optometry, signatures. Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy, or Professional Psychology must pass specific Internship Program prerequisite courses: see the relevant Both part and full time internships are avail- sections of this catalog. able and carry one semester hour of credit Students are urged to seek the help of for each 40 hours of work up to a maximum the Admissions Office which maintains of 14 credits in any one semester. A maximum information on prerequisite courses. of 17 credits of internship may be counted toward graduation. For further informa- Advanced Placement tion, students should contact the Career Credit toward graduation will be given for Development Center. a score of 4 or 5 on the advanced placement test in any field. Credit awarded will be four credits in mathematics and the natural sci- ences and three credits in all other subjects. Actual placement in college courses depends on the student’s preparation and is arranged through the relevant department.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 189 International Baccalaureate Degree STUDENTS’ RIGHTS UNDER THE Pacific University recognizes the Interna- FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS tional Baccalaureate program as providing AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) college-level work. Six semester credits will be awarded for each higher examination The Family Educational Rights and Privacy passed with a score of 5 or higher. Course Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights credits will be regarded as transfer credit with respect to their education records. and will be determined by the Registrar in They are: consultation with the appropriate depart- 1. The right to inspect and review the ment chairs. No credit will be awarded student’s education records within 45 for Subsidiary courses. A maximum of 30 days of the day Pacific University credits can be earned. receives a request for access. Students Progress Assessments should submit to the Registrar’s Office written requests that identify the At the beginning of a student’s senior year, record(s) they wish to inspect. The Reg- or upon student request, the Registrar’s istrar will make arrangements for access Office will prepare an academic evaluation and notify the student of the time and showing progress toward meeting graduation place where the records may be requirements. Students are expected, how- inspected. If the records are not main- ever, to know what the requirements are. tained by the Registrar’s Office, the ROTC student shall be advised of the correct official to whom the request should be Students attending Pacific University who addressed. are receiving ROTC funding and wish to take 2. The right to request the amendment of ROTC coursework may do so at Portland the student’s education records that the State University. Pacific will accept up to student believes are inaccurate. Students 14 semester hours of Military science may ask Pacific University to amend a coursework from PSU, excluding MS 111, record that they believe is inaccurate. 112, 113. They should write the Registrar, clearly Under a cooperative agreement with the identify the part of the record they want , Pacific University changed, and specify why it is inaccurate. students may participate in the Air Force If Pacific University decides not to Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) amend the record as requested by the offered on the University of Portland cam- student, the student shall be notified of pus. The purpose of the program, which the decision and advised as to his or her is administered by the Aerospace Studies right to a hearing regarding the request faculty, is to select and train students to for amendment. Additional information serve as officers in the United States Air Force. regarding the hearing procedures will be AFROTC is available to men and women provided to the student when notified with a minimum of 2 years of college of the right to a hearing. remaining. Scholarships are available on a 3. The right to consent to disclosures of competitive basis for those who qualify. For personally identifiable information con- more information, check out the University tained in the student’s education of Portland web site or contact the Program records, except to the extent that FERPA Counselor at the University of Portland. authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school

190 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC POLICY ■

officials with legitimate educational Designated Directory Information at Pacific interests. A school official is a person University includes the following: student employed by Pacific University in an name, permanent address, local address, administrative, supervisory, academic temporary address, electronic mail address, or research, or support staff position telephone number, dates of attendance, (including law enforcement unit person- degrees and awards received, major field nel and health staff); a person or com- of study, participation in officially recog- pany with whom Pacific University has nized activities and sports, weight and contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, height of members of athletic teams, thesis or collection agent); a person serving on title/topic, photograph, full-time/part-time the Board of Trustees;or a student status, most recent previous school serving on an official committee, such as attended, date and place of birth. a disciplinary or grievance committee, Students may withhold Directory Informa- or assisting another school official in tion by notifying the Registrar in writing; performing his or her tasks. please note that such withholding requests A school official has a legitimate educa- are binding for all information to all tional interest if the official needs to parties other than for those exceptions review an education record in order allowed under the Act. Students should to fulfill his or her professional respon- consider all aspects of a Directory Hold sibility. prior to filing such a request. Although the Pacific University may disclose educa- initial request must be filed during the first tion records without consent to officials two weeks of the enrollment period, of another school, upon request, in which requests for non-disclosure will be honored a student seeks or intends to enroll. by the University for no more than one academic year. Re-authorization to with- 4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. hold Directory Information must be filed Department of Education concerning annually in the Registrar’s Office within the alleged failures by Pacific University to first two weeks of the fall semester. comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the Office that Policy Availability administers FERPA is: Pacific University policy explains in detail Family Policy Compliance Office procedures to be used by the institution for U.S. Department of Education compliance with the provisions of FERPA. 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Copies of the policy are on the Registrar’s Washington, DC 20202-4605 Office web site or are available in the Directory Information Office of the Registrar. At its discretion Pacific University may provide Directory Information in accor- dance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act. Direc- tory Information is defined as that informa- tion which would not generally be consid- ered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 191 harassing behavior, or behavior which is harmful to themselves, other persons or Academic property. Students have the responsibility to abide by the standards, policies, and regu- Conduct lations of the University. Policy of Academic Integrity Pacific University is an academic commu- Policies nity where the pursuit of knowledge, understanding, and skills unites us as its CODE OF ACADEMIC CONDUCT members. This community depends on the integrity of its members to fulfill its mission, Honesty and integrity are expected of all and we all have a clear and vested interest students in class participation, examina- in promoting it. Every one of us has reasons tions, assignments, patient care and other to be concerned about academically dishon- academic work. Students have the obliga- est practices. Among such reasons are the tion to conduct themselves as mature and following: responsible participants in this community. 1. Academic integrity is at the core of our Towards this end, the University has estab- community values. lished policies, standards and guidelines 2. Academic dishonesty can undermine the that collectively define the Student Code of value of Pacific diplomas by weakening Conduct. The Student Code of Conduct the reputation of Pacific University, includes all policies, standards and guide- associating it in the public mind with lines included in, but not limited to: institutions whose students have little • The University Catalog integrity and a poor work ethic. • The University Handbook 3. Academically dishonest practices are • The student handbook, “Pacific Stuff” corrosive of individual and community • Professional program policy manuals integrity. • Residence Hall Handbook and Contracts 4. In the long run they harm the perpetra- tor, who fails to give him/herself the Statement of Students’ Rights opportunity to develop ideas and skills. and Responsibilities 5. They are unfair, because they give the Every student has a right to conditions cheater an advantage over other students favorable to learning. Students have the who are relying on their own work and right to pursue an education free from knowledge. discrimination based on gender, race, 6. They are unfair because they weaken the ethnicity, religion, marital status, age, sexual link between grades and work, under- orientation or physical handicap. Students mining the immediate incentive of at Pacific enjoy the freedoms of speech, students to put in the hard work neces- expression, and association, the right to sary to develop skills and knowledge. privacy, the right to freedom from harass- 7. Certain forms of academic dishonesty, ment, the right to due process in judicial because they infringe on copyrights, matters, and the right to appeal judgments are illegal. and penalties for alleged misconduct. 8. Academic dishonesty is a violation of the Students have the responsibility to conduct Pacific University Code of Academic themselves, both individually and in Conduct and will be punished accord- groups, in a manner which promotes an ing to university and college policy. atmosphere conducive to teaching, studying and learning. Students are expected to FORMS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY uphold academic and personal integrity, to Cheating respect the rights of others, to refrain from disruptive, threatening, intimidating, or Cheating is an attempt to use deception to portray one’s knowledge and skills as better 192 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC CONDUCT POLICIES ■ than they really are. Behaviors that fall 3. Using facts, statistics, or other material under the label of cheating include, but are to support an argument without not limited to: acknowledgment of the source. 1. giving or receiving unauthorized aid in 4. Copying another student’s work. academic work such as the improper use of 5. Submitting in a course or for a project all books, notes, or other students’ tests or portions of a work prepared/submitted or papers. for another or previous course without 2. taking a dishonest competitive advan- proper acknowledgement and/or tage, for instance preventing others from approval of the instructor involved. obtaining fair and equal access to infor- mation resources. Fabrication 3. using work done for one course in ful- Fabrication is the intentional use of invented fillment of the requirements of another, information, or the use of falsified results or without the approval of the instructors data with the intent to deceive. Behaviors involved. that fall under this category include, but are not limited to: 4. copying from another student’s paper. 1. Citation of information not taken from 5. allowing another student to cheat from the source that is cited. your test paper. 2. Listing sources in a bibliography not used 6. collaborating on projects or exams that are in the academic project. clearly meant to be individual enterprises. 3. Submitting a paper or lab report or 7. using any unauthorized materials during any other kind of document based on a test. falsified, invented information, or the 8. taking a test for someone else, or allowing deliberate concealment or distortion of someone else to take a test for you. the true nature of such data. 9. stealing another student’s work, including 4. Forging a signature on a University material in a computer file, and submitting document. it as your own. Other Forms of Academic Misconduct Plagiarism These address the intentional violation of Plagiarism is the use of someone else’s University policies, including but not words, ideas, or data as your own without limited to: proper documentation or acknowledgment. 1. tampering with grades or helping It may also entail self-plagiarism. Quotations another to tamper with grades or any must be clearly marked, and sources of other part of a student’s academic record. information, ideas, or opinions of others must be clearly indicated in all written work. 2. furnishing to a University office or offi- Plagiarism can be unintentional, neverthe- cial a document based on information less, in all cases it is and will be treated as that you know is false or which has been a violation. Behaviors that fall under this tampered with in an unauthorized fashion. category include, but are not limited to: 3. stealing, buying, or otherwise obtaining 1. Quoting another person’s actual words, all or part of an unadministered test; also complete sentences or paragraphs, or an the unauthorized (by the instructor) use entire piece of written work without of a previously administered test. acknowledgment of the source. 4. changing a grade in a faculty member’s 2. Using another person’s ideas, opinions, records, on a test, or on other work for or theories, even if they are presented which a grade has been given. entirely in your own words, without 5. using electronic information resources in proper acknowledgment of the source violation of the “Acceptable Use Policy” from which they were taken. (which must be signed before joining the University’s electronic network).

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 193 Sanctions and Procedures for Handling 2. If the faculty member is fairly certain that Cases of Academic Dishonesty she or he is dealing with a case of aca- demic dishonesty, the faculty member It is Pacific University policy that all acts of should meet with the student in question academic dishonesty be reported to the Dean as soon as possible. If the student is or Director of the applicable College or unable to explain away the faculty School. member’s suspicions, then the faculty Sanctions member will collect all available evidence, keeping the originals and sub- The range of possible sanctions that may be mitting photocopies to the Asst/Assoc imposed in instances of academic dishon- Dean. Consultation with the Asst/Assoc esty includes, but is not limited to, those Dean will occur immediately after having listed below; it is general policy that sanc- consulted with the student(s) involved. tions are imposed that are consistent with Either the faculty member or the Asst/ the severity of the violation. Assoc Dean will make a photocopy of the 1. An “F” for the assignment. work in question available to the accused 2. An “F” for the course. student(s) on request. 3. In case of violations of the “Acceptable 3. When a faculty member believes that a Use Policy,” sanctions range from being student has violated the academic honesty barred from the campus electronic net- code during the final examination period work to suspension from the University. and cannot discuss the issue with the 4. In particularly serious broaches of the student in question (because he/she has academic honesty code, or in repeat left campus for the holiday or summer), offenses, suspension or dismissal from the faculty member will assign the the University may be imposed, as well student an “L” grade to show that the as other appropriate sanctions. actual grade will be turned in late. In all instances, the violation shall be 4. In cases in which the student and the reported to the appropriate Dean or Direc- faculty member come to an agreement tor. In most first offenses, no permanent about the violation and its sanction, the record of the violation will be made. Should faculty member may assign the grade the student not be involved in any subse- agreed upon. In any event, the faculty quent incidents of academic dishonesty, then member will submit a timely, brief, the confidential file will be destroyed upon written report of the incident to the Asst/ the student’s graduation. Only those faculty Assoc Dean. members directly involved in the incident 5. In cases where mutual agreement and those serving on panels that might hear between student and faculty member a student’s appeal will be notified. Serious has not been reached, the following or second violations will, however, be noted procedures shall be followed: on the permanent record. a. The faculty member will collect all Procedures available evidence and submit photocopies of it (keeping the Arts and Sciences faculty members will originals) to the Asst/Assoc Dean, follow these procedures when they believe along with a brief written report of that an instance of academic dishonesty has the incident and a recommended occurred. sanction. 1. Review the evidence to ensure that there b. The Asst/Assoc Dean will review are sufficient grounds to warrant a charge the evidence, consult with the of academic dishonesty. Faculty involved student(s), make a determination will not consult with colleagues and about whether or not academic discuss the details of the incident, but dishonesty occurred, and, if so, will instead consult with the Asst/Assoc impose a sanction commensurate Dean to help determine what course of with the nature of the offense. The action to pursue. Asst/Assoc Dean will normally

194 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 CONDUCT POLICIES ■

uphold the sanction proposed by 2. New evidence sufficient to alter a decision, the faculty member, if it is in line 3. Evidence that the sanction(s) imposed with university policy and no new was not appropriate to the severity of evidence has come to light. the violation. c. The student may appeal the Following the receipt of the appeal, the decision of the Asst/Assoc Dean to Board shall convene to consider the appeal. the Standards and Advising Com- On the basis of the available evidence, the mittee for a hearing. The Asst/ Board will deny the appeal, call for a hearing, Assoc Dean will not attend the or when deemed appropriate, return the hearing of the appeal. If the com- appeal to the original academic standards mittee finds against the student, it committee for reconsideration. Decisions of will normally uphold the sanction the University Standards and Appeals Board proposed by the faculty member, if are final. it is in line with university policy and The Vice President for Academic Affairs no new evidence has come to light. shall appoint alternate members in cases of 6. Procedure for initiating college-level action: conflict of interest or if a regular member is a. After a case of academic misconduct unavailable. has occurred, the Asst/Assoc Dean will send a warning to the student Things Students Can Do to Avoid alerting him/her that a second case Charges of Academic Dishonesty may result in suspension or 1. Prepare in advance for examinations and dismissal from the College of Arts assignments; don’t let yourself get too far and Sciences. behind in your reading and studying for b. After a second case of academic any of your courses. misconduct, the Asst/Assoc Dean 2. Prevent other students from copying will bring the case to the Standards your exams or assignments. Try to choose and Advising Committee, who will a seat during an exam away from other consider whether to impose college- students. Shield your exam. Don’t dis- level action (suspension or dismissal) tribute your papers to other students due to the multiple nature of prior to turning them in. the offense. 3. Check with your instructor about special c. The Asst/Assoc Dean may request requirements that might pertain to that that the Standards and Advising particular course or assignment. If you Committee consider college-level cannot find a written section in the syllabus action for a single case of misconduct or on the actual assignment to answer your if he/she believes that it is warranted. questions about what is acceptable, ask University Level Appeals the instructor what his/her expectations are. Final appeals for all cases of academic mis- 4. Utilize a recognized handbook on the conduct will be heard by the University citation of sources. Many professional Standards and Appeals Board. All requests organizations have style manuals for this for appeals of rulings by college or school purpose for example, the APA Style academic standards committees shall be Manual for psychology or the MLA Style submitted in writing to the Vice President Sheet for the humanities. Be sure to ask for Academic Affairs within 10 school days your professor what an acceptable style after the ruling is received by the student. guide is for the written work you will be Appeals shall be considered by the University submitting in her/his course. Standards and Appeals Board, which is a 5. Discourage dishonesty among other students. standing committee of the University. 6. Refuse to help students who cheat. Appeals must be explicitly justified by at 7. Protect your rights and those of other least one of the following reasons: honest students by reporting incidents of 1. Evidence of error in procedure by a school cheating you have observed to the professor. or college academic standards committee, www.pacificu.edu ❖ 195 University Services and Resources

STUDENT LIFE DIVISION houses Cosmic Coffee and Pacific Outback. In addition, the University sponsors a variety of student activities aimed at Vice President for Student Affairs/Dean providing diverse opportunities. These of Students include activities such as a traditional The Vice President for Student Affairs/ Hawaiian Luau, the McCall Forum, where Dean of Students (hereafter referred to as nationally recognized speakers debate issues the Dean) has overall responsibility for of national concern, Founder’s Week and many of the services to students at the Wassail, a traditional holiday celebration. University such as crisis intervention, All students at Pacific University are mem- disability services, health and wellness, bers of the Associated Students of Pacific learning support services, mediation University (ASPU). ASPU supports numer- services, multicultural services, new ous student activities and over forty clubs student orientation, parents’ programs, and organizations. These organizations residence life, housing, student activities, range from religious groups to academic the University Center, Pacific Outback, organizations, recreational sport teams and Pacific Information Center, the Student special interest clubs. Code of Conduct, the judicial process, student government, and the student Student Government handbook, “Pacific Stuff”. Both under- graduate and professional student governing Student Government at Pacific provides bodies work closely with the Dean in pre- ample opportunity for students to develop senting, discussing and resolving student and exercise leadership, to make decisions, issues. The Dean assists individual students and to create a stimulating campus atmo- and student groups with a wide variety of sphere. Undergraduate students elect interests and concerns, and ensures that stu- student offices who lead the Pacific Under- dent opinion is communicated throughout graduate Community Council (PUCC). The the University. Working for all students at PUCC, which includes faculty, administra- the University, the Dean should be regarded tors, and undergraduate students develops, as a resource by both undergraduate and reviews, and recommends policy on professional program students for ques- matters affecting undergraduate students. tions, problem solving, or simply when it Professional students are represented by the is unclear where to go with a particular Professional Programs Council (PPC) issue. The Dean welcomes students’ view- which includes a representative of each of points on programs, policies and facilities. the professional schools.

Activities Forensics Pacific University supports numerous Students wishing to increase public speaking student activities including intramural skills or analytical skills may compete in sports, concerts and lectures, an outdoor Forensics (intercollegiate speaking and and off-campus program (Pacific Outback) debating). Students represent Pacific at and a variety of student groups and clubs. regional and national Speech and Debate The Milky Way is the center for numerous Tournaments throughout the academic activities, concerts and movies, and also year.

196 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Membership on the Forensics Team the academic year and has modified sum- includes membership in Pi Kappa Delta, a mer hours. Students dealing with urgent National Honorary Fraternity. In addition concerns may walk in during the noon hour to competing, students are expected to help when no appointment is needed. Referrals with the administration of the “Hap” to community resources may be made when Hingston Invitational High School Speech additional services are required to meet the and Debate Tournament, held in early psychological needs of students. For more December. information on hour and services available, call the Student Counseling Center or go to Student Media www.pacificu.edu/studentlife/ counselingcenter. Student publications and the campus radio station provide valuable opportunities for Student Counseling Center Pacific students wishing to gain manage- 2011 Cedar Street, Forest Grove ment and production experience in these 503-352-2191 particular media fields. • , the campus newspaper, gives students the opportunity to gain Food Service valuable writing, editing, advertising, The campus dining services in the University and business experience. The Index is Center offer a convenient and economical published bi-weekly. way to meet student’s nutritional needs. • The Pacific Review, a literary magazine, ARAMARK, the University’s meal service includes poetry, graphics, articles, pho- provider, offers a variety of dining options, tography, short stories, and other items such as a salad bar, TacoTime, a grill, a deli contributed by students. It is published bar. And an upscale coffee / cyber caf (The twice a year and is sponsored by the Boxer Bistro). English Department. ARAMARK also offers, for the commuter • KPUR, the campus radio station, is students, faculty/staff and part-time stu- broadcast to residence halls and the dents a Declining Balance program. While University Center. Student-managed cash is the method of choice to pay for meals and operated, KPUR, 94.5 FM offers in the University Center, there is a growing music, news, and special programs – all number of students who are choosing a provided by students. declining balance option. Whether a student • Pacific Productions provides an opportu- lives on or off campus he or she can pay at nity for any student on campus to get a discount to have meals or snacks in The involved in video production. Students Commons or The Boxer Bistro. can crew on other projects or create their own independent pieces. Pacific Health Center productions also crates documentaries The Student Health Center is staffed by that serve the campus community. licensed nurse practitioners who provide general health care and prescriptions for Counseling Center medication when appropriate. A&S students enrolled for 6 or more credits are eligible for Confidential individual, group and couples health center services. The health center counseling are available to all Pacific provides treatment for a wide variety of is- University students. Concerns commonly sues including acute illness/injury such as addressed include adjustment to college or colds, flu, bronchitis, ear/eye/urinary tract/ professional programs, depression, anxiety, skin infections, acne, headaches, allergies, grief and loss, past or current trauma, etc. In addition, the Health Center can treat relationship concerns, academic problems, stable chronic illness such as, hypertension, family of origin issues, identity exploration, diabetes, asthma, depression, etc. Family body image, substance abuse, eating issues planning (PAPs, birth control, emergency contraception and pregnancy testing) is also and stress management. The Counseling available and free family planning is Center is open Monday thru Friday during

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 197 available for those who qualify. The follow- in each hall and Network Assistants are ing immunizations are available: MMR, available in Waler and Clark. Students in Hepatitis B, Hepatitis A, Tetanus booster, these halls live in single, double, triple, and Tuberculosis Screening. The Health quad rooms or suites. Center provides physicals, study abroad The fourth residential area, Vandervelden physicals and sports physicals. All office Court, offers apartment-style living in visits are free, however there are charges for 37 four-bedroom suites with living and some medications, supplies, immunizations, cooking facilities in each unit. The facility and lab tests. All records in the Student is designed primarily for junior and senior Health Center are confidential. The Health undergraduate students and offers more Center is open Monday through Friday during independent living. the academic year and has modified sum- mer hours. For more information on hours Residence Policies or available services please call the Health Because residence hall living is an impor- Center or go to www.pacificu.edu/ tant factor in the process of social and studentlife/healthcenter/. academic growth, it is necessary for all Student Health Center students to be aware of the policies that 2011 Cedar Street, Forest Grove apply to living in the halls: 503-352-2269 Freshmen and sophomores are required to live and board on campus unless: Housing and Residence Policies 1. they have graduated from high school Residence Halls at least two years prior to matriculation; Because learning outside of the classroom 2. are married/or the parent of a depen- is as essential as learning inside the class- dent child; room, residential living is an integral part 3. are 21 years of age; or of the total Pacific experience. Residence halls are designed to be living-learning 4. live full-time with their parent(s) and/ environments where trained residence staff or legal guardians. help students make smoother transitions to Note: Criteria #2 requires a residency waiver the next phase of their development. form on file. These forms are available through Fostering a climate of friendship and the Student Life Office. understanding among students with diverse backgrounds is a priority of the Housing contracts are binding for a full aca- residence life program. demic year. Early releases are rare and must be approved by the Residency Options The University offers accommodations in Committee. four on-campus residence facilities, all of which are smoke-free environments and are Pacific University admits students with the supervised by Resident Directors, profes- understanding that they will uphold stan- sional staff members who live in the halls. dards of community living. All students are The three co-ed residence halls, Clark, expected to respect the rights and integrity Walter, and McCormick, each have lounges, of other members of the community. Con- storage areas, and coin-operated laundry. duct that is detrimental to the University The halls are divided into smaller living community, that violates the Student Code units called “wings”. Students in each wing of Conduct, or that transgresses civil law is vote on a variety of matters such as how to grounds for disciplinary action. If a student use activity funds or determining quiet is asked to leave the residence halls for hours. They are also involved in governance disciplinary reasons, room and board fees and judicial matters. Trained undergradu- will not be refunded. ate Resident Assistants live in each wing New students receive housing information and assist students with the transition with over the summer. New students applying college, with personal and academic for space in Vandervelden Court must concerns, and in mediating and solving submit a non-refundable $100 housing residence life problems. Tutors are available application fee. Returning students select 198 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■ rooms in the spring of the preceding modations; extended test time; distraction academic year through a lottery process, free testing; test readers; alternative format; and must pay a $100 lottery entrance fee in adaptive technology; text on tape; and order to reserve their room for the following notetakers. All services can be adapted year. Returning students cancellation of a to accommodate individual needs. The room reservation before June 30 will result University requires appropriate documen- in a $50 refund; cancellation after June 30, tation of a disability in order to better will result in forfeiture of the entire $100. enable students to meet the established academic standards. Off-Campus Housing It is the responsibility of each student to The University owns some off-campus inform the Director of Learning Support apartment complexes and rental houses Services of his or her status and particular that are available to upperclassmen. The issues. Students are encouraged to work Student Life Office does not provide off- proactively with the faculty and staff in campus housing placement but does have developing strategies for accommodation. a Housing Network web site to assist To contact the Director, call 503-352-2107. students looking for housing off-campus and/or roommates. Extensive lists of apart- The University complies with the Americans ment complexes and links to other housing With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). Ques- resources are also present. The site provides tions or complaints about University policy individuals with an option to post informa- should be directed to the Dean of Students. tion to the web if they are looking for Multi-Cultural Services housing, seeking a roommate, or have a place to rent. Students who utilize the The Office of Multicultural Services is housing web site frequently find the infor- designed to assist students in dealing with mation very helpful and many have secured issues concerning the multiplicity of cultures housing from this site, so it is recommended we have on the Pacific University campus. that students start their searches here. Spreading cultural awareness and under- standing, integrating students from all The University’s housing web site address cultures into the campus community, and is www.pacificu.edu/studentlife/housing. celebrating diversity are the main concerns International Programs of this office. Students having questions, concerns, or suggestions for topics dealing The Office of International Programs serves with multi-cultural issues are encouraged as a campus liaison for all international to call or visit the office. To contact the students, scholars and staff in matters of Director, call 503-352-2107. immigration and support services. Both the Director and Assistant Director are well Pacific Information Center (PIC) versed in F-1, J-1, H-1B regulations and can The Pacific Information Center, commonly provide information regarding travel, referred to as the PIC, provides efficient, general maintenance of immigration status, reliable, accurate and quick service for the and work authorization both during and Pacific Community. This includes, but is not after studies in the U.S. limited to, the University Switchboard, the Learning Support Services for Students Boxer Card (student ID), parking permits, with Disabilities guest housing, summer housing, vendors, publications and brochures of University The Learning Support Services for Students departments and programs, forms, general with Disabilities Office is designed to information, the sale of stamps, Tri-Met arrange for specialized academic support tickets and movie tickets, and Boxer Briefs. services or modifications to the learning Computer terminals are provided outside environment for students with disabilities. the PIC for students to access the Web and In general, the University will work with their accounts. The office of the Director of students to provide a variety of services that the Pacific Information Center may be will accommodate their specific needs. The found here as well. following services are available: test accom-

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 199 OTHER UNIVERSITY SERVICES Campus Public Safety Campus Public Safety (CPS) is responsible Alumni Relations for overseeing the safety and security of the campus community and property. How- The purpose of the Pacific University ever, community members must also Alumni Association, formed in 1892, is to assume responsibility for their safety by extend and deepen the social and intellec- exercising good judgment and personal tual experience of student’s years at Pacific, responsibility. CPS is staffed 24 hours a day, and to further the welfare of Pacific. All 365 days a year. Officers provide assistance graduates of Pacific University and all and educational programming in personal former students having completed a year safety, dealing with emergencies, protection here and who have expressed a desire to of personal property and other crime pre- retain ties with the University are consid- vention and awareness programs. Campus ered alumni. The Alumni Relations Office Public Safety seeks to provide a reasonably provides services to the alumni of Pacific safe environment at Pacific University University including group travel opportu- through high visibility and close interaction nities, alumni gatherings and class with the campus community. An annual reunions, as well as organizing events that crime report is made available to all bring current students and former students current and prospective students and together for seminars, cultural events and employees of the University via the social functions. For more information University website. If you are concerned contact the Alumni Office in the Abbott Center, about any person or situation, want to report 503-352-2828 or [email protected]. an emergency or you need a safety escort, please contact CPS immediately at 503-352- Bookstore 2230 or by e-mail at [email protected]. The Pacific University Bookstore, located in the University Center and managed by Career Development Center Barnes and Noble College Bookstores, Located in Chapman Hall, the Career carries all required texts and supplies for Development Center’s mission is to provide course work, including those for profes- students and alumni with the resources, sional students. The bookstore stocks both support, and opportunities needed to new and used textbooks, and buys back realize their vision of career success and some textbooks at the end of each term. In service to a changing community, nation, addition, the bookstore sells some profes- and world. The staff possess an exceptional sional program equipment, office supplies, complement of expertise, experience, and gifts, snacks, emblematic apparel and drug- creativity in responding to student career store items. needs. Students should take full advantage of the wealth of resources and programs here Business Office supporting career exploration and planning, The Business Office at Pacific University job and internship search, graduate school handles all cashier and accounting opera- search and applications, employer research, tions for the university. This is where resume and interview preparation, and students pay their tuition, fees, and any related topics. Just a few of the nearly 100 other charges which may be placed on the career programs offered each year include student account. Information on payment alumni career panels and internship fairs, plans and refunds as well as short term and as well as an annual spring career fair emergency loans can also be acquired at the featuring over 150 employers in addition to Business Office. For more information representatives of graduate and professional about policies, payment plans, fees and programs. A few recent additions to the other Business Office matters contact the ever-growing program schedule: Sopho- Business Office. more Majorfest, which provides information in a creative format to assist with selection of majors and career options; Junior

200 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Junction, a festive noon-time program public schools. Among the more popular featuring timely information on internships, placements are tutoring and mentoring graduate school preparation, and career youth, working with homeless and exploration; the Health Professions Expo, women’s shelters, working with senior which facilitates information exchange citizens, helping environmental agencies, among healthcare practitioners and teaching in literacy programs for Hispanic students; and the Senior and Alumni Job families, and sponsoring a variety of Search Series, which brings these groups projects on the Navajo Reservation each together for a series of evening programs January. featuring networking opportunities and The purpose of the Humanitarian Center is professional seminars on job search. Figuring to help Pacific students make a significant prominently among these resources as well contribution to the community and inte- is the Alumni Career Network, a database grate the learning from that experience in profiling about 1000 Pacific alumni inter- their studies and understanding of civic ested in lending career networking assis- responsibility. Students who take advan- tance to students and graduates of the tage of a service learning placement also University. In concert with the faculty, the gain unique insight and experience related staff of the Career Development Center to careers and valuable life skills. excel at working with students individually to ensure that they receive the very best Internship Program career support and preparation possible to enable them to launch successful careers Pacific University’s Internship Program upon graduation. The Career Development reinforces the University’s commitment to Center also manages the Federal Work- an outstanding education and service to the Study Program. surrounding communities. Recognizing the value of a healthy marriage between class- Financial Aid Office room and experiential learning, Pacific aggressively helps students to develop The Pacific University Financial Aid Office opportunities to apply knowledge and assists students with securing funding for skills gained in the classroom to a profes- their attendance at Pacific. In this role, sional work situation for a sustained period. Financial Aid Office staff members provide Typically, internships are developed in financial aid information to prospective and concert by the student, a faculty advisor, a continuing students and their families, participating organization, and the Intern- determine financial aid eligibility for admitted ship Coordinator. Internships are available students, and assist with coordinating the in a variety of settings – large corporations, University’s student employment program. non-profit organizations, government agen- cies, and small businesses – depending on Humanitarian Center the needs of the student. The Career Devel- The Pacific University Humanitarian Center opment Center maintains a rich array of facilitates student access to service-learning opportunities in collaboration with alumni opportunities for field placement and and other professionals in the area, across courses having a service component. Living the country, and around the world. groups, campus organizations, and indi- To be eligible for a for-credit internship, a vidual students may also find assistance in student must have upper-division standing developing or finding sites for volunteer and normally at least a 2.7 GPA. Internships projects. The Center’s database contains require careful and early planning with a more than 200 local organizations that faculty advisor and must be approved by utilize volunteers as well as community the student’s academic advisor, the depart- outreach programs coordinated through the ment chair, and the Dean of Arts and Humanitarian Center itself. Sciences. To receive academic credit, the Most of the Center’s service placements are student must first complete a learning in local social service organizations, peace contract, obtained in the Registrar’s Office. organizations, governmental agencies and

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 201 Interns typically keep a daily journal Librarians are available at the Reference analyzing work experiences and recording Desk and by appointment to help students personal reflections, write a paper that with their research needs. For additional integrates course material and on-the-job information about the Library and its experience, assemble a portfolio of materi- services, please visit the Library’s website als developed during the internship, and at http://library.pacificu.edu/ give a presentation on the internship to the Pacific community upon completion of the Malheur Field Station experience. Pacific University participates in Malheur Both part- and full-time internships are Field Station as part of a consortium of available and carry one semester hour of 15 colleges and universities in Oregon, credit for each 40 hours of work up to a Washington and Idaho. maximum of 14 credits in any one semes- Malheur Field Station is located in the high ter. A maximum of 17 credits of internship desert country, 32 miles south of Burns, may be counted toward graduation. For Oregon, on the western edge of the Malheur further information, students should con- National Wildlife Refuge. An astounding tact the Career Development Center. range of wildlife habitats in the region generates more than 840 species of vascu- Library lar plants, 280 species of birds, and 50 Named after the first graduate of Pacific species of mammals. Steens Mountain, a University, the Harvey W. Scott Memorial large fault block which rises to 9,700 feet, Library offers students, faculty, and staff a lies along the southeast boundary of the diverse, carefully selected collection of refuge. Desert landforms, outstanding nearly 250,000 volumes, over 1,000 current volcanic features, massive uplifts carved by journal subscriptions, 21,000 online jour- ancient glaciers, numerous 9,000 to 10,000- nals, and Internet access to information and year-old archeological sites, cattle baron documents from around the world. The ranches, pioneer settlements, mines and Library also houses a select collection of ghost towns are just a few of the rich United States government documents, discoveries nearby. some dating back to the early 1800s. The The field station has dormitories and trailers, Margaret McChesney Scott Music Library food service, laundry facilities, a store, is home to an extensive collection of music laboratory and classroom facilities, a small scores, LPs, and CDs. Pacific’s membership library and a museum. in the Orbis Cascade Alliance gives stu- Courses in such areas a ethnobiology, ecol- dents, faculty, and staff easy access to more ogy, natural history, biology, ornithology, than 25 million volumes in over 30 academic geology, art, astronomy and photography libraries in Washington and Oregon. The are offered during the summer. Pacific Library’s catalog is easily accessible students are encouraged to take classes for through the Internet. Access to the 150 plus credit offered by Malheur Field Station. research databases are available with Information about classes and use of the appropriate authentication. There are a field station is available from The Director, number of networked public access terminals Malheur Field Station, HC 72, Box 260, available for use in the Library as well as a Princeton, OR 97721, telephone 541-493- wireless environment for personal laptops. 2629, e-mail [email protected]. Informa- A highly qualified staff of librarians and tion can also be obtained by visiting the web support personnel work regularly with site at www.geol.pdx.edu/MFS. students and faculty to assist them in locating, evaluating, and using today’s Oregon Holocaust Resource Center world of information. Course-related instruction is available to help students Established in 1984, the Oregon Holocaust learn search strategies and to develop their Resource Center, an educational organiza- academic information literacy skills to tion, applies the lessons of the Holocaust to prepare them for their professional careers. teach the importance of promoting a just and

202 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■ humane society, which values respect and Pacific University provides opportunities acceptance. As a not-for-profit and nonsec- for participation in the sport of Handball tarian organization, the Center is dedicated at the club level. The club sports compete to communicating these lessons to teachers, against club level programs from other students, and the general public in Oregon institutions and in some cases, intercollegiate and southwest Washington in fulfillment of programs. The Handball Club annually the legacy left by victims to the survivors – sends club players to the Intercollegiate to remember, to record, to understand, to National Tournament. explain, and to enlighten future generations. The Intramural Program provides the The OHRC provides educational outreach campus community with the opportunity through a variety of highly acclaimed to participate in athletic events on a non- programs to explore the effects of prejudice, varsity level. Organization is provided for the meaning of acceptance, and the impor- same sex and co-ed competition. Sports for tance of celebrating our common humanity. the Pacific University student body include, Programs include: teacher training work- but are not limited to: flag football, three- shops; a Speakers Bureau of survivors, on-three basketball, volleyball, five-on-five liberators, and other witnesses; the Shirley basketball, soccer inner tube water polo and Tanzer Oral History Collection including softball. the remembrances of over 60 Holocaust survivors who settled in Oregon; an annual Old College Hall and the Pacific middle and high school symposium bringing University Museum students together to focus on Holocaust related topics; the Sylvia Frankel resource Old College Hall was completed in 1851 library; the annual Sala Kryszek Writing and is the oldest permanent structure on the and Art Contest for middle and high school Pacific University campus. It is among the students; and community events and oldest collegiate buildings in the western programs that highlight the lessons of the United States and continues to serve as Holocaust, as well as traveling exhibits and a gathering place for members of the other special projects. university and surrounding communities. Pacific University recognizes and fully This compact two-story structure with its supports the importance of the work of the signature octagonal belfry, or cupola, is OHRC and, accordingly, the OHRC and symbolic of pioneer efforts during territo- Pacific joined in a mutual affiliation in 1994. rial days. In 1974, Old College Hall assumed The OHRC’s office is located in Warner 25 its rightful place on the National Register on the main campus. of Historic Places. As part of Pacific’s centennial celebration Pacific Athletic Center and Intramurals in 1949, the second floor rooms of Old College Hall were converted into museum The home for athletic activities at Pacific is galleries. The Pacific University Museum the newly remodeled and spacious Pacific exhibits artifacts relating to the history Athletic Center (PAC). The PAC is available of the institution. Many interesting objects for all students to use and houses a gymna- donated by alumni and friends of the sium with three activity areas, a state-of- University are interpreted here. Personal the-art fitness center, a fieldhouse, three items from founder Tabitha Brown and handball-racquetball courts, saunas, dance President Sidney Harper Marsh are among studio and wrestling room. the collections on exhibit. Treasures from Admittance to on-campus Boxer athletic various foreign cultures are also featured events including basketball, soccer, volley- in the museum, reflecting Pacific’s mission- ball and wrestling, are free of charge to all ary heritage.Visits to the Pacific University students, spouses and domestic partners, Museum are cheerfully arranged by ap- both undergraduate and graduate with a pointment through the Office of University Pacific University Boxer Card. Pacific sports Relations at 503-352-2211. also include baseball, cross country, golf, softball, swimming, track & field, and tennis.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 203 Registrar the World Wide Web, Telnet, FTP, and The Registrar’s Office at Pacific University an international collection of academic strives to provide excellent service to reference material. Print resources are students, faculty and staff through mainte- also available on a cost-per-copy basis. nance of academic records and information, The TIC provides answers to student, fac- and course scheduling. The Registrar’s ulty and staff with technology concerns and Office is responsible for a number of questions over the phone, by e-mail and in services including: maintaining student person. ºFor information about what kind academic records and carrying out course of computer to bring to Pacific University, scheduling, enrollment changes and verifi- please refer to www.pacificu.edu/uis/ cation, degree evaluations, and informing services/purchases/. students of their rights, responsibilities, and institutional procedures regarding Tutoring and Study Skills academic regulations and confidentiality of All students who want assistance with student educational records. The Registrar’s their course work are encouraged to use the Office also provides students with easy Writing Resource Center, House Tutors, and access to their educational information, such the Math/Science Center. as course schedules, grades, and transcripts. More information regarding the Registrar’s The Writing Resource Center, UC 104, Office services can be obtained from either provides free consultation service to students staff in the Registrar’s Office or from who desire assistance with their writing the office’s web site at www.pacificu.edu/ tasks. Trained peer consultants are available registrar/ on a drop-in system. The Center is open to all students Sunday through Thursday Service Center evenings during the school year, with limited hours during Winter Three. The Service Center acts as the University’s House Tutors also provide tutoring, in the print shop and produces many of Pacific’s Residence Halls, for a wide range of Arts print materials such as class handouts, and Sciences subjects, plus workshops on department forms, and campus memos. At time management and study skills. least two days should be given for small projects for students, which can be com- The Math and Science Center, located in UC pleted for a fee. 103, provides free tutorial service to students from 7-10 pm every Sunday through Technology Information Center (TIC) Thursday. Qualified tutors are available on a walk-in, first-come, first-served basis. University Information Services (UIS) The Technology Information Center (TIC) University Relations is operated by University Information Services (UIS). Resources are available to The main offices of the Division of University support the effective use of computing and Relations are located on the third floor of information technology to meet student Marsh Hall while the offices of the Depart- academic needs. Some of the services that ment of Alumni Relations are located on the are managed through UIS include: com- east side of campus in the Abbott Center at puter assistance, network services, tele- the intersection of University and Cedar phone services, data processing support, streets. The division coordinates fundraising, educational technologies, media services, alumni activities and conferences and online resources, technology training and events at Pacific. University Relations is also 24-hour student access computer labs. responsible for public relations, including the University websites and the dissemination Several computer labs are available at of news and public information. Printed Pacific University offering both PC and communications such as the Pacific maga- Macintosh computers with various aca- zine, academic catalogs and publicity demic software packages as well as research brochures originate in University Relations. and communication tools including e-mail, This group distributes information about

204 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FACULTY ■

Pacific to the public and also maintains contact with local and national media regarding happenings at Pacific. It sends Faculty of news of Pacific students to hometown media and operates a Speakers Bureau to facilitate faculty speakers for area civic Arts & groups. The annual Tom McCall Forum public affairs debate, the Performing Arts Series and Commencement are coordinated Sciences by University Relations staff.

Upward Bound Edmond Alkaslassy (1993) Upward Bound is a Federally-funded college Assistant Professor of Biology preparatory program that offers educational B.S., University of California at Los Angeles, 1989 assistance to high school students. Since M.A., Austin College, 1992 1966, Pacific University’s Upward Bound Program – the oldest in Oregon – has helped Jeffrey G. Barlow (1994) high school students develop the skills and Professor of History, Matsushita Professor motivation needed to succeed in college. of Asian Studies The project provides academic skills B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1964 courses; in-school contact; individual tutor- M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1965 ing and counseling; college and career plan- Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1973 ning; cultural and educational activities; help applying to college and for financial aid; a Vernon L. Bates (1975) six-week residential summer school; and Professor of Sociology experience in college classes for seniors. B.A., , 1969 M.A., University of California, Davis, 1973 Web-Based Information Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1976 Resources for Students are abundant on the World Wide Web. The Pacific Library Pauline Beard (1994) through its links with other library systems Associate Professor of English can provide navigational tools for students B.A., London University, 1978 to access information. M.A., SUNY Binghamton, 1981 Ph.D., SUNY Binghamton, 1986 The following sites are recommended as starting points for seeking information: Michael E. Boardman (1995) Pacific’s Home Page Professor of Mathematics www.pacificu.edu B.A., Western Washington University, 1985 M.S., Western Washington University, 1987 Pacific’s Graduate and Professional Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 Schools Page www.pacificu.edu/ academics/grad/index.cfm Mark D. Bodamer (2001) Pacific’s Library Page Assistant Professor of Psychology www.pacificu.edu/library/index.html B.A., Marquette University, 1981 M.S., Central Washington University, 1987 Pacific’s Student Life Page Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno, 1997 www.pacificu.edu/studentlife/ David Boersema (1985) Pacific’s Handbooks and Policies Professor of Philosophy, Douglas C. Strain www.pacificu.edu/policies Professorship in Natural Philosophy, Distin- guished University Professor Please note, web pages are living docu- B.A., Hope College, 1973 ments. The addresses shown may change M.A., Michigan State University, 1978 as services to students and others are Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1985 improved. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 205 Juliet W. Brosing (1987) Michelle M. Cowing (1999) Professor of Physics Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S., Humboldt State University, 1976 B.S., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1990 M.S., Florida State University, 1978 M.S., Stanford University, 1992 Ph.D., University of British Columbia, 1983 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1996

Lorelle Lee Browning (1990) Phillip D. Creighton (2003) Professor of English Professor of Biology B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1972 B.A., Tarkio College, 1966 M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1980 M.S., Colorado State University, Fort Collin, 1970 Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1986 Ph.D., Colorado State University, Fort Collin, 1974

Michael Burch-Pesses (1995) James O. Currie Jr. (1972) Associate Professor of Music Distinguished University Professor B.S., University of the State of New York, 1989 of Chemistry M.M., The Catholic University of America, 1992 B.S., Ohio State University, 1965 D.M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1995 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1970

Alyson L. Burns-Glover (1989) David DeMoss (1993) Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., California State University, Long Beach, 1983 B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1981 M.A., University of California, Davis, 1985 M.A., Baylor University, 1983 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1989 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1987

James J. Butler (2004) Andrea Doerfler (1999) Associate Professor of Physics Instructor of Sociology B.S., Eastern Oregon University, 1994 B.A., Linfield College, 1986 M.S., Lehigh University, 1996 M.S., Columbia University, 1988 Ph.D., Lehigh University, 2000 Russell A. Dondero (1974) Susan U. Cabello (1975) Professor of Politics and Government Professor of Spanish B.A., , 1964 B.A., University of Arizona, 1966 M.A., University of Minnesota, 1968 M.A., University of Arizona, 1971 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1973 Ph.D., University of Arizona, 1978 Jim Flory (2002) David Cassady (1984) Assistant Professor of Art Associate Professor of Journalism Lorely French (1986) B.S., Arizona State University, 1971 Professor of German M.A., University of Iowa, 1977 B.A., McGill University, 1979 Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1980 M.A., University of California, LA, 1981 Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1986 Patricia B. Cheyne (1994) Associate Professor of Art Linda B. Gallahan (1993) B.F.A., University of Hartford, 1978 Associate Professor of Psychology M.A., Wesleyan University, 1988 B.S., College of Charleston, 1985 M.F.A., University of Colorado, 1992 M.A., University of Southern California, 1990 Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1993 Nancy K. Christoph (1995) Associate Professor of Spanish Bogdana Georgieva (2001) B.A., Williams College, 1986 Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.A., University of California, 1990 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1994 Ph.D., Cornell University, 1995 M.S., University of Oregon, 1997 206 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FACULTY ■

Ph.D., Oregon State University, 2001 Michael Geraci (1999) Johanna Hibbard (2000) Assistant Professor of Media Arts Assistant Professor of Media Arts B.A., Pacific University, 1991 B.A., University of Oregon, 1992 M.S., University of Oregon, 2002 M.A., New School for Social Research, 1995 M.A., University of Iowa, 1998 Joel W. Gohdes (2002) M.F.A., University of Iowa, 2000 Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Carleton College, 1985 Michelle Hribar (1999) Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1991 Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science Christine Guenther (1998) B.A., Albion College, 1991 Associate Professor of Mathematics M.S., Northwestern University, 1994 B.A., Stanford University, 1989 Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1997 M.S., University of Washington, 1993 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1998 Kazuko Ikeda (1983) Associate Professor of Japanese Deke T. Gundersen (2000) B.A., Portland State University, 1981 Associate Professor of Environmental Science M.A., Portland State University, 1985 B.S., Indiana University Southeast, 1987 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 M.S., University of Louisville, 1990 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1995 Brian H. Jackson (2004) Assistant Professor of Exercise Science Jamie R. Haag (2000) B.S., University of North Carolina at Assistant Professor of Economics Wilmington, 1997 B.A., University of Washington, 1991 M.A., East Carolina University, 1999 M.A., University of Oregon, 1996 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 2004 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1996 Richard I. Jobs (2001) Stephen Hall (2000) Assistant Professor of History Assistant Professor of Physics B.A., Murray State University, 1991 B.S., Worchester Polytechnic Institute, 1988 M.A., Murray State University, 1994 Sc., M., Brown University, 1991 Ph.D., Rutgers University, 2001 Ph.D., Brown University, 1995 Kevin E. Johnson (1994) George A. Harshbarger (1993) Associate Professor of Chemistry, Thomas J. and Joyce Holce, Professorship in Science Professor of Music B.A., Stanford University, 1983 B.A., California State University, 1967 M.A., San Francisco State University, 1973 M.S., University of Washington, 1987 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1991 D.M.A., University of Washington, 1985

John W. Hayes (2003) Shereen Khoja (2002) Dean of the College of Arts & Sciences and Assistant Professor of Computer Science Professor of Environmental Science B.S., King Abdul Aziz University, 1997 B.S., Benedictine University, 1966 M.S., University of Essex, UK, 1998 Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971 Ph.D., Lancaster University, UK, 2002

Shawn Henry (1998) Erica Kleinknecht (2002) Associate Professor of Exercise Science Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S.Ed., Montana State University, 1988 B.A., Western Washington University, 1995 M.S., University of Montana, 1991 M.S., Western Washington University, 1997 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1995 Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 2000

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 207 Chris Lane (1999) Jodi Paar (2000) Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of Oregon, 1991 B.A., University of Nebraska, 1990 M.S., University of Oregon, 1993 M.Ed., Northern Arizona University, 1993 M.S., Cornell University, 1998 Lawrence M. Lipin (1992) Ph.D., Cornell University, 2000 Professor of History A.B., University of California, Davis, 1978 Darlene Pagán (2001) M.A., University of California, LA, 1981 Assistant Professor of English Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1989 B.A., Aurora University, 1992 M.A., Illinois State University, 1994 Pamela T. Lopez (1993) Ph.D., University of Texas, Dallas, 2000 Professor of Biology B.S., Columbus College, 1980 Sarah R. Phillips (1995) Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1990 Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Whitman College, 1986 Cheleen Mahar (1994) Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1993 Professor of Anthropology B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1967 Kathlene Postma (2000) M.A., University of Illinois, 1972 Assistant Professor of English Ph.D., Massey University, 1986 B.A., Northern Michigan University, 1986 M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1988 Marc Marenco (1988) Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1993 Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.S., California State University, Chico, 1975 Martha Rampton (1994) M.Div., Yale University, 1982 Associate Professor of History D. Phil., University of Oxford, 1992 B.A., University of Utah, 1979 M.A., University of Utah, 1988 Guy E. Mills (2003) Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1998 Dean of the College of Education and Professor of Education Gabriella Ricciardi (2002) B.A., University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1971 Assistant Professor of French and Spanish M.S., Central Missouri State University, 1973 M.A., University of Bari, 1975 Ed.S., Central Missouri State University, 1976 M.A., University of Oregon, 1981 Ed.D., University of Missouri-Columbia, 1984 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992

Nancy Neudauer (2001) Victor M. Rodriguez (1996) Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences Associate Professor of Spanish B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1989 B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico, 1982 M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1994 M.A., Brown University, 1987 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1998 Ph.D., Brown University, 1993

N. Charles O’Connor (1985) Jennifer Roney (2002) Professor of Business Administration Assistant Professor of Management B.S., University of Northern Colorado, 1972 B.A., University of California, LA., 1981 M.A., University of Iowa, 1976 M.A., San Diego State University, 1988 Ph.D., University of Utah, 1996 Terry O’Day (1998) Associate Professor of Art Philip J. Ruder (1994) B.F.A., University of Illinois, 1982 Associate Professor of Economics M.F.A., Arizona State University, 1985 B.A., Dartmouth College, 1983 M.S., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1994

208 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FACULTY ■

M.A., Portland State University, 1997 Douglas J. Ryan (1983) Michael R. Steele (1975) Professor of Computer Science Distinguished University Professor of English B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1980 B.A., , 1967 M.S., Colorado State University, 1983 M.A., Michigan State University, 1971 Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975 Lori S. Rynd (1981) Professor of Biology Byron D. Steiger (1974) B.S., University of Washington, 1970 Professor of Sociology M.S., Oregon State University, 1975 B.S., University of Oregon, 1966 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1979 M.S., University of Oregon, 1972 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1976 Sheryl Sanders (1998) Assistant Professor of Anatomy Sara Steinert Borella (1993) B.A., Asbury College, 1985 Associate Professor of French Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1989 B.A., Bates College, 1988 Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1993 Lisa Sardinia (1996) Associate Professor of Biology Timothy Stephens (1993) B.S., Whitworth College, 1979 Associate Professor of Music Ph.D., Montana State University, 1985 B.M., University of New Mexico, 1975 J.D., Hastings College of Law, 1996 M.M., University of New Mexico, 1977 D.M.A., University of Colorado, Boulder, 1984 Jon Schnorr (2000) Assistant Professor of Biology Robert E. Stockhouse II (1976) B.A., University of Chicago, 1990 Distinguished University Professor of Biology Ph.D., University of Washington, 1997 B.S., Colorado State University, 1969 Ph.D., Colorado State University, 1973 Philip K. Schot (2001) Associate Professor of Exercise Science John Suroviak (2000) B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1983 Associate Professor of Business Administration M.Ed., Western Washington University, 1986 B.A., Trinity College, 1973 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1991 M.S., University of Hartford, 1976

Todd Schultz (1996) Tim Thompson (1994) Associate Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of English B.A., Lewis and Clark College, 1985 B.A., University of South Florida, 1985 M.A., University of California, Davis, 1987 M.A., University of South Florida, 1988 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1993 Ph.D., Emory University, 1996

Jeffrey G. Seward (1990) Scott Tuomi (1993) Associate Professor of Politics and Government Associate Professor of Music B.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1969 B.M., University of Southern California, 1981 M.A., University of Washington, 1981 M.S.T., Portland State University, 1993 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1994 Ph.D., University of Arizona, 2002

Jan Shield (1971) Mariana Valenzuela (2002) Professor of Art Instructor of Spanish B.A., Whitworth College, 1967 B.A., New Mexico State University, 1993 M.F.A., University of Oregon, 1969 M.A., New Mexico State University, 1995

Steve R. Smith (1999) Assistant Dean of Arts and Sciences B.A., University of Utah, 1978

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 209 Robert Van Dyk (1994) Faculty of Associate Professor of Politics and Government B.A., Duke University, 1986 M.A., University of Washington, 1989 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1995 Library

Doyle Walls (1989) Associate Professor of English B.A., Wayland University, 1975 Emily J. Asch M.A., Baylor University, 1979 Assistant Professor and Cataloging/Technical Systems Librarian Richard V. Whiteley Jr. (1986) Earlham College, B.A., 1994 Professor of Chemistry University of Illinois, M.L.S., 2002 A.A., Santa Ana College, 1972 B.S., California State University, Long Beach, 1974 Nancy Ann Henderson (1998) Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1978 Associate Professor Sciences & Health Sciences Librarian Richard J. Wiener (1995) B.A., University of Southern California, 1976 Associate Professor of Physics M.L.S., University of California LA, 1978 B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1978 M.A., Portland State University, 1994 M.S., University of Oregon, 1988 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1991 Lynda Larremore (1996) Electronic/Information Services Coordinator Christopher Wilkes (1996) A.A.S., College of Southern Idaho, 1979 Professor of Sociology B.B.A., Boise State University, 1983 B.A., University of Canterbury, 1975 M.L.I.S., Brigham Young University, 1990 M.A., University of Canterbury, 1976 M.A., Stanford University, 1977 Alex Toth (1977) Ph.D., Stanford University, 1982 Associate Professor/Associate Librarian B.A., Portland State University, 1973 M.L.S., University of Oregon, 1975

Benjamin T. Wakashige (2003) University Librarian B.A., Western New Mexico University, 1969 M.L., Emporia State University, 1970

210 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 F ACULTY OF LIBRARY • FACULTY EMERITI ■

Margaret Y. Chou Faculty Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., National Taiwan University, 1961 B.A., University of Oregon, 1966 M.A., University of Montana, 1968 Emeriti M.B.A., Portland State University, 1983

Michael C. Clock Professor of Mathematics Amy Beaupre B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1957 Professor of Music M.S., Oregon State University, 1961 B.M., Pacific University, 1933 Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1967

Ramendra K. Bhattacharyya Edwin S. Collier Associate Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Theatre B.S., Calcutta University, 1951 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1964 M.S., Calcutta University, 1953 M.S., Portland State University, 1970 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1964

Willard B. Bleything Robert A. Davies Distinguished University Professor of Professor of English Public Health and Optometry Director of A.B., University of , 1952 International Programs M.A., University of Michigan, 1953 B.S., Pacific University, 1951 O.D., Pacific University, 1952 Jane L. Ellis-Horner M.S., Pacific University, 1954 Professor of Education M.A.T., Lewis and Clark College, 1965 Edward J. Buecher Professor of Biology George G. Evans B.A., St. Anselm’s College, 1960 Distinguished University Professor of English M.A., Indiana University, 1962 B.A., Beloit College, 1956 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1968 M.A., Northwestern University, 1957 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1966 Jane B. Carmichael Associate Professor of Optometry Grazio Falzon B.A., Mississippi State, 1936 Professor of Romance Languages O.D., Southern College of Optometry, 1945 B.A., Malta University, 1959 Licent., Malta University, 1959 Richard T. Carter J.C.D., Lateran University, 1963 Professor of Biology B.S., Portland State University, 1963 Mary H. Fehrs M.S., Oregon State University, 1968 Professor of Physics Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1973 B.A., Wellesley College, 1966 M.A., Boston University, 1968 Florence S. Chino Ph.D., Boston University, 1973 Associate Professor of Music B.M., MacPhail College of Music, 1942 Joseph K. Frazier B.S., Bemidji State College, 1945 Professor of History M.M., Eastman School of Music, B.A., , 1950 University of Rochester, 1948

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 211 Albert M. Freedman Nira Levine Professor of Music College of Optometry B.M., VanderCook School of Music, 1938 Director of Student Services, A.B., Central College, 1939 Professor of Psychology M.M., Roosevelt University, 1947 B.S., Hunter College, 1953 D.M.E., Indiana University, 1972 Ed.D., University of Virginia, 1969

Alfred Furie William Ludlam Professor of Optometry Professor of Optometry B.S., Pacific University, 1958 B.S., Columbia University, 1953 O.D., Pacific University, 1960 M.S., Columbia University, 1954 O.D., Massachusettes College of Optometry, 1964 Faith Gabelnick President Emerita James V. Miller B.A., Douglas College, Rutgers University, 1964 President Emeritus M.A., University of Massachusetts, 1969 B.A., Indiana Central College, 1942 Ph.D., The American University, 1974 M.Div., United Seminary, 1946 Ph.D., Boston University, 1955 W. Thomas Griffith LL.D., Otterbein College, 1972 Distinguished University Professor of Physics LL.D., Indian Central College, 1979 B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1962 M.S., University of New Mexico, 1964 Gary V. Mueller Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1967 Professor of Art B.S., University of Oregon, 1957 Leigh Hunt Jr. M.S., University of Oregon, 1962 Professor of Political Science M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art, 1971 B.A., Yale College, 1947 M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1968 John L. Neff Professor of Dance William T. Jordan Indiana University, 1947 Professor of Chemistry Edna McRae School of Dance, 1951 B.A., Portland State University, 1964 Gertrude Shurr-May O’Donnell School of M.A., Portland State University, 1968 Modern Dance, 1955 Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1972 School of American Ballet, 1955

Marshall M. Lee William E. Preston Professor of History Clinical Professor of Optometry B.S., Whitman College, 1967 B.S., Pacific University, 1952 M.A., Claremont Graduate School, 1969 O.D., Pacific University, 1958 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1974 W. Steve Prince Leonard Levine Professor of English Distinguished University Professor B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1950 of Physiology and Pharmacology Ph.D., Yale University, 1954 B.S., Rutgers University, 1950 Ph.D., Columbia University, 1959

212 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 FACULTY EMERITI ■

A. Richard Reinke Don C. West Associate Dean of Academic Programs, Professor of Optometry Associate Professor of Optometry O.D., Southern College of Optometry, 1949 B.S., Pacific University, 1951 B.S., Pacific University, 1961 O.D., Pacific University, 1952 Niles Roth Diane P. Yolton Professor of Physiological Optics & Optometry Professor of Optometry B.S., University of California, 1955 B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1966 M.Opt., University of California, 1956 M.S., University of Texas, 1969 Ph.D., University of California, 1961 Ph.D., University of Texas, 1974 O.D., Pacific University, 1986 Fred Scheller Fellowship, Pacific Cataract and Laser Institute, 1990-91 Professor of Speech and Communications B.A., Pacific University, 1943 Robert L. Yolton M.A., Pacific University, 1954 Distinguished University Professor Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1959 of Psychophysiology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1965 Donald O. Schuman Ph.D., University of Texas, 1975 Professor of Optometry O.D., Massachusetts College of Optometry, 1975 O.D., of Optometry, 1948

Richard D. Septon Professor of Optometry B.A., Concordia College, 1956 O.D., Pacific University, 1960 M.S., Indiana University, 1968

Miles M. Shishido Distinguished University Professor of Religion and Philosophy A.B., University of Hawaii, 1947 D.B., Federated Theological Faculty, 1948 A.M., University of Chicago, 1963 Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1967

Seth Singleton Professor of Politics and Government A.B., Harvard College, 1962 M.A., Yale University, 1963 Ph.D., Yale University, 1968

H. Joe Story Distinguished University Professor of Economics B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1959 M.A., San Francisco State College, 1968 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1975

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 213 Telephone Directory

Pacific University Library ...... 503-352-2204 2043 College Way Forest Grove, OR 97116 USA Occupational Therapy, 503-352-6151 School of...... 503-352-2203 877-PAC-UNIV Optometry, College of ...... 503-352-2020 877-722-8648 Academic Vice President ...... 503-352-2215 Pacific Information Center (PIC)...... 503-352-3174 Admissions ...... 503-352-2218 Physical Therapy, Alumni Relations ...... 503-352-2211 School of...... 503-352-2846

Business Office ...... 503-352-2128 Physician Assistant Studies, School of...... 503-352-3121 Career Development Center ..... 503-352-2877 President’s Office ...... 503-352-2214 Catalogs ...... 503-352-2218 Professional Psychology, Conference Services ...... 503-352-2111 School of...... 503-352-2240

Dean of the College of Public Affairs/Events ...... 503-352-2211 Arts and Sciences ...... 503-352-2201 Registrar ...... 503-352-2793 Dean of Students ...... 503-352-2212 Student Life/ Education, School of ...... 503-352-2205 Residential Programs...... 503-352-2200 or Eugene Campus ...... 541-485-6812 Study Abroad ...... 503-352-2913 Financial Aid and Scholarships ...... 503-352-2222 Transcripts/Records ...... 503-352-2793

Information Services ...... 503-352-2944 Tuition/Fees/ Payment of Bills ...... 503-352-2128 International Programs ...... 503-352-2913 University Relations ...... 503-352-2211

214 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 TELEPHONE DIRECTORY & ACADEMIC CALENDAR ■ Academic November November 1 thru Nov 19 Advising for Winter III Calendar and Spring Semester November 8 Last Day to Withdraw 2004-2005 from Courses November 24 Begin Thanksgiving Holiday, Noon 2004 FALL SEMESTER November 25, 26 Thanksgiving August December December 3 Last Day of Classes August 22-25 Optional Trips for New Students December 6,7 Final Examinations August 23-24 Faculty Conference December 8 Reading Day December 9,10,11 Final Examinations August 25 New Student Orientation August 27 Transfer Orientation August 30 Classes Begin 2005 WINTER III September January September 3 Last Day for New January 4 Winter III Term Student Registration Classes Begin September 6 Labor Day No Classes January 6 Last Day to September 13 Last Day to Add Add Courses Courses January 6 Last Day to Drop September 13 Last Day to Drop Courses With Courses With No Record No Record January 17 Last Day to Withdraw from Courses October January 17 Martin Luther King Day (classes will be held) October 8 No classes for College of Arts and Science January 24 Winter III Final Exams January 31 Conferral of Fall Degrees

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 215 2005 SPRING SEMESTER 2005 SUMMER TERM January 27 International Student May 31 Classes begin for Term I Orientation Classes conclude on the January 28 New Student Orientation date printed in the class schedule January 31 Spring Classes Begin February June February 4 Last Day for New June 27 Classes begin for Student Registration Term II February 11 Last Day to Add Classes conclude on the Courses date printed in the February 11 Last Day to Drop class schedule Courses With No Record July July 25 Classes begin for March Term III March 21 thru 25 Spring Break Classes conclude on the date printed in April the class schedule April 4 thru 22 Advising for Fall Semester April 8 Last Day to Withdraw from Courses April 20 Senior Projects Day (no Arts and Science classes) May May 10 Last Day of Classes May 11 Reading Day May 12, 13, 16, 17, 18 Final Examinations May 21 Commencement

216 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 ACADEMIC CALENDAR & INDEX ■ Index

A C Academic Advising ...... 189 Calendar ...... 215 Academic Conduct Policies...... 192 Campus Map ...... 222 Academic Policiey Administration ...... 184 Campus Public Safety ...... 200 Academic Programs ...... 28 Campus Visits ...... 14 Academic Progress ...... 188 Career Development Center ...... 200 Accounting ...... 46 Chemistry ...... 52 Accreditation and Memberships ...... 3 Chinese Studies ...... 167 Activity Courses ...... 27 Club Sports ...... 37 Admission as a Freshman...... 13 Coaching ...... 86 Admission as a Transfer Student ...... 13 College of Arts & Sciences Admissions Expenses...... 17 Mission Statement ...... 9 Advanced Placement ...... 189 Computer Science ...... 106 Alumni ...... 200 Computing and Network Services ...... 205 Anthropology, Sociology and ...... 159 Media and Dramatic Arts ...... 114 Appeals ...... 195 Continuing Education ...... 13 Applied Science ...... 29 Cooperative Programs with OGI ...... 69 Art ...... 30 Counseling Center ...... 197 Astronomy ...... 60 Creative Writing ...... 70 Athletics ...... 36 Curricular Goals ...... 22 Auditing ...... 186 D B Dance ...... 56 Bachelor of Arts ...... 22 Dean of Students ...... 196 Biology ...... 39 Degree Requirements ...... 22 Bookstore ...... 200 Deposit Policy ...... 14 Business Policies on Tuition and Fees.... 17 Disabilities Studies ...... 58 Business and Economics ...... 45

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 217 E H Earth Sciences ...... 60 Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library ...... 12 Economics, Business and ...... 45 Health Services ...... 197 Education ...... 60 History ...... 92 Electrical Engineering ...... 69 Humanitarian Center ...... 201 Engineering ...... 68 Humanities ...... 100 English ...... 69 English Language Institute ...... 12 Entering the University ...... 13 I Environmental Studies Program ...... 76 Incompletes ...... 186 Exercise Science ...... 84 Insurance ...... 18 Integrated Media ...... 115 International Baccalaureate Degree ..... 190 F International Programs ...... 102 Faculty ...... 205 International Students ...... 14 Feminist Studies ...... 90 International Studies ...... 103 Film and Video Major ...... 115 Internship Program ...... 189 Finance ...... 46 Intramural Sports...... 37, 203 Financial Aid ...... 19 Introduction to the University ...... 8 Food Service ...... 197 Forensics...... 196 J French ...... 167 Japanese ...... 168 Journalism ...... 115 G Geology ...... 60 German ...... 168 Grade Change ...... 187 Grade Reports ...... 187 Grading Policies ...... 186 Graduate Schools and Policies ...... 9

218 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INDEX ■

L P Learning Support Services for Pacific: An Overview...... 8 Student’s With Disabilities ...... 199 Pacific Athletic Center ...... 203 Library ...... 202 Pacific Humanitarian Center ...... 201 Literature...... 66 Pacific Information Center (PIC) ...... 199 Loans ...... 71 Pacific University’s Museum (Old College Hall) ...... 203 Pass/No Pass Option ...... 186 M Past Due Accounts ...... 18 Malheur Field Station...... 202 Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 133 Management ...... 50 Philosophy ...... 135 Map ...... 222 Physics ...... 144 Marketing...... 51 Political Science ...... 151 Mathematical Sciences ...... 106 Politics and Government ...... 149 Measles Vaccination Policy ...... 184 Pre-Occupational Therapy ...... 128 Media and Dramatic Arts ...... 114 Pre-Physical Therapy ...... 139 Mission of Pacific University ...... 8 Pre-Physician Assistant Studies ...... 142 Monthly Payment Plan ...... 16 Psychology ...... 155 Music ...... 120 Music Programs ...... 121 Museum ...... 203 R Readmission ...... 14 Readmission After Suspension ...... 188 N Registrar ...... 204 Normal Load, Overloads ...... 185 Registration Requirements ...... 184 Religion ...... 137 O Repeated Courses ...... 187 Retro-Active Credit ...... 187 Occupational Therapy ...... 128 Room and Board ...... 15 Optometry and Visual Science ...... 130 ROTC ...... 190 Oregon Holocaust Resource Center ..... 202 Overseas Programs Winter III ...... 169

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 219 S T Satisfactory Academic Progress ...... 188 Telephone Directory ...... 214 Scholarships ...... 20 Theatre ...... 170 Service Center ...... 204 Transcripts ...... 187 Short-term Loans ...... 19 Transfer Credits and GPA ...... 187 Social Work ...... 159 Tuition and Fees ...... 15 Sociology, and Anthropology...... 159 Tuition and Fee Payment Option ...... 16 Spanish ...... 176 Tutoring and Study Skills ...... 204 Spanish for Elementary Teachers ...... 176 Sports Medicine ...... 85 U Statement of Student Rights and Responsibilities ...... 192 University Officers and Trustees ...... 4 Student Activities...... 196 University Relations ...... 204 Student Employment ...... 21 University Services and Resources ...... 204 Student Government ...... 196 Upward Bound ...... 205 Student Media ...... 197 Students’ Rights Under the Family Educational Rights V and Privacy Act (FERPA) ...... 190 Veterans’ Educational Benefits ...... 188 Study Abroad ...... 166 Video Major ...... 115 Summer Sessions ...... 189 Visual Science ...... 130 Suspension and Probation ...... 188 W Withdrawal and Refund Policy ...... 18 World Languages and Literatures ...... 172

220 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 INDEX & NOTES ■

NOTES ______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 221 .pacificu.edu

ilky Way

ffice of Admissions

umanitarian Center

usiness Services

acific Outback

ervice Center

nternational Programs

Career Development Career

Campus Public Safety Campus Public

Cosmic Coffee

• •I

•O

• •H

•B •S

•M •P •

22. Pool Swimming Municipal 23. House Athletic Center & Field Pacific 24. Court (student apartments) Vandervelden 25. Courts Tennis Holce 26. Language Institute English 27. Languages House World 28. Chapman Hall

29. Knight Hall

30. Hall Walker 31. House Scott Duniway Abigail 32. Bound Upward 34. House Drake

35. • Management Facilities

36. Building The Creamery

37. PSYCHOLOGY SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL

CAMPUS MAP

Y

IC)

THERAPY

ail Room

ulti-Purpose Room (MPR) Room ulti-Purpose

niversity Food Service Food niversity

ireside Lounge ireside

acific Information Center (P acific Information

acilities Engineering

tudent Life

Conference Services Conference

• •F •M •M •P •S •U

•F

16. SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL 17. Science Center C. Strain Douglas 18. Field Soccer Reynolds Tom 19. Hall (student housing) Clark

20. (student housing) Hall McCormick 21. (student housing) Apartments University

FOREST GROVE • OREGON 97116 • 503-352-6151 • www

Y•

A

TIONAL THERAPY

TION

A

nternet Studies

OMETRY

CIFIC UNIVERSIT

cGill Auditorium cGill

useum

niversity Information Services (UIS) Services Information niversity niversity Relations niversity

ndergraduate student housing

erglund Center for I

aylor Auditorium

om Miles Theater om Miles

resident’s Office resident’s

COLLEGE OF OPT

COLLEGE OF EDUCA

Kathrin Cawein GalleryKathrin Cawein

SCHOOL OF OCCUP

Alumni Room

Bookstore

•P •T •U •U

•M

•M

•

•T

•

•

•

•U

• •B •

1. Hall Marsh

2. Square Trombley 3. College Hall Old

4. Hall Murdock

5. Greenhouse 6. Garden Rose Melott 7. Hall) Arts Center (McCready Performing Taylor-Meade 8. Hall Jefferson

9. Hall Warner

10. Hall Brown 11. Carnegie Hall

12. Library Scott Memorial Harvey

13. House Bates 14. Hall Walter

15. Center Hall/University Washburne

14a. Annex Hall Walter

2043 COLLEGE W

Revised 02/04

PA

222 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005 CAMPUS MAP ■

I-5 N

I-5 S

405

,

-

PORTLAND

217

oute.

Beaverton

N

Aloha

26

e available in the

8

ashburn Hall/ Univer

Hillsboro

Cornelius

6

47

Home of

the Coast

acific University

To

Banks

Drive

P

FOREST GROVE

Sunset

Faculty and staff parking; no parking midnight-6 am

Campus parking; no parking midnight-6 am (Lots D & F 2-6 am)

Overnight parking allowed

15-minute parking

Emergency phone

isitor parking permits ar

Forest Grove is located just 25 miles Grove Forest west of Portland. While it may look further we recommend you take the Highway 26 r we recommend V Pacific Information Center in W sity Center (#15 on map).

KEY

DIRECTIONS TO PACIFIC UNIVERSITY y

den

fices

ch

Maintenance Department

Career Development Career International Programs

Office of Admissions of Office

Business Services Service Center Humanitarian Center Community Partnership Milky Way and Diversity Program Pacific Outback Institutional Resear Cosmic Coffee

Human Resources

•

• •

•

• • • • • • • • School of Professional Psychology

•

School of Physician Assistant Studies 3201 19th Avenue, Suite F, Forest Grove Forest Suite F, Avenue, 3201 19th

•

19. Clark Hall (student housing)

39. Landscaping and Custodial Of

20. McCormick Hall (student housing) 21.Apartments (student housing) University 22. Municipal Swimming Pool 23.Athletic Center & Field House Pacific 24. Court (student apartments) Vandervelden 25. Courts Holce Tennis 26. English Language Institute 27. Languages House World 28. Chapman Hall

29. Knight Hall

30. Hall Walker 31. Abigail Scott Duniway House 32. Bound Upward 35. 34. Drake House 36. Building The Creamery

37. 38. Building Tidwell

40. Landscaping Storage 41. Facilities Engineering Storage 42. Motor Pool 43. Barbara E. Story Memorial Gar 44. Student Health & Counseling Center Tuality

Off Campus: Off

Arts Center

s Office

’

chool of Occupational Therapy

aylor Auditorium

om Miles Theater

President T University Information Services (UIS) University Relations

Museum

McGill Auditorium

College of Optometry

T

School of Education

Kathrin Cawein Gallery

S Undergraduate student housing Undergraduate

Alumni Room Bookstore Fireside Lounge Fireside Mail Room Multi-Purpose Room (MPR) Pacific Information Center (PIC) Student Services University Food Service

• • • •

•

•

(McCready Hall) (McCready

•

•

Carnegie Hall •

•

• •

• • • • • • • • School of Physical Therapy

.

1. Marsh Hall

2. Square Trombley 3. Old College Hall

4. Hall Murdock

5. Greenhouse 6. Melott Rose Garden 7. Performing Taylor-Meade

8. Hall Jefferson

9. Hall Warner

11

18. Reynolds Soccer Field Tom

12. Harvey Scott Memorial Library

13. Bates House 10. Hall Brown 14. Hall Walter

15. Hall/University Center Washburne

16. 17. Douglas C. Strain Science Center

14a.Annex Hall Walter

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 223 NOTES ______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

224 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2004-2005